Audio

376: My Super Simple Formula For Retiring Early (Within 3 Years) With Steve Chou

376: My Super Simple Formula For Retiring Early (Within 3 Years) With Steve Chou

In this episode, I reveal my ridiculously simple formula for retiring early (within 3 years or less).

You’ll learn that you don’t have to wait until you’re 65 to enjoy life.  And by following these steps, you can design a lifestyle that makes you happy right now.

What You’ll Learn

  • What does it mean to retire?
  • My ridiculously simple formula for retiring early within 3 years
  • A step by step plan to retirement

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit or Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. But today I’m doing a solo episode to talk about some of my philosophies on life and how to retire early. And it’s funny, some of my friends call me ChooFutious. And normally I don’t do these types of episodes, but I’ve been encouraged by some of the students in my course and my friends to sprinkle these types of episodes in every now and then. So without further ado, here is my formula for how to retire early.

00:29
within three years or less. But before we begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy,

00:57
and you can try for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Clayview, who is also a sponsor of the show. Now, are you working around the clock to build the business you’ve always imagined? And do you want to communicate with your fast growing list of customers in a personalized way, but in a way that gives you time to work on the rest of your business? And do you ever wonder how the companies you admire, the ones that redefine their categories do it? Companies like Living Proof and Chubbies.

01:24
Well, they do it by building relationships with their customers from the very beginning, while also evolving in real time as their customers needs change. These companies connect quickly with their customers, collect their information, and start creating personalized experiences and offers that inspire rapid purchase, often within minutes of uploading their data. Now, Klaviyo empowers you to own the most important thing for any business, the relationship between you and your customers and the experiences you deliver from the first email to the last promotion. Now, to learn more about how Klaviyo can help you with your own growth,

01:53
visit claviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I released with my partner Tony. And unlike this podcast, where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:29
Welcome to the My Wife Could Have Job podcast. Today I’m doing a solo episode and I’m going to talk about how to retire early within three years and enjoy your life before the age of 65 or whatever the retirement age is these days. Now growing up in a traditional Asian household, I was taught to follow this exact formula. Study hard, attend a top college, get a high paying job, and then work until age 65 and then finally retire and enjoy life. And to be clear,

02:58
there’s nothing wrong with this path. My parents worked full-time for 40 plus years and lived happy and fulfilling lives, and my mom is a world-renowned microbiologist who discovered a cure for a rare disease called glycogen storage disease. And meanwhile, my dad had a successful career as an electrical engineer until he retired in his 60s. Now working until age 65 was my end game until my senior year in college when I began interviewing for full-time jobs. Wait a sec.

03:26
You mean I gotta come to this office for eight to 10 hours per day, five days a week? What? I only get two weeks of vacation per year? And you know how college is, right? After four years of blissful freedom during my college years, I was suddenly forced to work eight to 10 hours a day for the next 44 years. No thanks. So this podcast is about how to retire early and how to enjoy life now, as opposed to waiting until you’re at the retirement age. And for those of you who are making decent money,

03:55
and just struggling to get by, this podcast also covers what I call the disease of more. Now more on that in just a little bit. So what does it mean to retire early? Well, if you look at the dictionary, the Webster’s official definition of retire is to leave one’s job and cease to work, typically upon reaching the normal age for leaving employment. Now everyone always has this rosy view of quitting their jobs, but the truth is, is that retirement sucks unless you know what makes you fulfilled.

04:24
So my friend Nellie A. Kalp, she made an extremely large sum of money selling her first company and thought that she was done. So she traveled the world living large until she realized that she was bored, unhappy, and couldn’t stand retired life anymore. And within six months of retirement, she decided to start another company. So in the end, retirement for Nellie was the excitement of starting a brand new business. And for most people, retirement is the freedom to do whatever makes you happy.

04:52
and not the Webster’s dictionary definition. All right, so first off, you don’t have to wait until you’re 65 to retire. And retiring early doesn’t necessarily mean that you’re leaving your day job either if you enjoy working. So for example, towards the latter half of my career as an engineering director, I actually considered myself retired because I loved my job. Every day I actually looked forward to going to the office because I enjoyed solving complex engineering problems and hanging around smart people. And the biggest myth,

05:22
of retirement is the belief that you have to suffer now so you can reap the benefits later. But why wait until you’re old and shriveled to enjoy your life? Why be happy at the end when you can be happy during the entire journey? Now, if you want to learn how to retire early, you must figure out how to spend time doing the things that you love while minimizing the activities that you hate. So here is my exact formula on how to retire early.

05:50
Now the first thing that you gotta do is you gotta keep your expenses low. So with our two seven figure businesses, my wife and I make way more money than we spend. And in theory, we could buy a gigantic house, get a Lambo, or go on extravaganza vacations, but we’ve purposely chosen to live beneath our means. And as it stands right now, we don’t have to worry about money at all. When you keep your expenses in check, your mind is at peace because you don’t have to worry about the basic necessities to survive.

06:18
And most people actually inflate their lifestyles as soon as they have a little bit of money in the bank. And whenever you upgrade your lifestyle, your expectations increase and you constantly need more money to maintain it. So here’s a perfect example. A friend of mine recently stretched himself thin to buy a gigantic house. And don’t get me wrong, this house is beautiful. But his water bill alone is $1,200 a month and his electricity bill is $1,500 a month. And then you factor in the huge mortgage payment.

06:46
and property tax bills, and my friend essentially bought himself a really nice prison because he now has to bust his butt to maintain his estate. So here’s my truth about money. Having more cash in the bank always equals more freedom, but spending more money rarely leads to more happiness. And if you look back on your fondest memories, did they cost a lot of money? So for example, I will never look back and think about how buying an expensive car changed my life.

07:17
But I will always remember the look on my daughter’s face when I taught her how to ride a bike for the first time. Every dollar in your bank account represents freedom. So while buying that expensive house with that huge mortgage, bring enough happiness to offset the potential loss of your freedom and peace of mind, the goal of keeping your expenses low is to get to the point where you can say that you’re done. You make more than what you spend so you can do whatever the heck you want and hang out with whoever you want.

07:46
and you gotta start planting your money seeds now. When you work a day job, you were trading time for money. So as a result, your earning potential is forever capped by the number of hours in a day. And in order to deposit more freedom coins into your bank account, you need to create an asset that makes you money while you sleep. Now there’s many different ways to create income-generating assets. Here’s a short list of the multiple streams of income that make me over two million per year. So I got bumblebeeliners.com.

08:14
I started selling handkerchiefs online in 2007 and today it is a seven-figure business. I also have mywifequitterjob.com. My blog and my podcast collectively generate over seven figures in profit every single year. And mywifequitterjob.com is my passion project and I run it for both fun and profit. I also have seller-summit.com, which is my annual e-commerce conference. Again, that’s another passion project that brings people together and makes me happy while generating six figures per year.

08:42
I also have my investments. I invest in small companies as an angel investor, as well as stocks and mutual funds. And then finally, I got my YouTube channel. My YouTube channel is an upcoming income source that is just starting to make decent money. By the way, if you haven’t subscribed already, please do so. It’s the My Wife Quit Her Job eCommerce channel. Now, if you’re struggling to find an income-generating asset to start, the easiest way to find business ideas is to look at how you spend your time. Do you enjoy playing tennis? Do you play a lot of computer games?

09:12
Are you a coffee connoisseur? The fact is, is that we are all major geeks in a certain area. And the key to retiring early is to leverage your own interests and turn them into income generating properties. So here’s the perfect example. My tennis coach actually lost a chunk of his students during COVID-19. And in California here, there’s wildfires all the time and he can’t give lessons when the air is bad outside.

09:39
So he created an online business selling virtual tennis coaching. And his YouTube channel is growing rapidly and he actually just launched his first successful digital product. Another friend of mine is proficient in Microsoft Excel, so he created an online course teaching others how to master spreadsheets. My cousin, he’s been on the podcast before, he loves running 100 mile races, so he created a custom massager for leg cramps. Now the fact is that we all possess knowledge in random areas of our lives.

10:07
that can lead to a course or a product. And if you can start a business in an area that you love, it actually no longer feels like work. So in case you haven’t explored mywifequitterjob.com lately, there’s actually a bunch of resources, free resources, that will teach you how to plant your first money seed. So if you want to sell physical products online, sign up for my free six day mini course over at mywifequitterjob.com slash free. If you want to start a blog or build an audience and make money from digital products, affiliate marketing and advertising,

10:37
then go over to profitableaudience.com slash free. If you want to sell on Amazon, you’ll find a free mini course on my website as well. There’s no excuses.

10:49
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

11:18
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

11:47
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show. Now if you plant your money seeds and consistently nurture your money generating assets, they will eventually blossom and grow. But at some point you may come down with a syndrome known as the disease of more. Now remember, learning how to retire early is about achieving financial freedom, not working harder.

12:17
for the sake of making more money than you can spend. So when Y Life and I started BumblebeeLens.com, it actually became successful in a relatively short period of time. Within a year, the business replaced my wife’s six-figure salary, and it quickly grew to a seven-figure business. And in fact, we actually met our financial objectives with our handkerchief business in year one, but we wanted more. So early on, my wife and I set aggressive sales goals to grow the business, and they were actually

12:46
quite stressful to achieve. I still remember one year, we were 50K short of our artificial holiday sales goal, so we put together a last minute blitz of email campaigns to make up for it. And while we hit our number, my wife and I had to work 12 hour days during the holidays to fulfill these orders because we were also short on staff. Another time we got featured on the NBC Today Show, which 7x’d our daily revenue, and we had to bust our butts to ship everything out, and it was not fun.

13:16
So the problem with setting goals is that they’re meaningless. You reach an artificial milestone, pat yourself on the back, and then you move the goalposts further away. So one thing no business owner will tell you is that growing fast sucks. You won’t have the infrastructure in place to handle the volume, and the growth will literally consume your life. So instead of setting meaningless goals and growing for the sake of growing, you should sit down and figure out how much you need to make to achieve financial freedom.

13:45
and then just work towards that number. Because retiring early is about understanding how much you need to make to be free and not let money dictate your decision making. So here’s what’s funny about this. Growing up, my parents taught me that paying your dues and suffering now always leads to success later in life. And for the most part, I agree with this philosophy. You have to pay it forward and work hard now to reap the rewards later. But I strongly disagree with the suffering part.

14:15
Early retirement does not have to be about sacrificing your happiness now to achieve a better future. Instead, I would say you should do the complete opposite. Think about what makes you happy right now and just work it into your schedule. Take a step back to understand your needs and your wants and design them into your life. So for example, even though running my two seven figure businesses can suck sometimes, I always structure my week to include several of what I call perfect days.

14:46
So here’s what makes me happy. And while you’re listening to this, you should think about what makes you happy. Having lunch with my wife, going on walks with the entire family around the neighborhood, playing ultimate frisbee, playing tennis, participating in my kids’ volleyball and tennis practices, and basketball also, and playing computer games with my friends. So designing your perfect day is about working in what you love to do into your daily routine.

15:15
And then when you can string multiple perfect days together is my definition of how to retire early. So here’s what I discovered about my personality. As long as I schedule any of the activities that I just mentioned into my day, I feel great despite the daily grind of running my businesses. And my perfect days make the journey enjoyable and I’m not suffering along the way. So stop telling yourself that you’ll be happy when you get to the end and instead structure your life

15:44
so you’re happy the whole way there. Now, the other secret about how to retire early is finding meaning in what you do. So personally, I never plan to retire in the traditional sense of the term. Instead, I intend to run mywifequitterjob.com until I can no longer type or produce videos or record podcasts. And in my mind, I’m actually already retired because I enjoy my work. As a former electrical engineer who worked with computers all day, I never thought that I’d enjoy teaching, but I actually love it.

16:14
Whenever a student tells me that they quit their jobs as a result of my teachings, it actually leaves a really warm feeling in my heart. So retiring early, it’s not about quitting. It’s about finding activities that you love to do that don’t feel like work, even though it might technically be considered work. All right, so here’s how to retire early instead of waiting till you’re 65. In order to figure out how to retire early, you first have to understand your monetary and psychological needs. How much money do you need to survive come?

16:45
How do you want to spend your days? And who do you want to be hanging around? So make a list of activities that make up your perfect day, and then make a list of things you hate to do. And once you know what you want, you should study the lives of the people that you want to emulate. So for example, my friends Polly and Ed started two multi-million dollar companies in Boku and Tiny Prince while still spending plenty of time with their kids. And in fact, Polly and Ed were my role models who I tried to copy.

17:13
when I first started Bumblebee Linens. And you should definitely check out their podcast episodes. They were episode 15 and six respectively. You’ll notice that they were early on in my podcast because they were one of the inspirations for this podcast. And then you want to plant your money seeds by starting a business that takes advantage of your interests and knowledge. And then make sure you incorporate a couple of perfect days into your week and just enjoy the journey. Hope you enjoy that episode and let me know what you think.

17:42
Do you agree or disagree with my philosophy? And is Chufucious just full of it? Let me know by dropping me an email at steve at mywifequitterjob.com because I’d love to hear your thoughts. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 376. And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot.

18:10
So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash dv. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-I-P-T dot I-O slash dv.

18:38
Now if I talk about how I use these tools in my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own ecommerce store, head on over to mywifecoderjob.com and sign up for my free 6 day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

375: Navigating The Shipping Crisis And The Ultra Competitive Amazon Landscape With Bernie Thompson

375: Navigating The Shipping Crisis And The Ultra Competitive Amazon Landscape With Bernie Thompson

Today, I’m lucky to have Bernie Thompson back on the show. Bernie runs Plugable which is a company that sells USB and Bluetooth devices all over the world.

He has built his own tools in-house to manage his Amazon business and he also helps other sellers run Amazon PPC ads with his tool PPC Ninja.

Because Bernie runs a large Amazon business in an extremely competitive niche, I invited him on the show to talk about the current Amazon landscape and how he’s navigating the shipping crisis.

What You’ll Learn

  • An in the trenches look at the current shipping crisis
  • How much does a container really cost right now
  • How to run a successful Amazon business in today’s cutthroat landscape

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
First off, I’m pleased to announce that tickets for the 2022 Seller Summit are on sale over at sellersummit.com. Now, the Seller Summit is a conference that I hold every year when there’s not a pandemic that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS, mine is a curriculum-based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. Now, if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making over 250K or a million dollars per year,

00:28
We are also offering an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers. The Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 4th to May 6th, 2022. And for more information, go to sellersummit.com. Once again, that’s sellersummit.com or just Google it. Welcome everyone. You were listening to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today I have an extra special guest back on the show, Bernie Thompson.

00:57
and Bernie runs an eight figure e-commerce store called Plugable and he relies on Amazon as his primary selling channel in possibly one of the most competitive niches, electronics. So in this episode, we discuss some of the challenges of selling on Amazon in the current landscape. Now I just want to apologize ahead of time for the audio quality in this interview. Now I considered not publishing this episode, but the quality of the interview content was so good that I decided to publish it anyway. But before we begin, I want to thank Klavia for sponsoring this episode.

01:27
Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I personally use for my e-commerce store and it depended on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who has shopped in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence

01:56
to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and there’s full revenue tracking on every email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used, and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing.

02:23
SMS, or text message marketing, is already a top five revenue source from my ecommerce store, and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider. And why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in ecommerce stores, and ecommerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too, and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers.

02:51
So head on over to postcook.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention a new podcast that I recently released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this one, where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience Podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience Podcast on your favorite podcast app.

03:21
Now on to the show.

03:28
Welcome to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast. Today, I’m lucky to have Bernie Thompson back on the show. Now, Bernie is someone who I’ve had on multiple times. The last time was back in episode 230. And in case you’ve forgotten, Bernie runs an eight figure business called Plugable, which is a company that sells USB and Bluetooth devices online all over the world. In addition, he’s built his own tools in-house to manage his Amazon business. And one that he sells is called PPC Ninja.

03:55
Anyway, the reason why I have Bernie on the show today is because he runs such a large Amazon business in an extremely competitive area. And as a result, he’s the perfect person to talk to about the current Amazon landscape. And with that, welcome back on the show, Bernie. How are you doing today? Hey, great, Steve. Thanks so much. I’m glad to be back. It’s been a while. We haven’t had a chance to see each other in person, of course, since the since the pandemic. I hope to see you. I really seen anyone in person in a while, so.

04:24
It’s not just you. So just in case the listeners don’t remember your business, just give a very quick recap of what you sell, how many SKUs you have, and kind of give us an idea of how often you launch new products. Yeah, so Plugable was launched in 2009. I’m a guy who used to work at IBM and Microsoft and so kind of come from this technology background and really wanted to build an electronics company, a better device company. But then

04:52
You know, the time I did that in 2009, you know, doing that and kind of being Amazon focused about that was our choice. And actually it turns out to be a good choice because we’ve had kind of a 10 year rising tide on Amazon and difficult area to get into electronics. You know, I think if I had started this business, even a few years on either side of that, you know, I probably would have failed. But interesting. Why do you say that?

05:22
Well, because if I’d started it a bit earlier, I would have had to build out a lot more infrastructure in terms of logistics and had to get into traditional electronics distribution faster. And I think I would have hit walls there and just would have had trouble scaling the business. And so, you know, would have probably gone through a period of failure. Maybe I could have kind of waited that out or survived that, but probably would have gone through a period of failure.

05:51
It would have likely, given my resources, have meant I would have had to stop. So that’s like five years earlier. Then five years later, so Plumble has never done black hat stuff. We’ve never purchased reviews or, you know, we try to follow the rules on Amazon. So if I had started five years later, that was right in the middle of the Amazon gold rush, you know, 2014 or whatever. I would have just gotten.

06:19
run over by everybody. Because we did actually, we’ve grown every year since we started in 2009, but a lot of those year, those gold rush years, we actually did not grow that fast because we were basically getting black hatted off the platform. But because we started when we did, we had quite a lot of brand momentum and we were able to kind of survive that. But if I had started right in the middle of that, I think I just would have gotten run over. Right. Actually, can we just comment on black hat real quick? Do you feel like it’s

06:49
much more under control these days? Yes and no. think, you know, compared to 2014, 2015, you know, the activity that that’s occurring, you know, is much more muted. It’s much more subtle. It’s much more sophisticated, you know, but because Amazon operates at this massive scale, mean, Amazon’s intent is to create the most competitive platform, you know, on the planet in order to drive down prices in order to, you know, make

07:17
Amazon the place that everybody goes to buy everything and you know that that competitive competitiveness does drive down prices. But it does mean that even the smallest advantage will determine you know market success or failure and you know so all of these techniques you know to to drive up rank and stuff you know there’s they’re still super effective I mean.

07:40
These last two or three years in our area, electronics, has just seen a flood of what we call five-character Chinese brands. They pick basically random five characters, get a US trademark on it, get into the brand registry program. the US trademark office is literally overwhelmed with applications from Chinese companies for trademarks. And I was just reading an article on it and they didn’t mention Amazon. didn’t know why it was, they were speculating about why was this happening.

08:10
it’s easy. Amazon is the one channel for physical goods in the United States that’s dominant. And if you’re going to have an Amazon strategy, you should do Amazon brand registry. And everybody in China knows that. a lot of these brands, have nothing to lose. mean, if they get caught, they get kicked off the platform, they can just come back in another form. Now we’ve had some interesting things happen the last few months where some very large brands have

08:39
have gotten kicked off the platform for activity they’ve been doing for years. And that may provide a little bit of a deterrence effect. Although ultimately, I think because the Chinese companies are fairly unreachable and fairly untraceable even for Amazon, I think the deterrence will be a little limited. But a lot has gotten better. mean, just to pick one of quite a few things that have gotten better, Amazon’s actually shifted to become a pay to play platform.

09:07
If you do any search on Amazon right now, most of kind of top of the fold are ads. guess what? That’s actually kind of good for WhiteHats because at least it’s a level playing field. You know, I can buy ads and I can get that position. Whereas, you know, about four or five years ago with everybody gaming organic, you know, and we weren’t, you we were often, you know, other than our older, more successful products, our newer products were

09:37
getting pushed way down the organic search results, nobody would ever find them. And we had really no way to surface them unless we were also willing to do Black Hat. But now, you can always surface things with ads. So it’s a pay to play platform, but it’s less susceptible to Black Hat. Now, I’ll caveat that with one thing, which is Amazon is completely non-transparent about how much click fraud happens on the Amazon platform.

10:06
And I can guarantee that there’s competitors out there that are extremely motivated to do what in computer security, we might call a denial of money attack. have click farms and be clicking on competitors’ ads and spending their money. And we have no idea how rampant click fraud is on Amazon, but I would suspect it’s quite rampant.

10:32
I think with any PPC platform, it’s always been a huge problem. Actually, that’s why I stopped almost all the PPC platforms except for Google and Facebook, actually. I used to use a whole bunch of these shopping cart platforms. And then one day, I think I spent like 500 bucks in a day on this one item and that was unheard of. And I looked at the logs and it was just obviously a bot. I tried to appeal that and they refused to give me my money back. And they’re out of business today, of course.

11:01
but yeah, I’m sure there’s just rampant fraud going on. When you say sophisticated black hat, can you just elaborate a little bit on that? I’m just kind of curious. Yeah, it’s not sophisticated in the sense that it’s not able to be understood or it’s deep dark secrets or anything. just, it used to be so blatant. I mean, you would have a lot of these brands who were kind of

11:31
giving refunds out in the open for five, you know, very directly for five-star reviews kind of thing. So now it’s, if you are looking in the seller forums, you you see lots of discussion of rebates for launches, but everybody is kind of aware that a lot of the services that offer that have been taken down at various times and

11:59
Sellers who and brands that use those services have gotten taken down at times. And so, you know, like I think a lot of the, you know, the bigger Chinese brands, for example, and probably some of the U S brands, you know, they, for example, one type of sophistication is, you know, the kind of services that are third party services that are offered for rebates, they bring those in-house, you know, where they can control the lists, they control the information.

12:28
And actually the big round of, you know, MPOW and Aki and stuff getting suspended in China, really the origin of that was they had been using some kind of third party service. think it was a Chinese run service. I’m not sure. But, you know, and they had a, they had a breach and all the data got dumped. And so it became extremely apparent what was happening and who was doing it. and, um, rumor was FTC got involved.

12:58
In any case, Amazon was kind of forced to act when Amazon actually historically has been kind of slow to act or perhaps wanting the price benefits they get from these Chinese brands more than they wanted to police their behavior. Yeah. Yeah. And so they were forced to act. so I think the bigger brands who are still doing

13:27
these sort of black hat and gray hat activities, you know, they see this happening and they realize, well, okay, we really need to control what we’re doing. We’re going to kind of bring this in-house into loyalty programs and things like that. Okay. That makes sense. So it’s less overt basically is what you’re saying. Yeah, that’s right. So how has launching new products for Plugable changed? Let’s just talk about even since COVID. Well, okay.

13:53
Well, since COVID, think the biggest story is we’re in electronics and it’s hard to get product. So that’s the big story there. And we can talk about that as a whole separate thing. But yeah, I mean, you as far as launching products in general, yeah, I mean, we’ve just become more more dependent on our skill at using Amazon advertising and being willing to, you know, really sink money into advertising in the early months of a product launch, but have to be, you know, very sharp about how we do that so that

14:24
because there’s really an opportunity there to completely blow everything with advertising because you’re basically, fighting an uphill battle those early weeks and months until you’re able to get the number of reviews up. But on number of reviews, we fought for years with Amazon in terms of kind of selling the idea to executives and things at Amazon to bring Vine over to 3P. And that’s there now.

14:51
And that’s one of the reasons why you really need to get brand registered if you’re going to launch a brand on Amazon is to get access to the Vine program, which allows you to give away in an Amazon endorsed way, you know, up to I think it’s 30 products and get, you know, reviews from the Vine network where, you know, Amazon is choosing the people and there isn’t, you know,

15:18
a brand controlled gamesmanship to it. And so, you know, and it’s an Amazon run and endorsed program. And so that’s, that’s what we use to kind of get over that credibility hurdle at launch. Of course, you know, when you’re, for example, you know, advertising a product and it’s sitting there at zero reviews, you’re going to pay way more, you know, for those sales, you’re going to have a much lower conversion rate. so Vine kind of helps get you over the hump there.

15:46
And then, then it’s just, you know, we’ve always been a kind of a content marketing heavy company and a PR heavy company. And so, you know, between the advertising and then a lot of, a sense, traditional marketing, but maybe non-traditional in the sense that we’re very content focused. You know, that’s basically how we do it. Can we talk about the content marketing? So what specific content do you put out?

16:11
You know, there’s a lot to talk about with most products and certainly with our products. know, electronics, everybody buys a lot of electronics, right? But everybody has that fear that they’re going to buy the wrong thing. And everybody looks at that piece of electronics and goes, is that really going to do what I’m hoping it’ll do? you know, so we have a lot of stories to tell about, you know, why did we do this new dock?

16:38
what, you know, which laptops does it work with and what quirks do I need to worry about? And, you know, will it, you know, give me two monitors? Will it give me three monitors in every case on Windows and on Mac? You know, there’s, there’s, it’s really just product education, but you know, if you, if you take a content marketing mindset, it’s a, it’s a whole bunch of interesting stories, you know, and those stories, you know, have different audiences for them. You know, we do content, video, you know, that’s really,

17:07
that we’re targeting explicitly at Mac owners, of course. And then we’ll do other content that’s targeted explicitly at Chromebook owners. And so there’s really an endless amount of stories to tell. And so we just kind of prioritize our audiences and prioritize our stories by how interesting or exciting they are. And sometimes what’s interesting and exciting is our products, but sometimes what’s interesting and exciting is just the other company.

17:35
products. Apple’s just launched a new MacBook. What works with it? That’s a great opportunity to talk about your products. So outside, think products outside of the sort of kind of compatibility area, it’s still the same thing though. It really starts with who’s your target customer and why would they buy the product? And if you’re lucky enough to have the kind of product that gets people excited, really

18:04
you know, have a chance to speak to that and really, you know, illuminate in either text or video form. And of course, video is becoming more more important. You know, why, you know, all the things about your product that are exciting, that are things that in chair. Are blogging or YouTube? Like what channels are your content being published on? Yeah, it’s both. So we, and email. So, and actually we talked.

18:30
Steve, that was one of your pieces of advice for us. I don’t know if you were one of ones. long time ago, yeah, because you weren’t doing email, I remember. Yeah, we had like a 50,000 email list and we weren’t really using it because we didn’t want to bother people, basically. Yeah. And you were like, Bernie, you’re insane. So I’m less insane now. That’s great. I mean, I can understand your mentality because we’re both engineers. So yeah, that’s just something I guess you had to get over.

18:59
So do you use this email list now to launch products? Yes. Yeah. So we’ve actually done what we should have done. Thank you so much for kicking my butt, and getting me going on that. It took a long time though. That was probably two or three, maybe three years ago you scolded me about that. it took me a year or two to get going.

19:21
Yeah, we use active campaign. We really try to highly segment our audiences. As I was saying, really, we have many different audiences for our products and we want to get as specific as we can afford to because, yeah, that same motivation that I had not to bother people. Well, okay, if I can really kind of segment my audiences down to where I know, for example, that this is a Mac user, if I actually deliver

19:50
Mac specific content to a Mac user, they’re going to appreciate that generally. You know, and so it’s really all about segmenting, targeting, and thinking of us almost as, you know, kind of journalists for these specific audiences, you know, and giving them the content they want to hear. And so, yeah, that’s the strategy we have. I’ve got a full, you know, so Plugable, you know, we’re…

20:17
We’re fortunate to be at the scale where I have a full-time videographer. I have a full-time content writer, you know, and I’ve got a whole team of other, you know, kind of generalists and people around them. And so, because this does take a lot of work to do this, like actually that thing with ActiveCampaign and, you know, really doing that segmenting and really having those targeted, you know, targeted content to each of those segments, gosh, it’s a lot of work.

20:42
If I was just having to do it on my own, that’s part of the reason I didn’t is because of the amount of work involved. But there’s an answer to that, which is you just loosen up a little bit and you allow yourself to not segment so tightly and have fewer, more broad categories. If you can just do even a little bit of segmentation at a high level, that’ll really improve your open rate and…

21:09
you know, conversion to sale rate on emails. So, and then as you grow, can, you know, maybe afford to grow your effort and get your segmenting to be even more targeted. So I’m curious. So last time we talked, you were only on Amazon, Walmart and Newegg. Is that still the case? So for the online platforms, yeah, I mean, we’re forgetting some, but you know, like we were on Google. We actually dropped out of Google temporarily.

21:35
Is this Google shopping? Yeah, Google shopping or actually buy on Google, I think is what they call it now after a fifth or sixth rebranding. But we also distribute through the largest electronics distributors in the US. yeah, it’s not, and that’s been true for a long time. I mean, that’s been five or six years. So, you know, our product is pretty widely available and through those electronics distributors, you know, you’ll find our product all over the

22:04
I mean, pretty much anything detail, you’ll find us and if you’re a corporate buyer or government buyer, you’ll find us. Now, all that said, Amazon still dominates our sales because Amazon has pretty darn near monopoly market share in electronics right now in the United States. The reason why I asked that question was, how did you build this 50,000 email list? the email list, right, yeah, exactly. Well, so some of it comes from customers who have

22:34
signed up for things. We are constantly providing opportunities on the website for customers to sign up to be informed about things. Some of it is that. Some of it is we have… give me an example of sign up for things like, do you give away lead magnets or cool stuff? Funny enough, our best thing is when we’re out of stock of stuff.

22:59
So we’ll have a hot product that we’re out of stock of and we’ll have a, you know, sign up for our newsletter to get notified when we’re back in stock. Funny enough that that little practical thing is, you know, perhaps our best channel. That is a great, you know what? I’m not doing that right now. I’m going to start doing that. Yeah. No, it really, it’s, it’s super effective. Okay. So you’re gathering emails just from people coming to your site, maybe through content of some sort.

23:27
Because I noticed when I was on Plugable just like five minutes ago, all of your links actually go to specific marketplaces, right? You don’t actually take transactions on your site itself. Correct, that’s right. And if you want, can talk about why we don’t, which comes down to a US sales tax reason. Really? Can you elaborate? Yeah. So unfortunately, shops and carts you run yourself right now, all of the…

23:55
Tax regulations here in the US are kind of screwed up for that. So on one hand, have Amazon has taught consumers to expect a one or two day delivery or fast delivery, at least in a lot of segments of products. Well, the only way to deliver that fast delivery is to get the product close to the customer. It’s to use a warehouse network of some kind. mean, obviously, FBA, Amazon’s own warehouse network is the one that…

24:22
that is kind of the leader on this and Amazon has warehouses in something like 40 states. But there’s lots of other really good fulfillment networks that have cropped up and are cropping up. I the other one that we use is Deliver, which we really like. I don’t know how many states they’re in. think it’s, I could look in a spreadsheet, but basically eight or 10 states, like that. Well, every one of those states,

24:50
As soon as you’re using a fulfillment network that has warehouses in that state, that state expects your business to be registered in the state, collecting and filing and collecting, collecting remitting sales taxes, which requires filing, you know, and this, in that registration and filing burden and kind of understanding all the tax regulations of that state, that’s really complicated. get all these service providers that say, Oh, it’s easy. We’ll handle it with software. They, they’re only covering part of the problem.

25:19
It’s not your time that they’re spent. They can’t stop your time from getting spent on all that paperwork. They can do kind of maybe the actual transaction side of it, kind of gathering the transactions and doing the calculations. your signature’s on the line, you’re writing the checks. So anyways, yeah. And so the trouble is that we get caught where we need to use these fulfillment networks. But then if we do,

25:48
you know, we’re expected to collect and remit sales tax and potentially causes income tax nexus too. And if you’re only using marketplaces, this is taken care of for you. So in the last few years, almost all of these states have passed what’s called marketplace facilitator laws that make the big marketplaces like Amazon, Walmart, eBay, put them on the hook to collect and remit.

26:16
the taxes, is great. So it’s taken off the small businesses plate. However, Shopify is not a marketplace and the same with WooCommerce or any other cart systems. So you’re still on the hook. So basically if you use FBA and you’re not tax registered in 40 States, you can’t really be using Shopify without getting yourself into state tax trouble. someone of your scale, at least.

26:45
Well, you know, it eventually catches up with you because, what will happen is even if you’re smaller, you know, like right now we’ve got this great environment to sell your e-commerce business. You know, there’s an asset bubble in my view, but in any case, it’s really attracted a lot of big funds, you know, that are buying e-commerce companies. Well, when you go to do that transaction, this will all come to roost. They’re going to take all of that tax

27:14
know, that accumulated tax liability in the eyes of these states, and they’re going to take it out of your transaction value at that time, because they’re going to want to clear the decks of any tax risk. Sure. Okay. And so, you know, it really can screw up transactions, and it really can take a gigantic bite out of transactions at that time. You know, if you’re going to hold your business forever, and your business doesn’t grow, you’re probably okay. You know, but even if you hold it and your business grows, it just becomes this

27:44
of unsolved problem that’s always hanging out there. And the states are terrible. They’re just terrible. They don’t let you get out of the problem because if you try to go, you know, just kind of register with the states on a go-forward basis, just say, ah, okay, well, I’ve gotten big enough. It’s actually a meaningful amount of tax I’d be paying the states. Let me register now. The states all want to go back in time and strip and make…

28:10
In theory, sales tax is a tax on the consumer that the business is just on the hook to collect and remit. But actually what the states do is if they feel like you should have been collecting the whole time and you’re not, they’ll go back in time and make you pay this tax that’s supposed to be a consumer tax out of your pocket. And so they put you in a perfect trap where you just can’t get out of it. You can’t afford to do the paperwork when you’re small, but then as you grow, it becomes a problem that grows with you.

28:40
Yeah, so I do think, although it’s a terrible dilemma, it actually is an important dilemma to at least have your kind of eyes open about.

28:52
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

29:21
Now, first and foremost, protecting your IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

29:50
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show. We’re actually undergoing a sales tax audit right now, in fact, for California. is one of the worst ones. It is. Yeah, we are. We’re registered in California. We’re registered in a bunch of states, even though, mean, if we get to 40 states, you know, then we can turn on Shopify.

30:21
I mean, there’s 45 states with sales tax, 40 right now with Amazon warehouses. Yeah, and my feedback to shop, I don’t have any high level contacts at Shopify, but my feedback to Shopify is you got to become a marketplace facilitator because basically, Shopify is a huge phenomena, really kind of running away with the independent store market. But basically that whole gigantic ecosystem is not tax compliant.

30:50
I haven’t heard news about their app recently, but that’s kind of what that app was supposed to do, right? Turn it into a marketplace. Right. Of all the vendors. Yeah. And a lot of people in the Shopify community are here about them turning into a marketplace. They’re kind of opposed to it. You know, they don’t want Shopify to become another Amazon, but I think that’s a different issue. know, Shopify can continue to be a platform that

31:20
really supports these independent stores and doesn’t do what Amazon has done in terms of diluting brand value and having the marketplace have all the brand attached. They don’t need to go down that road. They just need to go down the road of solving these really gnarly state tax issues on behalf of these millions of small companies. Actually, that’d be a huge value add. Like if Shopify handled all the sales tax for you.

31:49
A lot of people would sign up for them over any other platform if they’re handling it. Absolutely. Absolutely. And we would be there instantly. Because actually, I don’t know if you know this, Steve, you said you went to a pluggable site. Believe it or not, we’re running on Shopify. Oh, I didn’t know that. We just don’t have the cart turned on. Interesting. The other thing I noticed was there’s no pop ups. Maybe that’ll be like every three years is an email tip that goes.

32:16
You’re probably going to pop-ups too, right? Because that disturbs the customer experience. Yeah, that’s right. That is my instinct. you did a good job scolding me three years ago, Steve. Do want to scold me on that one? Well, just try it and see how much more email subs that you get, which you can use to launch future Amazon products and that sort of thing. OK, cool. Just try it for a month and see what happens.

32:43
That’s good advice. And then you can even ask your customers if they were disturbed by the pop-up. Okay. They won’t answer me if I ask them that. Well, you can use a poll actually, like on PickFu or something and ask them if the pop-up bothers them. These are just random that you’re surveying. We love PickFu. We use PickFu all the time. Okay. So I wanted to talk a little bit about like the shipping container shortage right now and how that’s affected you and how you’re getting around it really.

33:10
Yeah, I mean, it’s crazy. We used to be able to count on about five weeks from factory door to Amazon, maybe six if we got a backless exam, an x-ray exam. And you basically have to add eight to 10 weeks to that right now. I mean, it is just insane. We’re losing two to four weeks scheduling the container on the origin side. We’re losing time on the water.

33:38
And then once the ships reach the US West Coast, they’re, you know, especially port of LA, they’re sitting there anchored for X amount of time. And then the goods, you know, reach the port and all of the equipment, you know, the chassis, the truckers, you know, everything’s constrained. So yeah, it’s crazy right now. you know, time is money, you know, all of that time that those goods are spending.

34:08
You know, on the water, stuck on ships, stuck at port, you know, that is impact on our cashflow. Okay. And yeah. And then you layer on top of it for electronics products, you have this much worse issue happening simultaneously, which is this chip shortage. And it is, it is just crazy. mean, yeah, I’ve only said only been at pluggable for 10 years, but I’ve been in the electronics industry for about 30 years and I’ve never ever seen anything like this.

34:38
Has the Amazon inventory rules, like the latest ones, have that affected your business as well? Huge. mean, it’s crazy that Amazon’s inventory rules are hitting at the same time as this massive supply chain disruption. Amazon counts the time goods are, as soon as you generate a label, it starts counting against your inbound inventory. So Amazon has gone through a series of kind

35:06
extremely disruptive and onerous inbound limits to FBA and totally changed what kind and what method they’ve used several times. And so right now they’re at a total number of units per account and it’s broken down a little bit by type of units. But yeah, if you’ve got units that you label at the factory, that whole extra two months or so that it’s in transit from the factory would count against you. And so

35:35
So what that means is that you pretty much need to not label things at the factory. You need to have an in-country 3PL that will do the Amazon labels at the last possible moment. So for us, that’s easy in the US because we actually have our own warehouse here in addition to 3PLs. Oh, okay. That’s the piece I was missing. I actually didn’t know that you had your own warehouse. Yeah. Yeah. Okay. Okay. Was that always the case? It’s been the case for six years. Oh, okay.

36:04
Okay. All right. Okay. Yep. So, but we don’t in Canada, in the UK, in Europe, in Australia, in Singapore, in Japan. You know, and so, so, you know, we are hitting the, you know, these exact problems that other people are hitting in the US, we’re hitting them in the other geographies, you know, and Amazon is bouncing around those limits, we’ll ship in.

36:27
We’ll have the ability to ship in a thousand units. We’ll ship in the thousand and then they drop our limits by 2000. And so now we’re, you know, we’re 2000 over and our best sellers go out of stock and our slowest sellers clog up all our spots. You you almost wonder if it’s a systemic strategy on Amazon’s part to get brands like us to do heavy discounting, to move through.

36:55
are lower selling items. Because if you have a thousand brands who are all discounting their low selling items, that means almost every type of product is always going to have, you know, kind of desperate fire sale discounting happening at all times. know, so does that imply then right now the inventory goes to the US and then you ship it to those?

37:17
In most cases, yeah, we have some overseas 3PLs that we’re trying to ramp up. But yeah, it puts us at a gigantic disadvantage to the Chinese brands. Brands that are able to hold goods at the factory in China and then trickle them out around the world are at a massive advantage to brands that can’t. And pretty much unless you have a corporation in China, you can’t do that because the tax laws and some of the other regulations

37:47
really force the factories to get the items exported so that they can recover bats, they paid on the bomb and other things. so, yeah, it’s a real… China’s pretty much the only game in town for electronics, right? Pretty much. mean, so we’ve been really aggressive on getting out of China. So actually, we had a goal last year to get more than 50 % of our products by revenue.

38:15
manufactured outside of China and we hit that. Really? We did. Now we’ve walked into a whole bunch of trouble because actually as bad as the shipping disruption is from China, it’s worse everywhere else because you’ve got this massive shortage of both ship schedules and containers themselves. And the one route that everybody can fill the container every time on is the China route.

38:43
Basically, all the shipping companies, they’re trying to get their containers bouncing as fast as they can between the China and the US because that’s the biggest route. So when we’re trying to ship stuff out of Thailand or Vietnam or Taiwan, it’s actually harder to get those containers scheduled. And so we’re out about two more weeks versus when we ship stuff from China.

39:13
Yeah, I for us, I think we’ve been delayed four to six weeks from our shipments, but it doesn’t affect us as much since again, we have our own warehouse here also. So it’s like a little buffer that just kind of tides things over. Curious, last time we had talked, we talked about Amazon creating their own private label brands of your electronics. Is that continuing to happen? And what have you been doing about that? Yeah, it’s, you know, I think

39:42
The case that we talked about was kind of the big one for us because they took our top seller and very directly targeted us. It hasn’t happened quite so explicitly since that case. They’re still launching new products. They’re still in our space. They’re still not our biggest worry. Our biggest worry by far is our own factories and all the brands they’re launching on Amazon, which Amazon has encouraged Chinese factories to launch their own brands. And that’s a much bigger issue for us than Amazon basics.

40:12
But you know, Amazon basics is still, you know, are you going to your own factories or copying your designs? No, it’s it’s the you know, I mean, you know how things work in electronics. Yeah, Steve, you know, you’ve got the IC vendors who are the ones who really are making the big investments. You know, they’re making the multimillion dollar investments in these new chips. And then they’ll produce reference designs. And then the factories.

40:39
and the brands will look at those reference designs and tweak this, tweak that. But really, usually you’re not doing a ground up PCB relay out unless you really, really have to. I mean, you’re pretty much working from the reference designs. So the whole industry works that way. Yeah, so it’s not that the factories are copying our products. It’s that the factories are doing a set of

41:06
very related products, usually based on reference designs for all the brands they serve. And including now in the last three to five years, especially their own brands that are either explicitly associated with the factory and everybody knows it, or are kind of quietly owned on the side by the same guy who owns the factory or whatever.

41:32
and they have the advantage too. I guess the differentiating factor is firmware and software, right? Yeah, it’s firmware, software, choices, documentation. Our motto is better products, better information, better support. And so we know that we can’t get some massive advantage in any one area. So we just try to be better in dozens of little ways across all three of those products, better information.

42:01
Right. mean, marketing also becomes a huge play and then the content stuff and getting, I guess, influencers to use your stuff. Yeah. But the Chinese brands, they know how to do marketing. We’ve got in our space, this company that has just become a model that other Chinese brands have followed, which is Anchor. They’ve just done a great job really nailing Western marketing.

42:30
and then the other Chinese brands, hundreds of them, are kind fast followers of Anchor and then they innovate in their own ways. So is Anchor one of the brands that got banned? can’t remember. No, they’re not. not. know, Steven Yang and I know each other going way back. I kind of spilled the beans on our model when he was doing Laptop Mate before he created Anchor. And we’ve been kind of friends and competitors the whole time.

42:59
Stephen’s a really good guy and while Anchor has done some of the things we’re talking about, they’ve always done it with the customer in mind. They’ve never been, I would say, the way I would characterize it is they’ve never been black hat. They’ve always been, if they did anything, it was kind of gray hat. I would, in a sense, say the same thing to ourselves because earlier on, were, well, we never paid for reviews, we gave out, did we even give out free?

43:28
product for reviews years ago. Anyways, I know, you’re white hat, Bernie. I think you’re the whitest white hat person I know. Right. Yeah. Cause we were always, you know, we’re always thinking that way. Right. I mean, because in the end we were always trying the whole, the whole founding principle of the company is we wanted to be a better device company. Yeah. Kind of did right by consumers. So, you know, that’s always been, you know, that customer focus has been the thing that we, we, we have no reason to exist other than that.

43:58
Yeah. Because it really everybody, everybody else can do other things better. You know, it’s only and so it’s so the good thing is, is 10 or 11 years on, we actually have a huge amount of brand identity and brand loyalty. And it’s taken, you know, it’s it’s it’s almost like this insane patience that’s required to build that, you know, but you know, but I’m really proud that we have. I wanted to kind of circle back.

44:26
to our launch strategy, because I know you have a tool and I know you rely on white hat techniques like PPC and as it gets more competitive and you’re saying it’s pay to play now, so that means everyone’s paying to play. I know you have a tool PPC Ninja that I’m sure you use your own dog food, right? eat your own dog and use PPC Ninja. What are some of the things that you do to differentiate yourself from the competition that’s running PPC?

44:54
So PPC Ninja is both, we ingest all of your Amazon advertising reports, normalize all the data, connect all the data, and allow you to basically pivot and look at that data all kinds of different ways that’s completely connected and also kind of goes back in time. You’re not limited by just like doing a pivot table in Excel on one report for one limited period of time. It’s all reports, all data, all time.

45:23
And so, and then on top of that kind of viewing and pivoting, bids are really kind of time consuming to do, especially if you do it manually, we have bid automation. So we’re, and we do it in a really interesting, sophisticated way, especially when you launch a product, you you really don’t know what is the most effective bid level to be at.

45:47
And one of the things we have is, that’s kind of cool, is we’ve got these bid charts. Like in any keyword or campaign, you can just click and get a chart of any of the metrics of that keyword back in time, including the bid. And so you can kind of see the bid going up or down as we might have changed it at certain points. And then what that did to the sales numbers, to the impression numbers, to the conversion rate.

46:15
any of the other ad metrics. And so we really get to see some really interesting effects. Like one of the things we talk about a lot is, there’s a lot of kind of cliffs and then also on the downside end, I guess you call it on the upside, I what the correct term is for a cliff on the upside, plateaus call it, where- You’re talking about diminishing returns, right?

46:39
Well, you that you might be 90 cents and yet at the 90 cent level, you’re getting a really high percent of the total number of impressions. And then, but, maybe your ACOS isn’t quite to your metrics. so you drop your bid from 90 cents to 85 cents. What can happen with Amazon advertising is your impressions can fall off a cliff. You know, you, you, dropped to 85. Yeah. Your ACOS drops as you intended, but your impressions.

47:08
go to like one tenth the number of, even though you only dropped five cents, know, a little under 5%, your impressions drop manyfold. And it’s just because what ends up happening is even though it’s a second price auction for the bids, and even though there’s quite a bit of kind of rotation going on in the Amazon algorithms, still you might’ve fallen below a pack of competitors who are all advertising on that.

47:35
same keyword in that 85 cent to 90 cent range. And so your impressions drop off entirely. so basically, first of all, you’ve got to be able to see things like that happening. And so our tool lets you see that really easy. Right in the UI, just click and you’ve got these super nice charts. Our bid automation works in a really cool way. So one of the problems when you launch a product is you’re trying to find kind of that appropriate bid level.

48:05
but there’s not a lot of data there, not a lot of history, of course, because you’ve just launched. And so you want to make decisions at kind of the earliest responsible moment. So our algorithm, when this tool was a part of another tool and then basically up until last year, was to just use fixed periods of time. We would look back two weeks and make the recommendations based on that.

48:31
And so the way the recommendations work is every day you have recommendations popping up to adjust your bids up or down on potentially hundreds of keywords. Very easy to just kind of select all and accept all of them or look through the list, select all and then maybe look through the list and remove a few. So, you you would get those recommendations based on that two week data. So our algorithm now though is to have it be based on data sufficiency.

49:01
So as soon as you have enough impressions, clicks and sales where it’s considered sufficient to make a judgment on the effectiveness of that, basically coming down to the ACOS of that, then we’ll make a bid recommendation. So if you have a keyword that in one day will generate a few hundred impressions, 50 clicks and then two sales,

49:29
that will meet the sufficiency requirement and we’ll make a bid recommendation that day to, know, if sales are occurring at a kind of an effective ACOS to increase your bid and kind of get more impressions, more sales. Whereas if you have a slower running keyword, it might take you four weeks to generate that amount of sufficiency. So you will not get, you know, that bid recommendation on day one or day two and have it be based on kind of, you know, incomplete or erroneous data.

49:59
you’ll get it at that four week mark. So basically your fast moving keywords, we very quickly allow you to kind of optimize those bids within days or a week or two of launching your product. And then your long tail slower moving keywords, those will take longer, it’ll be stretched out kind of appropriately as the data comes in. And it basically allows us to launch products and really dial in the ads.

50:28
way quicker than a lot of other tools that use just timeframe based bid recommendations. So is it based on impressions and clicks as opposed to just time essentially? Correct. That’s right. Impressions, clicks and sales. Right. Okay. Cool. You know, I actually have all the tools, like all the competing tools in my disposal. I haven’t actually tried yours yet. You should. Yeah. Maybe I will fire it up. I just don’t like spreading out my API credentials to like every tool in the planet.

50:56
Right. I’ve done that. I guess it’s not a big deal. Well, you we don’t we specifically don’t ask for MWS credentials. So it is it’s just purely add credentials. OK. OK. And we do that again because we don’t want to, you know, create that risk or that fuzziness of why do these guys want our MWS credentials? What are they going to do with those? Those are so powerful. So, yeah, so we are at API only. So it’s a lot easier. OK, yeah.

51:24
I do notice, and I’m curious, maybe I will try your tool after this interview, I do notice that a lot of the analytics is not, it doesn’t show me everything I need to know and the bid suggestions are often like a big black box, which I would imagine for the regular user that’s fine. Or most people just want to pay someone to just do it all, I guess. Right, yeah, and we’re also an agency where they can just have us in.

51:51
Yeah, so PPCNinja is, we’ve got the software product, but then we also have an agency because, I mean, so many people do want the thing just taken care of, but the software allows us to do the agency side of it really efficiently. Okay. Well, cool. Bernie, where can people find you if they have any questions about the tool or your business?

52:14
Yeah, just go to ppcninja.com and we have a 14 day free trial on the software. then, you know, what I really recommend actually for, for a lot of your audience, Steve, is we’ve got a free four week mastermind. So it’s an hour a week, each of four weeks. We typically have a few dozen people that attend each session that we run. And I think there’s a, there’s a signup right on ppcninja.com for that. And it’s

52:42
taught by Ritu Java, who is our CEO and she’s… Yeah. Yeah. Yeah, Steve, you know Ritu. I love Ritu. I love her. Ritu is awesome. And people just love this mastermind and it is free, which is kind of crazy, but it’s basically our main inbound funnel. And the feedback that we get off of that mastermind is so positive. Ritu kind of goes over all the basics of how to succeed with Amazon advertising and…

53:10
Ritu and her team are the ones who manage my budget for Plugable, is several basically on Amazon about 1.5 million a year in spend. In total, we manage several tens of millions of ad generated sales on Amazon. So Ritu really knows what she’s doing and it’s actually a really, really fun and effective teacher.

53:34
So it’s a different kind of mastermind that lots of interaction with people and we get people from around the world, but also a lot of great content. So really encourage people to try that out. Cool. And it’s priced right too. Yeah, that’s right. Yeah, can’t beat that price. Hey, well, Bernie, thanks a lot. I mean, it’s great catching up with you after all these years and hopefully we can hang out in person again. Yeah, I definitely hope so. It’s a new world, but hopefully it’s a new good world. All right, take care. Okay. Thanks, Steve. Bye.

54:05
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now I sincerely believe that selling on Amazon and more so selling on your own website is still a great opportunity and the current challenges we are facing with inventory are being felt by everyone worldwide right now. But there’s a ton of demand and e-commerce is the future. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 375. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base.

54:35
SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash dv. That’s P-O-S-T-S-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash dv. I also want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for ecommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows, an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifecoderjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.

55:02
Once again, that’s mywifecoderjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Now I talk about how I these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifecoderjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

374: Inside The Crazy World Of High Ticket Dropshipping With Earnest Epps

374: Inside The Crazy World Of High Ticket Dropshipping With Earnest Epps

Today I’m thrilled to have Earnest Epps on the show. Earnest is the founder of High Ticket Ecom Secrets where he teaches high ticket dropshipping and runs a successful dropshipping store.

Those of you who have followed me for a while know that I’m not a huge fan of dropshipping as a long term business model but Earnest has made it work by dropshipping high ticket and expensive products online. In this episode, we learn how it is done.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Earnest got started with high ticket dropshipping
  • What is high ticket dropshipping and what price is considered high ticket?
  • Earnest’s strategies for growing a dropshipping store

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I’m thrilled to have Ernest Epps on the show. And Ernest is the founder of high ticket e-commsecrets.com where he teaches high ticket drop shipping and he runs a successful drop shipping store. Now, those of you who followed me for quite a while now know that I’m not a huge fan of drop shipping as a long-term business model, but Ernest has made it work by drop shipping high ticket and expensive products online.

00:29
So in this episode, we’re gonna learn how it is done. But before I begin, I wanna thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that eyes for e-commerce, and it is crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce, and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy,

00:57
and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo who is also a sponsor of the show. Now are you working around the clock to build the business you’ve always imagined and do you want to communicate with your fast growing list of customers in a personalized way but in a way that gives you time to work on the rest of your business? And do you ever wonder how the companies you admire, the ones that redefine their categories do it? Companies like Living Proof and Chubbies. Well they do it by building relationships with their customers from the very beginning

01:27
while also evolving in real time as their customers’ needs change. These companies connect quickly with their customers, collect their info, and start creating personalized experiences and offers that inspire rapid purchase, often within minutes of uploading their customer data. Now, Klaviyo empowers you to own the most important thing for any business, the relationship between you and your customers and the experiences you deliver from the first email to the last promotion. To learn more about how Klaviyo can help you with your own growth, visit klaviyo.com slash mywife.

01:57
That’s KLAVIO.com slash my wife. And then finally, I wanted to mention my other podcast that I released with my partner Tony. And unlike this one where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now on to the show.

02:30
Welcome to the My Wife Quarter Job podcast. Today I’ve got my buddy, Ernest Epps on the show and Ernest is someone who I recently met on a panel for the Small Biz Aid virtual event where we discussed how to compete with Amazon. He’s the founder of high ticket ecomsecrets.com and ErnestEpps.com where he teaches high ticket dropshipping. Now the term dropshipping gets thrown around a lot and it actually has a negative connotation sometimes in the ecom world, but Ernest specifically focuses on higher ticket items for dropshipping.

03:00
And similar to me, he’s not a believer in dropshipping from China, Amazon dropshipping, or any of the get rich quick schemes that you see on the internet. And in this episode, you will learn what it takes to get started with high ticket dropshipping and how Ernest got started with this e-commerce business model. So Ernest, how are doing today, I am spectacular. So Ernest, before we start, give me the quick background story on how you got started with dropshipping, specifically high ticket dropshipping.

03:28
Yeah, so what ended up happening, I was climbing the corporate ladder like I think a lot of us do in our career. And, really, I went that direction because that was the process my mom kind of instilled, right, which was, you know, the traditional go to school, graduate, then go back to school and get a degree and then pray that you get a good job and work there for the next 40 plus years. I like to call that the work until you die program.

03:58
Right. So I I was brought up the same way. Yeah. Oh, OK. Gotcha. Yeah. So I mean, that was traditionally like the trajectory that was kind of going. And then, you know, I was working at a marketing firm and I was a sales district sales manager for them. And I was overseeing seventy seven locations from South Carolina to Massachusetts on a project that we were working on for a multibillion dollar company. And I was helping them crush it. And all of a sudden, the company was going through a restructure.

04:26
And I happened to be restructured out of the restructure. And that personally for me broke my soul. And I say that because I mean, it really hurt me something deep. mean, I cried like a baby. I had never done that before. Right. Yeah. And it was because it was my dream job. Right. Like it was my dream job of

04:48
you know, where I wanted to be. And anyone at that time, they would ask me, I’m like, man, I’m going to work here. I’m going to work here till I die. Like, this is it. I’m to become the CEO of this company. Like that was my game plan. And I just lost it just in an instance. Right. And so that made me aggressively start looking to do something else. And to the point you kind of made early on, I started researching dropshipping. Right. And, know, I seen that, oh my gosh, there’s so many different ways to do this.

05:14
And so that kind of made me really nervous, uh, kind of getting started. And so what I did was I bought a lot of different programs, right? And I learned about the different models of dropshipping. So drop shipping direct from China, retail arbitrage, Amazon, FBA, uh, white label and private label. And I was just like, man, you know, there’s a lot of different ways to kind of do this. But what I wanted to make sure is that whatever it was that I built,

05:40
was gonna put me in a position to be able to have a long-term sustainable success. And what I saw specifically, let’s say for example, the drop shipping direct from China was that your fulfillment times were super long, right? So in terms of products getting to customers, have no control over, there’s no quality control. There’s no enforcement of quality control. If you have to do a return, there’s no way, like no customer is gonna ship their product to China, right? So it was just like, I don’t want this anymore. Send it back to China. Like, what are you talking about?

06:10
So I was just like, man, there’s got to be a smarter way to do this. So what I started doing was really looking at the behaviors of some of like the top retailers online, right? So for example, like the Walmart’s, the Home Depot’s, the Amazon’s, the Wayfair and Wayfair in particularly. And what I discovered was they built relationships directly with manufacturers like you traditionally do in like retail. And they set up accounts with them. And now because the concept of drop shipping is a lot

06:40
simpler in a fulfillment process. Cause if you research the nature of dropshipping, all it is is a fulfillment method, right? Most people can, most people don’t do enough due diligence and understand what the heck it is that they’re doing. All dropshipping is, a fulfillment method that elaborates on how a product gets direct to the consumer, right? So rather than have an inventory and overhead, if you establish a relationship with the supplier, you can actually request a dropship account. So for example, with selling like electric fireplaces,

07:08
There’s a lot of brands that are here specifically in the U S domestically where you can actually give them a call. And as long as you’re an already established business, like with the website, a business entity, things of that nature, they’re really open and receptive to helping you open up an account with them to be able to, uh, to drop ship. Right. So I was just like, that sounds a lot more simpler than, you know, this all overseas China stuff. So.

07:34
That’s basically what I started to discover. And the reason why I got attracted to dropshipping, right? Because again, there’s a lot of different things that you can do from a business perspective, like real estate, stock market. You know, at this time, crypto is blowing up like crazy. You know, so there’s a lot of different models. But for me, the thing that there was, there was one thing in particular that made me specifically look at making money on the Internet and making dropshipping my vehicle was that I heard a quote from Warren Buffett where he says, if you don’t learn how to make money while you sleep,

08:03
you’re going to work until you die. Yep. I love that quote actually. Right. And so I was like, all right, Warren, how do I get this sleeping money? Right. So, and so when I started looking at the different vehicles, right. In the process, again, specifically like online, the thing that made it attractive was that there wasn’t a high inventory, right. Or there wasn’t a high overhead. And so I was just like, Oh, that’s really attractive because

08:29
You know, now there are ways in real estate per se to like, you know, be able to have success, but I didn’t understand any of those concepts. They scared the crap out of me. Uh, cause I didn’t have a lot of money to get the ball rolling. Um, after I had lost my corporate job. So I was like, I gotta find a vehicle that could like, I could be able to have really great leverage and could put me in a position to make money while I sleep. Like, so when I started to do the due diligence, I saw specifically, for example, in the state of Virginia is $12 and 50 cent to register a DBA. Right.

08:57
And I was like, Ooh, that’s only $12 to start a business. Okay. That’s that. like that. I was like, okay, how do I build this website? And everyone’s talking about Shopify. And I was like, Oh man, that’s probably thousands of dollars. And it would have been back in 1990, but you know, we’re in the, you know, late 2000s now or mid 2000s, mid early 2000s. And was like $29. I was like, Holy smokes, $29 a month. All right, cool. So I’m at $12, 29. And then at the time Shopify was doing a promo with Google. If you spend 25 to get you a hundred.

09:25
So was like, oh yeah, so I money for advertising. So basically all in to get started, I’m at, oh, you got to get a domain name too. So that was like 10 bucks. So I’m like, I’m less than a hundred dollars to like launch a real business, right? And I was like, I like that, right? Along with the fact of like the relationships with the manufacturers, not having to purchase the inventory until you actually got a sale. And I was like, that seems like something I could really be in a good position to build some long-term success with.

09:55
Yep. So very low budget. Exactly. Very low feasible budget. mean, literally just if you have 300 to a thousand dollars, like you can start a legitimate drop shipping business and do it the right way and not have to break the bank. So Ernest, would you mind sharing your shop? Actually, I couldn’t find it on your website. And what do you sell? Yeah. So one of the main stores I’ve been running for the last seven years is a is wine stores. So

10:22
That particular site is good wine coolers.com. And so if you go to that, like you’ll see, I got over 5,000 products on it. And the funny thing is most people they’re like, Oh, you know, Ernest, your website isn’t that sexy. My response is, you’re absolutely right. But where the site wins and excels is obviously a really good done advertising in terms of getting in front of the right prospects at the right time. And then also

10:48
My specific product pages are optimized and that’s where they win. It’s because I have very unique offers that I’m able to provide to the marketplace that helps separate me from the competition. So when someone is looking for that 300 bottle dual zone wine cooler and I come up and they start kind of researching and figuring out, okay, if I’m going to go ahead and get this, let me see what other businesses and stuff are out there that I could possibly buy from. They come across for me and they see, man, I get free shipping. Oh my gosh, I get free white glove service.

11:18
And they’re going to give me a free set of wine glasses. I mean, nobody in the entire internet is doing that right now. Right. So I might not be familiar with this company, but I do see a couple of things. I do see that they offer me a money back guarantee in terms of our price matching. I do see that they are registered with the better business bureau. I do see that they have a plus rating with them. And I do see that they have over a hundred plus verified reviews. It’s like they’re pretty legit. So I could see myself spending some money with them.

11:48
And basically, that’s how I’m able to really excel with that specific business. is considered high ticket drop shipping? Yeah, so really, the concept high ticket drop shipping is essentially just focusing on finding, sourcing, and selling products that have a higher price point. So normally online, would be considered low ticket would be between $20 to maybe like

12:14
$100 mid ticket is between like 100 to $200 per transaction. Um, and then high ticket is basically items that have an average order value of, uh, $200 and up for a single item. So that’s what, uh, there’s a high ticket e-comm. So in terms of high ticket drop shipping, what are your typical margins? Yeah. So typically on average, it’s the same, uh, that you would see across the board in drop shipping. Right. So

12:40
Normally after acquisition costs, advertising, you’re usually seeing about 20 to 30 % on average. that’s just starting off. So for example, I have a supplier that I work with by the name of Zline. And with them, I have 25 % margin after everything, right? Nice. That’s shipping, the product. And normally like my acquisition costs for their products is between like 20 to $40 to get someone to convert. So yeah, it has an AOV of $700 for those particular units.

13:10
Oh, wow. Cool. So that’s really high ticket then. Yeah. Yeah. It’s pretty decent. So what does the product research look like? Like, let’s say I’m just getting started with this and I have no idea what I want to sell. How do you find like a good what makes a good drop ship product? Yeah. So really, I like to start at the fundamentals of number one, making sure there’s enough demand for the audience it is that you want to serve. Right. Okay. So for example, like if you were to do research on like electric fireplaces right now,

13:39
you would see on average, there’s about 200,000 people a month looking for their products. Right. And you’re using what, like a keyword tool? Exactly. We’re using a keyword tool. So my favorite public tool to be able to use it only costs like 10 bucks. Uh, it’s called a keywords everywhere. Right. So with that tool, you’re now able to get that data. Like I just mentioned in terms of like search volume. Uh, cause the biggest challenge is where I think a lot of people

14:05
mess up on building their econ business, whether it’s like drop shipping or just selling any type of physical product, as they don’t do enough research, which I’m glad it is that you brought up. Because if you do enough, if you do enough good due diligence on the front end, like by the time you get to like, you know, developing your offers, uploading your products, inputting your pricing, coming up with a unique selling proposition, you know, you will have discovered that stuff on the front end, right?

14:33
And so that’s, that’s one of my favorite tools. And then another tool is a Google trends, which will show you basically like the seasonality of a particular brand. Right. And that’s super important because you don’t want to be, you know, going into a particular, uh, you know, niche and market where, know, you’re heading into like either like the downward, uh, part of the trend or you’re already starting off at the lowest frequency of the trend. Right.

14:58
Um, so, you know, you want to be able to be in a good position. And the biggest, always tell people is that you don’t have to guess, especially when running an online business, because we have these tools that are out there that’ll give us this sort of insight. Right. And then, uh, the other thing is just going on the specific shopping network on Google, which is, uh, when you go to look for any type of physical products. So again, you type in electric fireplace, uh, you click on the shopping tab and then that specifically is its own channel with the inside of Google. Right. So that’s called the shopping network.

15:28
And you you started to do due diligence on, you know, seeing what products and stuff are already actively listed and what you’ll start to be able to see is on basically what’s going to happen is when you put in the generic keywords. So, so again, electric fireplaces, Google on the left-hand side will actually show you specifically how much money people are spending on average. They will categorize the, price points for that particular market. Right? So if you’re someone again, it says, Hey, I want to make sure that I’m selling products to have an

15:55
average order value, potentially $500 and up. So when you put in the particular product and you looked on the left-hand column, Google normally itemizes that into three to four different price points, right? And typically the second and third price structure that they have is normally what people are spending on average, right? And then you could validate that by just looking specifically on the shopping network. And usually I go through like the first three to five pages.

16:22
Because obviously Google is going to show the most relevant things that are selling when you’re putting in like a top of funnel type of keyword for that particular niche and market. So you can see, again, just a quick glance of like, okay, I see that Google is saying most people spend in between $400 to $800. Let me validate that through the actual search results. And so just go through, and you could be able to take a strong educated guess based off of that data that you just got. in terms of, so you mentioned a couple of things there.

16:50
electric fireplaces gets 200,000 searches per month. How do you know whether it’s too competitive to sell that item though? Like the demand is there clearly. Exactly. So I totally negate any type of like organic search results, right? So specifically my focus on my ability to be able to create success with that is seeing how many people on average are maximizing the shopping network, right? Because. shopping.

17:18
Exactly. So Google shopping, that’s exactly. So I’m going to stick there to love to measure the level of competitiveness, uh, because specifically that’s where you’re going to be able to get the greatest return on ad spend when it’s time to start advertising. Like, uh, just comparing apples to apples with like Facebook and Google. Cause those are the two primary places most people start like Facebook you would see typically on average, once you got pretty good, uh, three X return on ad spend. Now you can see a lot higher.

17:44
But again, starting off for the, for the new people, like if you can get a three X, like you’re doing pretty solid, right? Yep. On the shopping network, you’re able to see a five to 10 X return on ad spend with your money that you’re spending on the shopping network. Right. Yep. And that’s starting off again, basic brand new. You don’t know a ton of stuff. And also the thing that I love about Google is that you don’t have to know.

18:05
all the other fancier things in terms of marketing. So you don’t have to know how to write copy. You don’t have to know how to put together different creatives, call to actions in your ads. Google actually does all the creatives for you when your products get indexed in what’s called Merchant Center. And so they control the rotation and call to actions and things of that nature for your products as people are looking on the different assets that Google owns like YouTube, now even Gmail, where your products, when you’re running shopping ads can actually show up in people’s inboxes.

18:35
which is really cool too. So Google like tracks all that. And then obviously their goal is to, put you in front of their process, your prospects, you know, when they’re in the process of searching for your particular products, because you know, when they earn that click and get that click, you know, they get paid. So, you know, that’s, that’s what, so that’s why I started on the shopping network. So as long as there’s not more than 20 people on average, so you can determine that average by looking at the different listings. So when you go to the shopping network,

19:04
you’ll see all the different products kind of itemized. Right. And what Google does is when it has more than one person selling that particular product or brand, it will actually tell you how many stores are selling that. So specifically, I want to go into a market where there’s not more than 20 people on average already currently selling those products, because on the, on the back end, again, once you get to the advertising perspective, it’s going to be much easier to get into the rotation on the shopping network with everyone else.

19:31
when there’s not 40, 50 suppliers. So for example, our stores. So for example, if you were to put in juicers, right? And you go to the shopping network, you’ll see there’s 50 to 100 stores on some of those different listings. And on average, it’s about, I want to say between 50 to 80 stores that are selling juicers on the internet. So something like that is just like, whoa, that’s a lot of competition, which as we know, even if there is a lot of competition, that’s actually a good thing, right?

19:59
But for the new person, what I know is that from an acquisition cost to be able to get that like five to 10 X raw ads, it’s gonna be much simpler going into a niche that has less competition, because then you don’t have to work as hard and it doesn’t cost as much to acquire a customer. So even with just 20 people, presumably you guys are all selling the exact same item, right? Yep. And when it’s just a picture and a price, does it just kind of boil down to price at that point with Google shopping ads?

20:26
So it boils down to a couple of different things. So once you actually get into running the ads on the shopping network, know, price is obviously one of the things that you’re looking for, but also Google is also going to look at the relevancy of like your product title, description, the skew number, barcode, things that nature that you send into merchant center to determine how relevant you are to that particular prospect. And then they’re going to start measuring some of the other data from example, like your CTR.

20:55
to see like, if we put you in front of X amount of prospects, what’s the likelihood that you’re going to earn a click? So the better that CTR is for your ads, the more Google has a higher likelihood to put you into that better rotation. So it’s not like Amazon in a sense where Amazon like, you know, 80 % of getting the buy box is like the price, right? And then you got all these other little things. And so, you know, price is obviously going to be one of them, but they’re looking at all the other keywords, relevancy, and then tracking your data in terms of customer

21:25
customer experience once they get to your site. So they’re going to be looking at your bounce rate, how many pages of view per session are people actually adding the cart and ultimately are people converting. So when you start to have good customer experience in the backend of like running your ads, you don’t necessarily have to even spend a whole lot more to order in order to even rank well. It’ll just put you in a better, higher rotation. And then the other aspect with everyone listing products specifically, again, you go and you see 20 people listed is that.

21:52
Google gives the ability to do two things. One is to actually add reviews for your product. Most people don’t even know that you can do. And it’s actually kind of funny because a lot of like billion dollar brands out here like Walmart, they don’t even have their reviews on the shopping network for their products on their store. Okay. Yeah. Crazy, right? Yeah. So you can actually get your reviews from your store to actually show up on the shopping network. So again,

22:17
for those customers that we know that are doing real due diligence, they’re about to spend $1,500, $2,000 for a product, they’re gonna be looking at reviews on the shopping network before they put their credit card into your website. So if you have reviews there, and let’s say it’s 10 reviews and you’ve got six out of the 10, I mean, it’s like, wow, like, you know, I’m in California, this company here is registered in Virginia, but they seem pretty legit. I think I might wanna go with them, right? And then the other thing that you can do is you can actually run promotions on the shopping network, which once again,

22:45
Most people don’t know that you can do, which is a feature that you can unlock inside of your merchant center account. So now your promotions that you have also are something that’s going to help you stand out. Even if everyone has the same exact price or roughly like right around the same exact price, this will give you that extra competitive edge.

23:03
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

23:32
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

24:01
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. Now back to the show. I guess what you’re saying basically is a lot of these people that are bigger players, they probably don’t pay attention to these PLA ads as much. And if you focus on them and you’re niche focused, you do a better job than the big players. So the next question I have is what about Amazon? Amazon actually buys a bunch of PLAs also.

24:28
Right. And I’m pretty sure they’re doing the reviews and that sort of thing. So how do you compete with Amazon since it’s probably the same item, right? So what’s so funny, and this is going to blow you guys as minds is that Amazon does not focus on listing their high ticket products on the shopping network. Interesting. Okay. And personally, I’ve come to the conclusion that it’s actually crazy because you’re the first person

24:54
I think in an interview or speaking setting that’s ever asked me about that, and I’ve been speaking for a couple of years now. So kudos to you for asking that. So there in my, in my opinion, they know they’re obviously target customer. Right. And so in my assumption in this is because again, you go look at those electric fireplaces right now, you can go see like, for example, the Amante brand is listed on Amazon. Amazon’s even doing some, you know, FBA with those, with that particular brand.

25:24
But if you go to the shopping network, Amazon’s not listed for those. They’re not selling the 60 inch, $2,000 electric fireplace on the product listing ads. They’re strategically focused on the lower ticket products. So what I’ve seen is that products between, again, that low, low ticket, mid ticket item. So anything like less than $200, that’s where they’re actually maximizing the product listing ads. everything that’s like, really once you start getting into 500 to a thousand plus.

25:53
they’re not running shopping ads. That is really interesting because the higher your ticket item, the easier advertising gets. So it should actually be the opposite. You would think so. Okay, so just some other questions. There’s people that are selling on Amazon. They’re giving Amazon 15%, right? So are those people stocking the items or are they drop shipping? So you could actually see with the people on Amazon if they’re

26:21
drop shipping the product or if they’re doing, you know, or if they’re, you know, particularly leveraging Amazon to do the fulfillment for that. So really is just when you go to Amazon and you see that particular listing, it’ll say either like, you know, shipping from Amazon or shipping from that particular brand, right? So it’s shipping from the brand, that’s merchant fulfilled, which means that they’re actually drop shipping the product direct to consumer versus Amazon actually fulfilling the product. So yeah, that’s just a real simple way to determine that. Okay.

26:51
So you mentioned competing against no more than 20 other people. How do you even stand out among the 20 people? Yeah, so that’s where again, on the shopping network specifically, you can put your own unique promotions. So outside of being able to be competitive on price. So for example, there’s a brand I work with called VinoTemp and I probably shouldn’t say this, but I’m gonna say it anyways. Hopefully the CEO, India, she’s not listening. But sometimes I violate the map policy just a little bit.

27:21
uh, in order to have like lower pricing, cause I already know I have like the margin to do so. Uh, so if I know I got like, you know, 30, 40 % margin to kind of work with, I’ll, know, with the suppliers, some with mad policy, but mostly the ones that don’t have mad policy, I’ll see how aggressive I can be with the pricing. Cause again, that is a huge emphasis. And so number one, obviously like your pricing, a lot of people want to go with the person that’s the lowest, but not all in all cases, not in all cases where they always go with the lowest person. But you know, you want to try to get to be as aggressive as you can with the pricing.

27:51
while still being able to make a profit. But really the other unique way, especially for suppliers that have a map policy. So one of that I say is like Z-Line, you can’t violate their map policy. Another company, Blaze, they are on top of it. Like they are not messing around. So with them, again, everyone’s going to be selling at the same price. And also if you guys don’t know what MAP stands for, it stands for minimum advertised price. So what’s really unique about domestic suppliers here in the US,

28:18
is that a lot of brands have this policy. So what this does is it does a couple of things, right? So number one, it protects their integrity of the pricing of their brand in the marketplace. So for big companies like Amazon and Walmart that can afford to lose money on a sale, it makes it to where they can’t, right? It also helps you significantly because now when someone sees the product at Amazon and Walmart, you have the same exact price that you’re selling the product at.

28:46
So again, with MAP, it just means the lowest price that you can list a product that doesn’t mean that you can’t list it higher. And so oftentimes when the first thing people are like, man, how do I compete with the prices on Amazon? Well, you just go and work with MAP suppliers and now everyone has to sell the product at that price no matter what. And if Amazon violates, you can actually personally report them to the company because you will have a dedicated account manager. You could snitch on them if you want to.

29:15
Yep. So just a little couple of extra gems with the whole map thing. you know, really, again, with the shopping network, it’s the ability to, again, be aggressive on your pricing, but then also maximize the promotional area where you can do like free shipping. You could give like a 5 % off coupon, something of that nature. I can’t remember how many characters off the top of my head that you can utilize, but that’s where you separate yourself from everyone else too. Cause again, when you go to the shopping network right now, I mean, there’s a lot of brands. know, for example, Home Depot,

29:42
they don’t even run promotions oftentimes on their products that they’re listing on the shopping network. Yeah, no, I can totally see that because they have so many products that they have to worry about. Exactly. What about once they land on your site, how do you convert them? I mean, there’s a bunch of different places that are all selling for the same price. What are your value props for your shop? Yep, so earlier on, I kind of mentioned one unique one with like the 300 bottle dual zone wine cooler.

30:09
So what I like to do, especially on the items that I know that are going to ship LTL, which stands for less than truckloads. So that just means that, you know, a big truck is going to need to come pick it up because it’s pretty heavy or it’s like really weird and obscure. for example, like a paddleboard, it’s like not that wide in terms of like, you know, the width of it, but it’s super long. Right. So something like that would have to go on a, on a freight truck. Right. So if it’s something that goes LTL, what I would like to, what I would do is focus on my

30:38
best viewed products are currently already selling products and look at what type of additional shipping service could I add onto that to create a nice customer experience if they decided to buy from me. So there’s a couple extra tiers of shipping specifically for LTO. You have what’s called curbside delivery, which most people are familiar with. They come drop it off at the curve, keep it moving, right? The next one is a door to door where they’ll actually deliver it to the entry port or whatever door. So garage door, front door, something like that.

31:07
Then you have inside delivery where they’ll actually take it into a room of choice. That’s also another verbiage of it where they’ll bring the product into the home, know, drop it off in whatever room it is. But then like you’re stuck with like, you know, setting it up, unpackaging, all that good stuff. And then you have what I like to call the Ferrari experience of shipping, which is known as a white glove service. Okay. And most, again, consumers that are in the market looking for, you know,

31:35
a product of, you know, big stature, that’s something that’s commonly known as white glove service. So your ability to potentially either weave it into, you know, having to come out of your margin and offering that for free or, you know, being able to offer just a really aggressive pricing on that. Because remember, you’re working direct with either your carrier or the manufacturer. So you’re going to have way lower rates than like the retail. So I can beat any major retailer, whether it’s Home Depot, Walmart.

32:03
overstock, Wayfair, I’m going to beat them like crazy on offering white glove service because I have really good wholesale rates on that. my goal is again, it’s to weave into one or more of these services that I offer, especially for my top view to top selling products to create that unique experience. So if someone sees that I have it, and again, they go to Walmart, they go to Amazon. And the beautiful thing is that we’re small businesses and I want you guys to really remember that.

32:31
Like that’s where the leverage comes in. We can do stuff that corporate is not going to do. Again, I’ve, I’ve worked with like Walmart, like I worked with Walmart corporate, right? If you want to do something unique for a customer, you got to talk to the store manager, district manager, regional manager. They got to run it up to the VP. Like it’s a whole week to get a yes or no. Right. Where when you’re a small business, it stops with you, right? It’s yes or no from you. So if I say, Hey, you know, I want to.

33:01
provide you with a white glove service on this 300 bottle, $2,500 unit, I can do so at the flick of a switch. Yeah. So those are the, that’s one of the unique things. And then also I have a concept of the value of gift giving, right? So there’s a really unique thing that happens when obviously you give people stuff for free, especially a physical

33:27
a tangible, uh, you know, element that they can hold in their hand, right. Along with being able to give something, someone about something of value. So I have a promo on that particular store where if you spend anything over $400, you get a free set of wine glasses. Right. Nice. So now that can’t be combined or used with other promotions, but again, it’s another thing that helps separate me from everyone else. And the wine glasses I give away are super nice, high-end, uh, glasses that actually have a 10 year warranty on them. So.

33:57
It’s like, wow. Like again, Amazon’s not doing that. Walmart’s not doing that. They’re not going to get, that from anywhere else. And so I, I stack multiple type of incentives that I know are still going to be within the scope of my margins and profitability and do that in order to again, give myself that competitive edge. Cause personally for me, my goal actually on the shopping network is never to really be number one, unless I can get there just through like a natural rotation.

34:26
Because the number one spot we all know anyone has done advertising and marketing is expensive, right? That’s the most expensive click is to get to be number one. So my goal is only to be in the top 10. Like I just want to be in the top 10 listings on the shopping network because I want to gain those people that are already ready to make a decision and they’re just going through and trying to find those different businesses that they feel are going to give them the best deal. And so by the time they land on my site, it’s like,

34:55
Holy smokes, like this is amazing. best. Yeah. got this off of basically exactly. I’m, all for driven. So let me ask you this. So with high ticket items, it seems like you need to have like a phone line, right? Oh, absolutely. I think really with any business on the internet, the funny thing is like everyone, again, we want to make the money while we sleep and things of that nature, but having a phone number on your specific website, your funnel,

35:25
anything that is that you’re selling online will give consumers such a huge peace of mind because no, just think about yourself as a consumer. No one wants to spend money, especially with someone that they’ve never bought anything from and not know how to get in contact with. No, absolutely. But I think in your case though, you almost need people who are experts at your items, right? Which are more expensive because there’s gonna be a lot of questions I would imagine. It’s so funny because again, you think that

35:55
but it really, you really don’t. Okay. All right. Really the, the customer service people. So again, when I train people to do customer service for me, again, we’re focused on making sure that we can answer the questions and closing the sale, right? This hell is super important. But most importantly though is just taking the time to just really answer the question. in most instances, again, cause we’re getting a lot of people

36:20
that from a business perspective that are coming through that know what they want already. So remember like the intention, specifically with the shopping network, Google’s only gonna display you for one or two reasons. Either A, someone’s looking for exactly what you sell or B, they’re looking for something extremely similar. So from a education perspective, they’re probably, they’re already somewhat familiarized with the products already, right? And so when someone calls in, usually it’s just a couple basic questions. And oftentimes it’s stuff that’s already on the landing page.

36:50
Like, is it, see that this electric fireplace is freestanding. Is it also built in? And, you know, just scroll through the product description and say, absolutely. Yep. There is it right here. Right. So, um, a lot of the times I want to say there’s a strong 90 % of the time where your question can be answered based off the landing page. And then there’s that 10 % of like, well, what’s the voltage? I’m like, man, what’s the voltage? Like, what is he talking about?

37:15
So, so how we educate or how I’ve educated my customer service people is the response is that’s a great question. What I’m gonna do is I’m gonna actually get ready to call my warehouse supervisor and have him answer that for me directly. That way I can make sure I’m giving you the exact information that that you need. Is there any other questions before I give them a call or just place you on a brief hold? Nice. Okay.

37:41
And yeah, most man consumers love, they love stuff like that, right? That you’re gonna take out your time to really make sure that you’re getting a direct answer. And we say warehouse supervisor, in essence, it’s just your account manager at the supplier. Yeah. One thing I also want to touch on is how do you find a supplier? Like if you’re brand new, how can you get like a name brand to drop ship for you? Yep. So really I touched based on this real briefly, but to elaborate on it.

38:10
Um, you know, we’re looking to contact the manufacturer first and foremost, they’re going to want to make sure again, that you are a real business because you’re going to have to fill out paperwork is going to have to go over to the accounting team, most likely to set up your account and put you on file, assign you an account number, things of that nature. So when you’ve decided on that particular niche of market that you want to go to, now what you want to do is you want to brand yourself around that particular market, right? So if I’m selling electric fireplaces, I’m now going to establish an entity.

38:38
Called like electric fireplaces, USA calm, right? So that’s going to be the entity that I’m gonna set up I’m gonna get an EIN number for that. I’m gonna get the business domain Obviously, I’m gonna get a business email and I’m gonna get a dedicated business phone number business email You guys can get from like Google workspace. It’s like five dollars Which is formerly known as Google G suite So but it’s now Google workspace then also for your domain name you can get from like namecheap They also give you free who is protection

39:06
And then for your business phone number, you guys can check out Grasshopper. But there’s tons of business, you know, VoIP numbers that you can get. That’s a dedicated number specifically for that business. Right. So now once you got that stuff taken care of, it’s going to be building out what I like to refer to as a demo store. Right. So basically you’re going to get your logo done. You’re going to build out just a couple of simple collections. Right. So, I mean, about us pays contact us page and just whatever the main two categories is for that particular.

39:35
market that you’re going into. So because we’ve been talking about let your fireplaces, it’ll be, you know, freestanding and built in. Right. So those are your two primary collections. And then you’re just going to upload a few just sample products on there. It doesn’t have to be a whole lot. I mean, like really 10. So when you do have that conversation with your, uh, with the new manufacturer that you’re reaching out to, you can let them know like, Hey, uh, we’re, know, just now entering into this marketplace and you know, we’ve put together a demo store so you can get a good look and feel of how your products are going to look when we decide to work together.

40:05
And that’s how the conversation piece will go. Now, if we kind of backtrack a little bit before that, which I think was your original question is how do you find the suppliers? This just comes through competitive research, right? So is going out and identifying who is already selling these products specifically online and not big box stores, right? So we don’t want to use them as our examples. So not the Walmarts, the Home Depots, the Amazons. We want to go and find other ideally niche specific websites

40:34
that already have those products, right? So for example, there’s a website called Home Square, right? So if you go to Home Square and start to do some research on the website, like seeing, hey, do they have a physical location? Do they mention, hey, come to our warehouse or showroom? Or do they just mention that they’re an online store, right? And so doing your due diligence on that specific site, you’ll see that they’re just an online store.

41:00
So now what that tells you is that any brand that they have listed on their website, guess what? Their drop ship indirect to consumer, because if they don’t have any physical location where someone could pick up their product in person and any business that has a physical location, they’re going to brag about it and they’ll say, Hey, come to our store. And indirectly in my mind, it’s just like, yeah, cause you got all that overhead. Right. But those of us that are just selling online, we, we, you can’t say that. Right. Right.

41:28
So that’s how you can identify who’s already got relationships with brands that are already going to drop ship for you. So there’s a website called electric fireplaces direct. So if you go to their site, you can actually click on their brand section and they actually have all their brands listed. All the work is already done for you. So now, know, like, man, so all these brands that are here, the Amante, Duraframe, Dimplex, all those different brands. If you decide to go into that particular market and niche that you have a high likelihood to get approved with them.

41:58
if you reached out to them to set up a drop ship account. So do you end up buying any of the items that you drop ship? So for me, yes. Man, you ask all the good questions, man. I can’t keep any secrets from you. So I actually do have a warehouse in Virginia. That’s actually where we’re, you know, doing this interview at. And so when I noticed that there’s some. So two things, right. So we just are on the tail end of the covid season with the whole global pandemic. So what I did

42:26
because again, we all have these direct relationships with the manufacturer. So in order to really take control of certain products that we’re selling really hot, I would notice that the inventory quantities are my best selling products. I would buy them in bulk and put them here in the warehouse. And now no one in the entire country could access them except for me. I see. So you bought out all the inventory. Exactly.

42:51
So, but I only focused on, again, my top selling products or products that I knew that was moving at a high volume because with the whole global pandemic, was short staffed, just manufacturing was severely backed up, so forth and so on. So I did that to give myself a competitive edge. And then also sometimes your suppliers and manufacturers, they’ll be, for whatever reason, wanting to move additional SKUs in their product lines. So they’ll say, hey,

43:16
We’re going to discount all the, you know, freestanding electric fireplaces this month. Here’s an extra, you know, 20 % off, but we’re only going to do it if you buy 10 at a time. Right. Right. So in order to maximize things at that capacity, that’s also why I got the warehouse space. So do you ever take your own photos or do you use the stock photos that they give you?

43:38
No, I get all the photos and stuff specifically from the manufacturer. And then oftentimes, again, once you really start establishing like a good relationship, if there’s something unique that you want to have done with the particular product, like, you know, for example, Rich at VinoTemp, he’s the sales manager, you know, I could ask him, hey, Rich, you know, we’re getting a lot of inquiries on this product. Is there a way for us to be able to get photos of it in the warehouse before it gets packaged up just to have some unique things that we can

44:07
ask all for the people as they’re asking these different questions. And again, as long as that relationship is pretty good, which once you start, you know, establishing yourself and stuff, you can ask for certain little things like that. So did 99 % of the time I’m not. And then also another unique thing that you can do is ask the manufacturer from when they do like their trade shows and things of that nature, to send you photos in from their trade show. So, Yeah. What about returns? I would imagine it’s kind of a pain for these high ticket items, right?

44:36
Woo, man. This is one of my favorite subjects about Hightly Beauty Comm, right? So because we work direct with the manufacturer, right? Same thing. Like, again, if you were to get a product from like, you you ordered something from, let’s just say Best Buy, right? You don’t like it. Now, in most instances, they’re usually bringing it back to their warehouse. But when you have the dropship account set up with your manufacturer, they will actually already have it prearranged for returns to go back to their warehouse.

45:03
Nice. So let’s say, for example, is buyer’s remorse, right? Like, oh, you know, I don’t really like this product that changed my mind. Now your policy needs to be clear and really direct in terms of how that’ll be handled. But in most instances and again, it’s the same way from most retailers with, you know, the one different thing is like, you Amazon. the customer will have to pay to return it. Right. They got to get a shipping label in order to get a ship back or contact the carrier in order to get a ship back. Right.

45:31
Especially for anything that’s LTL, like that is more so like a universal policy with like LTL. Most, even with Amazon, they don’t cover the shipping a lot of times with LTL products, if it’s coming direct from Amazon. Like if it’s buyer’s remorse specifically. So, and then with small parcel, small parcel is really easy. Like in most instances, your supplier will even give you a shipping label because it doesn’t cost that much in order to get the product returned. But that’s what buyer’s remorse. Now let’s say for example, the product shows up defective. There’s

45:59
You know, again, you’re selling like a wine storage unit and the glass is broken. As long as the customer just takes the photos of it and you send that into your supplier, again, as soon as the product comes in, they’ll replace the product for you without any hassle. Right. And that’s the other beauty why I tell people to establish domestic relationships with suppliers. So that way you can have all these other things in place and even with like the warranty of a product. Right. So what if the product dies out or the compressor

46:29
you know, malfunctions in nine months down the road. Again, with domestic relationships with manufacturers, they have warranty policies in place for peace of mind for consumers. So all you would do is in this instance, you would just give them their order details and information from which you sent into the supplier and say, hey, when you call them, have them look up this particular order number. So when you send in your orders to your supplier, they’re going to refer to those as purchase orders. So whatever that number was that you assigned from

46:58
your brand for that particular customer. You could just tell them to call up and then they’ll look up the information in their system and then they’ll be able to handle any warranty defects, returns, so forth and so on. Yeah. And then is your website electronically linked to their websites too? So the inventory tracking is accurate or is that necessary? Personally, I don’t have what’s more commonly known as EDI.

47:21
right? The electronic, you know, communication between their systems and ours. And the reason is, is because some suppliers is really hit miss, right? So like some of them are set up to be effective and efficient with having some system of that caliber. And oftentimes, more often than not, they usually don’t. So, but the beauty of it is you can actually get inventory reports from your actual supplier on a regular frequency. So some of your suppliers, it’ll be like,

47:49
Once a month, some might be once a week, some might be every couple of days. So for example, there’s a supplier I work with called SPT. So they’re in California. They send theirs once a week. Our relationship with VinoTemp, they send them once a month. Zline, we have a portal so we can log into our portal and at any point in time we can export all the inventory. then, man, I’m trying to think of the app off the top of my head. I can’t remember it. I might have to log into Shopify to tell you guys. But there’s an app that you can actually take whatever

48:19
the spreadsheet is from your supplier and you can upload it to your store and it’ll modify all the inventory for that particular brand. Nice. Yep. And I’m going look that app up while we’re chatting here so I can give it to you guys. Cause it’s super helpful. You know, obviously cause like my wine store store, got over 5,000 products in that store. So as you can imagine, it’d be really challenging managing all that inventory. I think like they have to format the spreadsheet in the right way, right? There’s actually a number of plugins that do that. think.

48:48
Exactly. My favorite one is one called Stocksync. There we go. Stocksync. Nice. Yeah. So Stocksync. And yes, to your point. And that’s what’s really great about Stocksync because you literally just tell it what columns because again, every supplier is going to be different. Like, know, column A for one supplier might be pricing and then for another supplier, it might be the skew number. Right. Right. So you just tell Stocksync which column reads what for each brand and then you can create

49:14
basically like a little collection of each individual brand on how to read that. And then when you populate it, automatically identifies everything you need to.

49:23
Ernest, this is amazing. You gave a pretty good overview of high ticket drop shipping. If anyone’s interested in this business model, where can they find you? They could just go to my personal site, which is ErnestEpps.com. So it’s E-A-R-N-E-S-T-E-P-P-S.com. I also have a free Facebook group which is Ecom Drop Shipping for Entrepreneurs. And my first and last name Ernest Epps is, it’s the same on every major channel, LinkedIn, Twitter, Facebook, IG, all that good stuff. Cool, man. Well, hey, I really appreciate you coming on the show.

49:53
Absolutely, man. And also before we end really quick, too, I wanted to tell you that I actually studied you guys in the beginning of my journey. You know, I went to like, you know, my wife could have job.com and I studied a lot of you guys as content and material that you’ve been putting out for years, you know, before I actually like, you know, started to really get some success for myself. So thank you so much. And it’s been a huge honor to even be on here because I would have never thought like reading articles.

50:20
and just picking up tips on marketing and strategies one day, I’d be literally talking to like the founders. So this is really awesome. Dude, thank you so much, man. That really means a lot.

50:33
Hope you enjoyed that episode and I did want to say a couple of words about dropshipping. The most successful dropshippers that I know with long-term businesses generally dropship more expensive items online and because the margins are lower it is the best way to make it work. For more information about this episode go to mywifecoderjob.com slash episode 374. And once again I want to thank Klaviyo which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign.

51:01
Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifecoderjob.com slash KLAVIYO. Once again, that’s mywifecoderjob.com slash KLAVIYO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve.

51:28
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. Now I talk about how I use these tools in my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifecoderjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and it’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

373: Dr. Robert Cialdini On Using Influence And Persuasion To Grow An Ecommerce Brand

373: Dr. Robert Cialdini On Using Influence And Persuasion To Grow An Ecommerce Brand

Today I have an extra special guest on the show, Dr. Robert Cialdini. Dr. Cialdini’s book “Influence: The Psychology of Persuasion” literally changed my life and is responsible for teaching me how to sell online, how to influence people and how to run a successful online business.

In this episode, we discuss how to use influence and persuasion to create a powerful ecommerce brand.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to use Dr.Cialdini’s latest persuasion principle to grow your e-commerce brand
  • The 7 principles of influence and how to apply them to business
  • How I incorporated Cialdini’s 7 principles to grow my own 7 figure businesses

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
First off, I’m pleased to announce that tickets for the 2022 Seller Summit are now on sale over at SellersSummit.com. The Seller Summit is a conference that I hold every year when there’s not a pandemic that specifically targets e-commerce entrepreneurs selling physical products online. And unlike other events that focus on inspirational stories and high-level BS, mine is a curriculum-based conference where you will leave with practical and actionable strategies specifically for an e-commerce business. Now, if you’re an e-commerce entrepreneur making more than 250K or $1 million per year,

00:29
We are also offering an exclusive mastermind experience with other top sellers. Now the Seller Summit is going to be held in Fort Lauderdale, Florida from May 4th to May 6th, 2022. And for more information, go to sellersummit.com. Once again, that’s sellersummit.com or just Google it. All right, welcome everyone. You are listening to the My Wife, Quartermaster podcast, the place where you bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. And today I have an extra special guest on the show, Dr. Robert

00:58
Chaldini. Now Dr. Chaldini’s book, The Psychology of Persuasion, literally changed my life and I’m thrilled to announce that he’s released a brand new edition featuring 200 more pages and a completely new persuasion principle. But in this episode, we’ll cover how to use persuasion to grow your ecommerce brand. But before I begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store and it depends on them for over 30 % of my revenue.

01:27
Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who’s shopped in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and there’s full revenue tracking on every single email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used.

01:56
and you can try them for free over at claviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list, and this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS, or text message marketing, is already a top five revenue source for my e-commerce store, and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider.

02:24
Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve.

02:51
And then finally, I wanted to mention a new podcast that I recently released with my partner Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

03:18
Welcome to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Robert Cialdini on the show. Now, Dr. Robert Cialdini is known globally as the foundational expert in the science of influence and how to apply it ethically in business. And he’s literally known as the Godfather of influence. So in the event that you don’t immediately recognize his name, Dr. Cialdini is the author of Influence and the Psychology of Persuasion, which is my favorite business book of all time. And I’m not even exaggerating here.

03:48
It is literally the book that changed everything for me. So for 17 years, I was an electrical engineer who sat behind a computer all day designing hardware. And when I was thrust into the world of online business in 2007, because my wife wanted to quit her job to take care of her kids, I had no idea how to sell, market or influence anyone, especially my wife of whom I still have limited influence today. But after reading influence and the psychology of persuasion, I incorporated the strategies in the book to create two seven figure businesses.

04:16
So if you’ve never read this book, it is literally my number one recommended read. And in today’s interview, we’re gonna talk about influence and persuasion in the context of selling physical products online. And with that, welcome to the show. Bob, how are you doing today? I’m doing well and I’m glad to be with you, Steve. So Bob, I know you’re a professor. Do you still teach classes today? Because if you are, I would actually consider going back to college to take one of your classes.

04:43
No, I have retired officially from my university positions. I still have an office, I still do research, and I still go in to write every day. But I don’t teach in the university hierarchy. We do have seminars that my organization, Influence at Work, provides, and I provide instruction within those, but not in the classroom. OK.

05:12
Okay, but the research continues on? The research continues on because I am a curious fellow. So, Bob, I just finished reading the new sections of the latest edition of Influence last night. And I have to say the extra content, in my opinion, could have been a completely different book in itself. The new edition, I think, was like over 200 pages longer than the old one. That’s right, 220 new pages. it was like I appended a…

05:42
another book. I mean, I read the original back in 2007. I think the original one came out in the 80s. Why did you decide to update it after so many years? I’m curious. You know, there’s a couple of reasons. One is that there has been a lot of new research and new knowledge that’s developed within persuasion science that truly deserved place in the new book. And it wasn’t there in the earlier editions.

06:11
Another is the growth and flourishing of the internet in the 12 years since the last edition. It was important for me to demonstrate how these principles of influence have been migrated to new platforms and are enhancing the success of the people who harness those principles in e-commerce.

06:41
And then finally, there’s a new universal principle of influence, the seventh one. The other editions all had six, but I thought there was another one I had missed all these years called Unity. And perhaps we can talk about it during our conversation. definitely are. There’s actually one tidbit in the Unity section of your book that I’ve used on my wife. see. see how I’ll let you know about it once we get to that.

07:10
So that’s the problem. that’s the problem. Like these, these, I know we’re to talk about the ethics also, but like all these powers, they have to be used for good. Right. Right. So I’ve read the book many times at this point, and I must say each time I pick it up, I gained some new insight or a new nugget. And I want to tell you that most of the listeners of this podcast are in the e-commerce space selling physical products online. So what I was hoping to do today,

07:39
is have you walked through some of your latest and most impactful persuasion strategies to convince more people to buy? And I also obviously want to set aside some time to discuss the new principle of influence, unity, and how this principle can be applied as well. So not sure where you want to start with this, Bob. Well, you know, it probably makes sense to briefly walk through the principles themselves and maybe

08:06
emphasize the new one a little bit more since that’s not the one that’s been out there in the information environment. And then talk about any implications of all of that for your listeners. Yeah, let’s do it. Let’s do it. So what are the seven persuasive principles? The first is the principle of reciprocation that says people want to give back to those who have first given to them.

08:35
You know, in every human culture, this rule applies. So if we’ve got customers or clients or even prospects who were not raised in this particular culture, don’t worry. The principle of reciprocity applies in every human society. We are trained from childhood in the rule that you must not take without giving in return. And so what we find is that

09:04
people say yes to those they owe. There’s a very interesting implication of that. It says that, you know, the traditional business model in which we say to others, look, if you will do this first, if you will buy our product, if you will sign our contract, if you will agree to this particular exchange between us,

09:34
We promise we will give back to you everything you expect and more. That’s how we move people by providing this in return. Well, what the rule of reciprocity says is no, there’s another route in which we go first. We give something, we make the first move, and then people feel grateful if we’ve given them benefit and advantages.

10:03
information that’s valuable to them, or they feel obligated to give back to us in return. And so the implication is we, before we try to influence others, we should give them something, some benefit. And online, seems to me that’s information is most easily done and most costlessly done by providing

10:31
a white paper or some kind of a piece of information like the top three mistakes to avoid in this particular arena that we’re talking about today or the top five most effective things to say in a difficult conversation, something like that that gives them a way to increase their outcomes by this rule.

11:00
they need to increase our outcomes consequently. So I think it has a place in online platforms. I’m glad you started with this one, because out of all the seven, this was the actual one that had the most impact on me. And to me, it’s actually counterintuitive. My whole business, my wife quit her job is based on this premise of giving away all this information for free, like all the good stuff. And people

11:30
I get emails every day, people are indebted to me for this information that I’m giving and there’s a small subset of them will just buy anything that I have to sell. So this I would argue is one of the most important ones, at least to me in the online world. You know, there’s one additional optimizer of it and that is if we can segment our market so that what we are giving to our recipients

11:55
is something that is especially relevant to their particular challenges, their particular preferences, their particular needs and so on. That, that supersizes the effect, right? Yeah. In the e-commerce world, can you think of any examples of this? Yeah. So for example, there are organizations,

12:22
that sell, let’s say retail online clothing. And what I’ve seen or even in hotel spaces where there you reserve rooms or air flights and so on, so on. I’ve seen them say, now here is the best options for people with twins, right? Or, know, or

12:52
for people in the early 20s, this is the best thing for, there’s a culture online that will do hotel reservations. And they’ll say, are, this is the best for a romantic weekend. Here’s the best information we can provide you for a business stay. Here’s the best information we can provide you for.

13:19
a family vacation and so on. Oh, well now people feel even more grateful for that piece of benefit that they’ve been afforded. Yeah. So again, it’s the information angle even applies to e-commerce. Right. Yeah. And certainly we can give away free samples of what we offer because that causes people to feel, these, these people want us to really

13:49
try their product without having to incur a cost. That actually always gets me like, oh, so even even our interaction, there’s one thing that you did and you probably realize it, but when you sent me your book, you wrote a small note and that note actually meant everything to me. And I feel like I, I I’m going to do everything that I can to help you out as a result of that. mean, I don’t know if that was intentional, but that was the, that was the effect it had on me.

14:18
Well, I’m glad to hear that, but I’ll give you a piece of evidence that again seems counterintuitive, but really makes the point. There was a study done in a fast food restaurant where for a week when customers came in, a third of them were simply greeted warmly by the manager. And then they went to the counter to order food.

14:47
Another third was given a gift, a very nice little key ring, right? Expensive key ring. That caused those people to buy 12 % more food if they received a key ring before they started to order. That’s just the principle of reciprocity, right? You give back to those who have given to you, but the key was another set of people were given a small cup of yogurt.

15:19
Any economist would say, what? You’re giving people food. Now they’re going to be less hungry. They’re going to be less interested in buying a lot of your food. Those people bought 24 % more food at the counter. Why? Because they got a gift that was personalized to their needs. Why do you go to a restaurant? Because you’re hungry. Somebody gives you free food.

15:48
Now you feel especially grateful to that person for understanding your situation and trying to meet your challenge. So that’s the issue. mean, we need to be sure that we recognize what the challenges are of our potential buyers and be sure that we

16:17
offer them something that’s relevant to those challenges. I know in the example of your latest version, you had an example of McDonald’s giving a balloon out. Is this similar? It’s similar, except that this is about the earlier thing we said about reciprocity is that you have to go first. So in this study, this was done actually in South America, Brazil and Colombia. When

16:45
families came into the McDonald’s, the families in all cases were given a balloon for each child. Half of them were given the balloon as they left each child as a nice thank you for their patronage. The other half were given a balloon as the family came in. Those families bought 45, excuse me.

17:13
25 % more food. It’s amazing. Now here’s the key that I love about this. If you look into the data, that 25 % increase also showed a 20 % increase in coffee orders. The kids weren’t ordering coffee. The parents were ordering coffee. But the key here is

17:42
You do something for my child. You’ve done a personal favor for me. And I’m gonna repay it. So what’s funny is we’ve been experimenting with giving away a free handkerchief with every order, just giving it to them. We put it behind like a text message paywall right now where you have to give a number to get it, but that’s actually been working out really well. I haven’t run the stats. I am curious if it’s increased average order value though, now that we’re talking about it.

18:11
Yeah. Yeah. Interesting. Oh, I know we got seven to go through. maybe we should just go through them and then revisit. Yeah. I want to focus on the unity one also. Yeah. Yeah. Well, the next principle of course is liking. Nobody be surprised that we prefer to say yes to those we like, but there are two small things we can do to increase the power of the liking rule by getting people to feel a rapport with us.

18:41
One is to locate genuine similarities that exist between us because we like those who are like us. The other is to give genuine compliments to those individuals because we like those who do like us and say so, right? So those two things, if they are offered in an exchange, increase liking.

19:10
and people want to do business with those they like. Next principle would be the principle of social proof. When people are uncertain, they don’t look inside themselves for answers. They look outside.

19:26
and one place they look is to those around them like them. If a lot of people like us are raving about a new restaurant or a new piece of software, new film, whatever it is, that reduces our uncertainty that this is the right thing for us to do. So if we can give people honest evidence of

19:55
movement in our direction, or if a lot of people have given us positive ratings on the internet and so on, we’ll be much more likely to get them to move in our direction, reduce their uncertainty, get them off the fence where they’re diddling around and hesitating, well, should I go or should I get more information? As soon as they hear that a lot of other people have done this,

20:23
those people have beta tested the choice for them and they will then say, okay, I can reduce my uncertainty. I can go ahead and move in that direction. And now the most recent research that my team has done along with some, team at Stanford University is to show, if we can show trends in our direction, it doesn’t have to be just a lot of people who are doing it. Even if we still don’t have

20:53
a majority, even if we’re a startup, we don’t have a lot of market share and so on. If we can show a trend to that place where we are now, even if it’s a minority, that causes a new form of social proof, future social proof, because people project that trend into the future. So that was actually one of my questions. So if you don’t have any social

21:22
If you don’t have enough customers, you can just talk about the trends. And I know in the book you mentioned a subtlety when you’re mentioning trends, which I’ll let you get into right now. Yeah. It’s when you, when you mentioned the trend, you should have three data points. So you should be able to say to people, not just a lot of people are doing this or, or more people are buying our

21:52
this model, you should say more and more people are doing so. That gives people three data points. More says two data points, start here, now we’re up to more. If you say more and more, now you’ve got three data points and that’s a trend.

22:18
And if you have actual numbers, presumably that works better, right? If you have three data points. Absolutely. Okay. You can characterize those numbers by saying greater and greater, better and better, more and more and so on. Are there any other ways that you can increase your social proof if you don’t have like a whole bunch of testimonials and customers? You can use testimonials that you do have and put them

22:48
at the top of your messaging so that that evidence infuses everything you are about to say even before you’re going to say it. You’ve got buy-in from people around you. And the key to making that buy-in optimized is that those should be comparable others.

23:18
to your market. They should be people who others can see as like them.

23:29
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now, what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

23:57
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

24:27
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show.

24:38
And okay, so you have to have knowledge, I guess, of who your target customer is, and then you want to select testimonials. Again, that kind of leads into the principle of unity, right? Does that kind of bleed into that? It does. Right. But we’ll get to that. get to that. I also wanted to highlight one of these studies, which I found fascinating with the McFlurries and McDonald’s. If you want to elaborate on that and how that can be applied to e-commerce as well, that’d be great. Yeah. So

25:07
There was a study, again, in those South American McDonald’s that my colleague Steve J. Martin led. And why is it always South American? I’m just kind of curious. Well, he had a he had a contract from the the marketing of the South American McDonald’s franchise. OK.

25:32
And so they had a lot of McDonald’s locations and they were willing to do some behavioral science research to see how they could increase in this case, the willingness of their customers to buy desserts. Most people at McDonald’s don’t buy a dessert until Steve asked the people behind the counter to say at the end of the order,

26:02
Would you like to try a McFlurry? It’s our most popular dessert. And McFlurry orders went up 45%. So does that imply then that in an e-commerce store, we should just highlight these products and just mention it’s like a best seller? We would be fools of the influence process if we didn’t point to what is already most popular.

26:31
That’s a cue people use to stop getting information and act. Okay, this is the most popular. So you can say, this is the most popular product. This is our most popular feature. This is our most popular payment plan. Whatever we have, you can just point to it and it produces these big effects, costlessly and ethically.

27:00
because you’re not fabricating anything, you’re not counterfeiting any of this information, you’re pointing to something that people use to reduce their uncertainty and act. We kind of glossed over the liking, but this just kind of came to my head, so I wanted to bring it up. When it comes to getting customers to like you, would you recommend just like posting videos of yourself to allow your customers to get to know you as a person? Does that increase your likeability?

27:30
There’s research that shows that. Here’s another piece of research that shows that what you can do online, there’s research to show that having a welcoming letter significantly increases liking and purchases. A welcoming letter is like what you do to somebody who comes to your door, a visitor, come on in, glad that you’re here. Let me show you around.

28:00
Right. You know, there’s an example from my store. I just want to mention. the first email after someone makes a purchase is in fact a thank you letter. It’s written in a very personalized way. We want to thank you for your first purchase from us. Just want to let you know that we’re a small business and we’ll do whatever it takes for you to be happy. And we get, it’s an automated message, but it gets tons of replies. I would take that message and move it at the, to everybody who goes to your

28:29
site before they bought. We’re a small business. We’re very committed to customer service. We’re glad that you’re here. Let me show you around, essentially. It increases conversion significantly. You know, what’s funny is a lot of the students in my class are afraid to put their pictures and be personal on their sites. I encourage it. But if it’s coming from your mouth, that has a lot more authority.

28:59
Well, you know, there’s another place. There’s always an about us section in our on our websites. And when we go there, what we see is the professional backgrounds of people along with a picture. Usually, we should also include personal aspects so people can see connections between ourselves and them.

29:28
So you would include that you’re a Packers fan, for example? I’m a Packers fan. I’m the oldest child. I’m a former baseball player. It’s in high school. All those kinds of things. Yeah. Should we actually just talk about Unity next, since we’ve alluded to it? Yeah, let’s talk about Unity. This is the latest one. And for all of you listening, you probably haven’t heard of this one because it’s brand new to this book.

29:58
This is the one that says that people say yes to those communicators who can convince them that they share an identity, that they are members of the same we group, the kinds of groups that people use the pronoun we to describe. So it would be if

30:26
If I could, if you can convince me to say, know, Steve is like us, that’s good. That’s good. That’s you’ve got the liking principle working for you there, right? We like people who are like us. But if you could convince me to say, Steve is one of us, that’s an entirely different level of willingness to promote

30:56
favor and follow you, Steve. So you mentioned that I’m a Green Bay Packer fan. I grew up in Wisconsin. And a few months ago, I saw an article that described the favorite NFL teams of celebrities. And I learned that Lil Wayne,

31:27
And.

31:31
Timberlake, what’s name? Justin Timberlake. Justin Timberlake are avid Packer fans. Steve, I immediately thought better of their music. And I wanted them to be more successful. Inside the boundaries of we, people say yes to us. If we can arrange for them

32:00
to honestly see us as sharing one of those identities, one of those category memberships, here’s what the research shows. They believe us more. They wanna cooperate with us more. They’re more persuaded by us and they’re more willing to comply with our requests. They trust us more besides. I know that works for me. When I see Asian American film artists

32:29
I’m much more likely to support them and like them because they’re Asian Americans. One thing I wanted to ask you though, is does this work in reverse also? Like if I’m not a Packers fan and you find that out, will that make you dislike me? Not unless there’s an intense rivalry between the Packers and so, yeah. where you, so what I always say is do your homework first, go on.

32:59
LinkedIn, go on Facebook, people are telling us about themselves, all kinds of things about ourselves. When you find one of those connections, then go there. Don’t go to one that isn’t a connection or even maybe a negative one. When you find one of those connections, oh, really, you’re a runner? I’m a runner. You’re an only child? I’m an only child. When you find those things, go there.

33:28
It creates this sense of we-ness and everything becomes easier for the influence process.

33:37
in an online world where you’re not actually having physical conversations and you list some of these things, let’s say on your about page, could that possibly have a negative effect and turn away certain people? It’s conceivable if there’s a rivalry, that’s much more, that’s, much more rare than a connection that people will see. Right. Okay. That makes sense. That makes sense. So how can

34:03
What are some other ways that we can apply? I know you have lots of case studies. Do you wanna just highlight some of your favorite ones in terms of how unity has changed behavior? Yeah. Let me give you two. The first one is sort of about not just business relationships, but personal relationships, especially romantic relationships. And then I’ll provide an example of how that applies to a business relationship.

34:31
but it has to do with a lovely study that was done in Texas where researchers brought couples, romantic couples into an experiment. They had been together for at least two years. And they asked these folks, is there a problem in your relationship, some disagreement that you have that you just haven’t been able to resolve overall this time? And it continues to aggravate

35:01
each of you that you’re at loggerheads on this thing. And they said, what we would like you to do, and they flipped a coin and they said, one of you, we’d like you to be the persuader and try to persuade your partner to move in your direction, right? So come up with one of these problems, the two of you, and then one of you is gonna try to convince the other one.

35:29
And then the researchers left the room. Well, they didn’t really leave the room. They had cameras going and tape recorders running. So they knew what was going on. And they found three kinds of persuaders. One type they called the coercive persuader. They would say to their partner, look, we’ve been at this problem for years and

35:57
You won’t move in my direction. And you know what? If you won’t move now, I’m going to have to do something you won’t like. You’ll be sorry. Right. Not only did that fail to move the partner, it caused the partner to move even further away. Right. Trying to be coercive. a stutter to tell that. That tactic never works. Or never. Yeah. There was a second kind of persuader that the researchers called the rational

36:27
approach, who took the rational approach, they would say, look, if you’ll simply examine the situation more deeply, you’ll see that my position is the more rational, reasonable one. Now that didn’t produce polarization. It just produced laughter. And they, the partner just dismissed that and no change at all.

36:54
but there was a small group of people who hit on a strategy that was costless and the only one that made a difference in causing change in their direction. They would say, you know, we’ve been together now for two years as a couple. I really appreciate it. If you’d move in my direction on this one, I can see how that’s more effective, but I’m curious what the science is behind that.

37:23
The science is they now brought to consciousness the we nature of the couple, of the relationship. And now all the things I mentioned earlier that research shows occur in we relationships, more trust, more cooperation, more persuasion, more compliance with requests.

37:52
all of those now apply to the situation. These people were brilliant. They wouldn’t sit still for the cognitive set that the researchers gave them. Think about a difference between you. Think about something that you can’t agree. In other words, something separate that separates you. These people said,

38:21
maybe there is this thing, but we’ve been together for two years as a couple. And they brought unity to mind, togetherness to mind. And in that category that is now prominent in consciousness, people said, of course, yes, I will. By the way, there was a second strategy that

38:49
some others use that had the same effect for the same reason. They just simply use the pronouns, we, our, and us in making their case for a change. And that was enough. Again, bringing to consciousness the idea of unity. You know what’s funny? As you’re telling me all these things, I’m just picturing your mind because you and your wife are a husband, wife team and me and my wife are husband, wife team.

39:19
I guess the difference is that your wife knows all these principles. So I can just imagine you two going with each other going, honey, we’ve been together for so many years. And I’m just between you and your wife, I’m wondering how it works out. Well, she’ll catch me on this, here’s the, here’s, she is also recognizing, I’m saying that I’m telling her the truth. What I’m saying is let’s get away from this. Let’s get away from this difference here or

39:49
have a context for it, which is the great majority of the space around us is togetherness defined. Now, here’s the other thing that she knows from this research that I described to you. By the rule of reciprocation, what these researchers found was that when the partner moved in the direction of the persuader,

40:16
persuader then moved in the direction of the partner too. And they met in the middle. So you get the rule of reciprocation taking care of both sides by doing this. Someone’s got to take the first step forward. That’s right. And, break the set, the cognitive set of difference. Right? So here’s the, here’s, here’s the business.

40:45
related example. A few years ago, I was preparing a report that had to be submitted the next day. And as I was reading over it, I saw one section of it that wasn’t at all convincing, and not sufficiently convincing to make my point, because it didn’t have some data to really seal the deal. But I knew that a colleague of mine had done a study

41:15
the year before and had collected that kind of data. And so I sent him an email. Let’s say his name was Tim. It wasn’t. I said, Tim, and I described that I have this report. It’s due the next day. It needs the data that you’ve collected. I know you have it in your archives. I’m going to call you and we can find a way to get me that.

41:42
that information in time for me to do this. Well, this guy, Kim, was known as irascible and soured, a very difficult guy in my psychology department, right? So when I called him, he said, hello, Bob, I know why you’re calling. And the answer is no. Look, I can’t be responsible for your poor

42:11
time management skills, Bob. You got yourself into this. I’m a busy man. Also, I can’t just jump and pull this out of my archives, get the data to you in time, right? And before I had read this Texas study, here’s what I would have said. Come on, Tim, I really need this. This thing is due tomorrow.

42:39
He’d already said no to that. So I said, instead, you know, Tim, we’ve been together in the psych department now for 12 years. I really appreciate this. And Steve, I had the data that afternoon. Amazing. You know, it’s funny, thanks to you, Bob. Whenever I read an email or an outreach cold email, I like analyze all the language that’s being used and

43:08
I’ve also found, I mean, I’m gonna definitely use these unity principles now, but I’ve also found that when people talk about me and what benefit that I would get first, I’m not sure what principle of persuasion that is. That works on me. Yep. Yep. Good. mean, that other orientation, right? That I’m not just in it to make a buck for me. I’m actually in it for you to have a good outcome, which I know

43:38
as a side effect will lead to good outcomes for me. Reciprocally, it’ll work. And I also know that when people say, hey, I went to Stanford University just like you did, that works on me too. So that’s unity, right? Absolutely. There was a great study that showed that if researchers put a young woman on a busy intersection on a college campus of walkways,

44:05
asking for donations to the United Way, she got some success. But if she said to them first, excuse me, I’m a student here too. She got 250 % more donations. You know what, I’m just thinking about there’s all these things running through my head right now. There’s this Facebook ad that I run from my handkerchief store that works. And not very many people use handkerchiefs anymore. But the ad was like,

44:32
Am I the only one who use handkerchiefs or message me or, know, if you’re a handkerchief lover and I’ll send you a special offer, that ad works really well. It’s probably because of unity, right? Yes, right. Because if you’re in a smaller unit group, you feel even more intense shared identity. And I’ll give you one approach that think that online marketers can use or

45:02
people who can provide physical items online. One of the things that we have found in the last 10 years that has been a massive success within the marketing community is co-creation of your products and services, right? So what we often do is to get our existing customers, clients, and so on to help us

45:31
create the next version or the next generation of our product. And we ask them to give us input as to what they would like to see and what they would like to be dropped away and so on and what they don’t especially like. And so they co-create with us that product or service. That creates a sense of unity with us.

46:01
because they have acted together with us in this process. And what you find is that you get much greater loyalty and much greater satisfaction from those people who have co-created with you. Even before that new product has come out, they feel of you, they feel one of you. Okay, well, when we do that,

46:30
What we typically say to our informants is, could you give us your opinion on how we could improve our product, you know, that sort of thing. And that’s a mistake.

46:47
When we ask for someone’s opinion, we get a critic. They step away from us. We’re over here and they’re over on the other side of the line between us. If instead of asking for an opinion or even the newest research shows asking for feedback, which is also problematic for the same reason.

47:15
If we ask for their advice, we now get them stepping over the line next to us as our partner. They’re in a togetherness state of mind. And research shows, for example, that in a study that was done online where people received a business plan for a new restaurant called Splash,

47:43
that was going to be a fast food restaurant that focused on healthy food, right? If they were asked for their opinion on this business plan, they were significantly less likely to give it a positive rating than if they were asked for their advice on the same plan. And when researchers looked into it as to why, it was because they felt

48:13
more together with the author of the business plan because they were providing him advice. A lot of things are running through my head right now. So right now I send out a survey to anyone who’s bought. Maybe I should frame it as I need your advice instead of the way I currently have it framed. Steve, that would be my advice. Yeah.

48:41
Yeah, okay. It’s very subtle, but I can see why psychologically that would work. Interesting. Yeah. See, this is the thing I like about this research and I put a lot of it in the new book. The smallest things you can do that produce the biggest impact on your persuasive success, small in terms of effort or time so that you have an enormous return on investment.

49:11
Right? An enormous ROI from changing a word from feedback to advice, you know, or, you know, instead of trying to say, we, I have the better logical position or I’m going to do this. If you don’t move, we just point to something like the extent to which we’ve been working together. I’ve learned that logic never works.

49:40
Over the years, yeah. So it’s interesting. Yeah. Incidentally, that was the thing in the intro. That was the biggest tidbit that I got out of the unity section with respect to interacting with and working together with my wife. Yeah. Right. I can see why. Okay. So we got in the interest of completeness. I do want to just kind of go over the remaining principles of persuasion. So I think we’ve talked about social proof, liking, unity. There’s four more, right?

50:09
We talked about reciprocity. Reciprocity, course, yes. The next one would be authority, which like social proof, serves to reduce people’s uncertainty of what they should do. If we can demonstrate our credentials, our experience, and our know-how in a particular area, people will defer.

50:38
to that, they defer to experts. Sometimes we can borrow that by once again, bringing testimonials from outside of our organization from legitimate experts who can be quoted as saying something either nice about us or about our idea, our vision, our concept.

51:08
If we’ve got that, then people defer and move in our direction. One of the things that I often correct when I see people who want to run an advertising campaign where I give them some advice on it is that they put the testimonials.

51:35
either from similar others or from authorities into the body of their presentation, of their appeal. Those things should go first. In the case of authority, if you see one or two or more testimonials from acknowledged experts, right, advocating what comes next.

52:02
everything that comes next is infused with that authority, with that legitimacy, and it makes it more successful as a persuasive appeal. And if you don’t have access to these experts, I know you mentioned a case study where someone just was dressed as a doctor and they ended up selling more. Is that also? Yeah, it’s that’s so.

52:30
That’s right, but it’s one I wouldn’t recommend because it’s not honest. Why don’t we just stay with the things that make us feel good about doing well? Right. Actually, I didn’t want to touch upon that. mean, your book is basically giving all these strategies that can be used for good and bad. And I know you want to just mention this in this interview. mean, what is that? That’s just your general stance, right? Use these powers for good, not bad.

52:58
Right. And the way to do it is point to them where they genuinely exist in the situation. If you have genuine scarcity, go with that. If you’ve got genuine social proof, go with that. If you’ve got genuine authority, point to it. If you’ve got genuine unity, just point to it. And it changes everything from that moment on. In terms of authority also, I’ve just found that just

53:28
putting out content period kind of just makes you become an authority even though you might not perceive yourself as one. Yes, if you can provide that content, especially in terms of a white paper or an article or an interview that you did with a journalist and so on, and you embed your content in there and people say, oh, geez, that’s great.

53:58
this is somebody I should defer to. This is somebody I can stop getting more sources of information from. I can use this person because he or she is a clear expert. And there’s one last thing about authority that I think is really underused. And that is you get the most horsepower as an authority voice when you

54:28
Don’t just talk about the strengths of your case, but you also mention a weakness or a drawback. That causes people not only to see you as knowledgeable about the pros and the cons, it causes them to see you as credible, as trustworthy, as a trustworthy source of authority influence, right?

54:56
because you’re willing to talk about not just the pros, but also the cons. But you show people how, after you say, know, this may take a little bit longer or this may cost a little bit more, or, you know, this is just, we don’t have a lot of market share yet on this. Then you always say the word,

55:29
and you go to your strengths right there that wipe away the weakness. And what’s left after the weakness is dispatched is a perception of you as a credible source of authoritative information. And they believe more everything you say next. So if I were to advise people in terms of how you present your case,

55:58
All cases have strengths and weaknesses, right? What we typically do is bury the weaknesses at the end or don’t mention them at all. What I say is if you want to know where to put your strongest argument, the most compelling feature of what you have to offer, it should go immediately after you’ve mentioned a weakness and said the word, but.

56:26
to lead into your strength because people are gonna believe that strength now more deeply and more fully than if you hadn’t mentioned the weakness. Is this the same principle as when I see a product online that has only five star reviews, I tend to discount them? It is the same principle that people who are only giving you the positives and not giving you the negatives,

56:56
There’s a study that was done that showed the most effective star rating that produces conversions to your products on your site is not five point reviews. It’s not a five point rating. It’s a range between 4.2 and 4.7. If it’s below 4.2, people are saying, hey, maybe this isn’t such a great thing.

57:25
If it’s above 4.7, people are saying, uh-oh, this might be a phony. These might be, um, you know, manufactured bought, uh, purchased, or, uh, they’re, weeding out the, um, uh, the negative ones. And in fact, I actually never read the five star reviews. only read the two and the three stars come to think of it. Yeah. Yeah.

57:55
Okay, so that’s authority. Here’s a last thing to say about that. If you do get a one or two star review, know, in what people always tell me is that kills me, that irks me because, you know, the majority of them are are much higher. But people look at that one. Here’s what I would say. Always respond to that review and say the following.

58:25
Well, thank you for your response. We’re so happy that the great majority of people have not experienced, have not had your experience with us. So you move immediately to the social proof that’s truly there. You diminish that one by saying you’re an outlier. We’re so glad that the great majority of people have not had that experience, but we certainly regret that you did.

58:54
and we will take steps to make sure that it never happens again. That’s the best way to respond. That’s ingenious actually. In this world of like just Amazon reviews, that sounds like a really great response, especially since it applies the principles of persuasion here and social proof and. Right. Yeah. I think we have a couple more left. I believe scarcity is one of them. Scarcity I want to emphasize because there was a study done of online e-marketing

59:24
uh, uh, and showed that of all of the principles of influence and all six of them, uh, did make a difference, but scarcity was the one that was the most powerful telling people about a limited supply at this price or a limited supply with this feature or a limited supply with a particular inducement or bonus.

59:51
That was the one that had the most power in producing conversions. I vaguely remember in the book, there’s a subtlety there though, right? Well, that works very well. It works better than limited time offers. Limited time doesn’t have competition associated. If you’ve got a limited number,

01:00:20
That means people have to move. They have to get off the fence. If you’ve got a limited time, they can wait until whenever that within that time, they don’t, doesn’t spur them into immediate action. Whereas if you say there’s only five of these left, right at this price, right at this price, I guess, uh, if that’s not true though, you shouldn’t do that. Never, but you can always have an inducement, uh, like a bonus.

01:00:50
And there were only five of them left that have this bonus. Yes, that’s correct. Right. So in my case, like you get a free hanky for the first five people or something like that. Yeah. For the first 100, know, yeah. Yeah. I know, um, on my site, ever since I started putting, like when things get below like 10 units in stock, I like highlight the fact there’s only 10 units left. And I found that as soon as that product hits that threshold, that product sells out much faster. Right.

01:01:20
Scarcity. Yeah, scarcity. It’s interesting. Yeah. So it’s subtle. So limited products versus limited time always works better. And then the last one is commitment and consistency. People want to be consistent with what they have committed themselves to. So if we can arrange for people to make a small step or press an agree button or get to the next stage easily.

01:01:48
then they are more likely to continue to behave in that way in order to be congruent with what they’ve already done. So how can that be applied? Well, so for example, what does it say on your, on the, you know, the thing that you’re a button, right? What it should say is, yes, I want to go on to the next level. It shouldn’t just say yes.

01:02:18
or it shouldn’t just say next, it should give them a commitment that they’ve made a commitment to go on. Interesting. So you’re saying changing that language can have dramatic effects? Yeah. I’ve noticed that on certain things. Yeah. It’s also the case that if you’re trying to get people to subscribe and they have to fill out a long questionnaire, a lot of people are

01:02:45
are reluctant to go through a lot of information. I talk about a study that was done where if you reduce the number of fields that you ask people to complete on the first page of the form, that significantly increases the number who complete it because they’ve gone through the first page easily. And then once they’ve gone through that first page,

01:03:14
they’re more willing to go on to the end. You know, come to think of it, the surveys I’m most likely to fill out are the ones that are one question per page where I keep hitting next. Yeah. Yeah. As opposed to a big long page of questions. principle, right? Right. So that winds up our tour through the 7th. So I just want to tell the listeners out there, I mean, this is an entirely new book. I’ve read the original version many times and this one, as soon as you get it,

01:03:44
It’s, would arguably, I think it’s like twice as thick as the old one. It’s almost like a whole new book. So even if you’ve read this book before the new edition goes way beyond, it went way beyond my expectations. And I’m not just saying that. So Bob, where can people find more about you, the book in just in case they haven’t heard of you before prior to this? The best place is our website. It’s a influence at work.

01:04:14
dot com. Okay, influence at work all one, which is all one word.com. Well, thank you so much for coming on the show. As I mentioned before, I’m a huge fan and it is a great honor to have you on the podcast. Thank you so much. enjoyed it, Steve.

01:04:30
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now even if you’ve read the first edition of Dr. Cialdini’s book, you’ll definitely want to catch the new edition. With 200 new pages, it is literally like reading a completely new book and you’ll always get new nuggets every time you read it. For more information about this episode, go to mywebcuderjob.com slash episode 373. And once again, I’m gonna thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base.

01:04:58
SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash div. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash div. I also want to thank Clavio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for ecommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandon card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifecoderjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.

01:05:25
Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Now I talk about how I use these tools in my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free 16 mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

372: Why Instagram DM Automation Is Crushing Ecommerce With Mike Yang

372: The New Instagram DM Feature That Ecommerce Brands Can't Live Without With Mike Yang

Today I’m thrilled to have Mike Yang back on the show, Mike is the founder and CEO of ManyChat, the leading chat marketing software in the world and the messaging software that I use for both my store and my blog.

In this episode, we discuss a really cool feature that is going to fundamentally change the way ecommerce brands market their products, Instagram DM automation. DM automation is exciting because many store owners rely on Instagram to generate their sales. And now, the automation functions that were once only for Facebook messenger users are now on Instagram.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Instagram DM Automation work
  • Why this feature is important for e-commerce brands
  • How to apply Instagram DM automation to sell products online

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Critter Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I’m thrilled to have Mike Yang back on the show, and Mike is the founder and CEO of ManyChat. And in this episode, we’re gonna talk about the latest Facebook marketing medium, Instagram DM automation, specifically in the context of running an e-commerce store. We’ll talk about how it works and why this feature is especially important for e-commerce brands. But before we begin, I wanna thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode.

00:29
Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for ecommerce and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for ecommerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash div. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash div.

00:59
I also want to thank Clevio, who’s also a sponsor of show. Now, are you working around the clock to build the business you’ve always imagined? And do you want to communicate with your fast growing list of customers in a personalized way, but in a way that gives you time to work on the rest of your business? And do ever wonder how the companies you admire, the ones that redefine their categories do it? Companies like Living Proof and Chubbies. Well, they do it by building relationships with their customers from the very beginning, while also evolving in real time as their customers needs change. These companies connect quickly with their customers, collect their info,

01:28
and start creating personalized experiences and offers that inspire rapid purchase, often within minutes of uploading their customer data. Klaviyo empowers you to own the most important thing for any business, the relationship between you and your customers, and the experiences you deliver from the first email to the last promotion. To learn more about how Klaviyo can help you with your own growth, visit klaviyo.com slash mywife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash mywife.

01:54
And then finally, I want to mention another podcast that I started with my partner, Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:22
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Mike Yang back on the show. And if you don’t remember Mike, he was a guest back on episode 215 where we talked about Facebook Messenger bots. He is the founder of ManyChat, the leading chat marketing software in the world. And it’s actually the chat software that I use for both my store and my blog. Now today what we’re going to do is we’re going to discuss a really cool feature that has just arrived that is going to be very beneficial for e-commerce store owners, Instagram DM automation.

02:52
And this is exciting because a lot of store owners make money from Instagram and most of the automation functions that were available for Facebook Messenger are actually now on Instagram. And with that, welcome to show, Mike, how are you doing today? Hey, Steve, thanks for having me again. So last time you were here, I want to say that Messenger bots were still pretty new, but things have settled down a bit and I don’t feel like the rules have changed as much in the past year, which is like a lifetime for Facebook. But before we actually…

03:22
talk about Instagram, can we just kind of comment briefly on the Messenger bot landscape? Because we kind of, it’s been a while since we had talked about it. I know in the past couple of years, Facebook has imposed a lot of new rules on Messenger and it’s now basically pay to play. So what is your views on just Messenger right now and how have people been using it? Yeah, think Messenger has definitely seen some changes when

03:50
from the first time it was released in 2016. Over the course of these changes, think Facebook has really tried to nail the balance between giving businesses the tools to talk to their customers, but also preserving a good customer experience. Initially, you could do all sorts of things like broadcasting to your entire list without any limitations and that sort of thing.

04:20
I think overall right now, Messenger is in a place where you can definitely get a lot of value out of it if your folks, if your audience is on Messenger and is actively using Facebook. And for some countries, that’s a very significant portion of their customers. For other countries where like Facebook might be, or Facebook Messenger might be less popular than compared to another Facebook owned property, let’s say WhatsApp, right? There could be better avenues

04:49
do automation and to get that those conversion rates for your business. So I would say that you always, as a business, you always have to look at where your audience is and optimize for that channel, right? So we are seeing a lot of great cases for Messenger in countries like US, UK, Australia, Canada, and also countries in the

05:17
Southeast Asia, so countries like Philippines, Vietnam, and others, where Messenger is just very, very popular. Some of our agency partners have grown tremendously over the course of 2020, leveraging because they were able to mix Messenger and let’s say, for example, SMS. know you, Steve, we’ve talked before, started the show, and you’re now big on SMS. think SMS is a great re-engagement channel, which gives you

05:46
independent access to your audience. And that’s why ManyChat has implemented not only Messenger inside the platform, like people know ManyChat as a Messenger marketing platform, but we’ve actually had SMS and email built into the platform since 2019. So we consider ourselves an omnichannel platform that is focused on chat as the way to communicate with customers.

06:10
And we always say that whenever you wherever you start a conversation with your customers, be it on the website, through Messenger or Instagram or anywhere else, make sure to always capture their email, make sure to always capture their phone number, because that’s how you make sure you have independent access to your customer base. You’re not renting your audience, you’re owning it. The thing with many chat, seems like your philosophy has always been to get the opt in.

06:39
through chat and not through SMS, right? Or through Facebook, I should say, primarily the past couple of years. Why not just go all on SMS first instead of having to go with Messenger or some other ways to actually opt in? That’s a great question. So first of all, I would say that we do have, if you’re saying, for example, growing SMS first, customers…

07:02
then we do have options for you to like build a widget for your website where you capture just the SMS. So that’s inside the platform and you actually can do that. But I think that for a lot of people, the chat is where we’re a worldwide focused company, right? We’re not focused just in the US market. US is a big market for us, but it’s not the only one. And if you think around SMS marketing,

07:32
the market where it really shines is US market because of how cheap the SMS are compared to like let’s say SMS in Europe where it could be 10 times costlier. I wasn’t aware of that. Okay. And for example, in the US you’re paying for example, $1 to rent a local phone number so that it just doesn’t come from like a lot of random numbers and people can save it. In a country like

08:02
I don’t remember which one specifically. think it was Germany. The same number would cost you like 40 or $60 a month just to have the number without even sending any SMS messages. I see. So for us, global focus was always key to our success. And we definitely see SMS as being a very important channel, but the way you arrive at them, I think has been crucial to our positioning and to how we think about the space.

08:32
And you’re right, the majority of phone numbers that people collect through main chats do come from places like Facebook Messenger or now Instagram. So how does what has changed over, I guess, in Europe and the UK? I was a little surprised to see you mention that it works really well over there because all the privacy issues. Yes. What does have been resolved?

08:59
So Facebook has changed the, Facebook has limited certain features back in December, 2020 for European countries. But they’ve rolled back those changes during the first half of 2021 because they were, they just needed to build out like servers that do not sit on US soil as far as I understand. And they just needed to make sure that those

09:25
features that they make available do not contradict any European laws. They just took the time to do that and they rolled back the changes. Oh, OK. So it’s back to normal. So it’s pretty much the same experience now in the US and the EU. Yes. OK. Great. Great. OK. So without another way, let’s talk about what’s exciting. The number one thing that’s exciting right now is the opening up of the Instagram APIs. And I think not a lot of people understand how

09:51
Some people are divided into camps, I would say, when I talk to folks. It’s obvious to them how important Instagram is, or they’re maybe not a huge user and they don’t get it because they haven’t felt it themselves. But Instagram automation, and I’m talking specifically around Instagram DM automation, that’s going to be such a big driver of

10:19
business value for a lot of e-commerce folks, for lot of local businesses, professional services. It’s hard for me to overstate how important that’s going to be. So let me start from the beginning. Back in fall of last year, Facebook has announced that they’re going to be opening up Instagram APIs. That was somewhere around September, October, 2020. They started the beta and now during F8,

10:49
On June 2nd, basically a few weeks ago, they announced that the Instagram API is ready and they’re ready to open it up to more businesses. basically by the end of August this year, it should be open to everybody completely. Right now it’s open to businesses with 10 to 100K followers. So if you have less than 10K or over 100K followers right now, you cannot use it. And in July, there’s going to be

11:17
from 1K to 100K. And in August, they are going to be opening up to everybody on the whole platform. And the way that the thing that’s opening up is the ability to automate your DMs. So as a business, you will be able to automate DMs on Instagram. And the reason this is so exciting and the reason this is so powerful for all of the businesses that are already using Instagram,

11:46
I’ll come back to how many businesses that is, is because you’re going to be able to collect more leads, collect phone numbers and emails, as we’ve talked about, that’s very important, follow up with people, generate more reviews, generate more sales, qualify people and qualify those leads, nurture them and then convert them to actual paying customers all on autopilot. Yeah. So I think that’s

12:15
everything that you’ve experienced with Facebook Messenger is right now coming to Instagram. And not like every feature, if I’m being super, not specific, but detailed, some of the features are getting Instagram is taking their time to support them. the more important thing is that Instagram DM is…

12:40
going to be available to everybody in August and it’s already available to any business account with 10 to a hundred K followers. And the one thing that I think is very, is very important about this is that until up until this point, automating DMs on Instagram was basically against the rules because there was no, there were no APIs to do that. Like if you were to try and do this, you would get banned.

13:10
as a business, you would get banned doing this because it was against the policies of Facebook. And now everybody needs to know because of how long, like since the start of Instagram, people were trying to automate DMs because of how good that works for the business. Now, a lot of businesses got hurt and people are always asking me, is this kind of like, will this get me banned or anything? And I just want to stress this. This is

13:40
an official API coming from Facebook that they’ve announced on F8 on June 2nd this year. So this is 100 % green lighted. And now for the first time in history, you can legitimately automate your DMs on Instagram without the fear of getting banned. yeah, this is like, I can talk to you about like the case studies and like some of the actual results that our beta customers have gotten.

14:09
But this is huge news. Okay, so let’s, let me just explain something to the listeners here. I think this Instagram automation is a lot bigger than Messenger because, especially for e-commerce stores, in the context of e-commerce, a lot of people are getting a lot of sales off of Instagram, mainly because of a lot of the built-in e-commerce features, but people seem to like Instagram for shopping. And a lot of the sales are actually made through direct Messenger, or DMs. And in fact, I know with my Messenger account,

14:39
when people ask me about e-commerce, all that transaction, those all occur in the DMs. And the fact now that you can actually automate that, in my opinion actually, is much bigger than Facebook Messenger, where most people were using Messenger as a platform just to communicate with other people and friends, whereas Instagram, it seems like shopping is a lot more mainstream on Instagram. Exactly.

15:05
And what I wanted to also say though, and I was wanting your opinion on this is, you know, it was wide open for Messenger also. And I’ve actually gotten blocked on Messenger a couple of times when I didn’t feel like I was breaking the rules. I imagine something similar will probably eventually happen with IG where, you you might get your, not your account banned, but maybe the ability to DMs banned. There are rules involved, right? I mean, it’s not just like willy nilly DMing anyone that you want whenever you want.

15:34
So you have the rules, but those are very much, they don’t leave a lot of room for interpretation compared to Messenger. And I think this is a good thing. So for example, in Messenger, the number one reason why people were getting blocked or banned was because they misunderstood how message tags work. So in message tags is a way for you to message people beyond 24 hours.

16:03
beyond the last message that the person has sent after 24-hour window. And they have really specific use cases. like Facebook allows you to send, let’s say, an account update or a post-purchase update or a confirmed event update. There are specific use cases what you can send to people on Messenger. And Instagram just doesn’t have message tags. You just cannot message people beyond 24 hours.

16:32
So that is out of the picture, right? And on one hand, you can say like, hey, like this, this provides less ability to message folks on the other. There is no way for you to get banned because you’re using, you’re misusing message tags because there is no message tags right now. I don’t know if they’re going to introduce them or not, but I think this right now creates a safety net for businesses to not worry about those things and just use Instagram DM automation

17:03
in a way that’s easy and easy to understand and easy to comprehend. Right. So basically your tool will not allow someone to message someone past 24 hours. Yes. So you can’t really break the rules as long as you’re using a tool is what you’re saying. Right. Yes. And like, it’s not even us. think, I think it’s on the, even on the messenger, on the, on the Facebook side, the API will not just fire. Like it will say like, Hey, you’re outside the standard messaging window.

17:34
OK, but it’s OK if you pick up the app and still message someone, right? It’s distinguished. Yes, it is distinguished. So I don’t know how familiar with the listeners are. Maybe if you guys aren’t familiar with Messenger, go listen to some of my other Messenger episodes. What I want to do now is kind of talk about some of the differences between the two and what you can do in one and not the other. For sure. So let me just first.

18:00
talk about what you can actually do. Because I think for people who are using Instagram, they’re hearing Instagram DM automation and they’re like, so how does this help my business? Why would I use this? What can this do for me? And I think the key thing is that it can help you grow followers, it can help you grow engagement, it can help you get more leads and qualified leads.

18:30
it could help you get more sales. And it sounds like magic, right? Who wouldn’t want more engagement, more followers, more leads, more sales, et cetera? So what is this all about? So let me give you an example of how DM automation could work for you because there’s a lot of use cases and it’s really flexible. So you have to get to know a few use cases to start then your creative process where you’re like, oh, I can do this for this thing, I do this for that. So one of the most simple campaigns that

18:59
one of our beta customers did is what is called a story mention, opera reply, right? And his name is Fraser Brooks. don’t know. Have you heard about Fraser? No, I have not. So Fraser is an influencer and he has over a hundred K followers on Instagram and people mentioned him in stories all the time. And up until this point, those mentions got basically unnoticed because he gets a lot of notifications and like they just

19:29
there’s nothing that’s happening there. So what he did is he set up a really simple automated reply, which is whenever somebody mentions him in the story, like attacks him in the story, he just says, like there’s a delay of like about a few minutes and it just says, thank you, right? And in a lot of different ways, like thank you, hey, thanks for the mention, thanks for mentioning me, et cetera. And the reason he does multiple different replies, because some people, has like core fans,

19:58
would mention him multiple times during the week. And he didn’t want this to be like, he wanted to invest in like creating like multiple different replies so that people do not get bored with just like the same message firing to them. So what happened is his story engagement went from like where it was, it grew 30 to 40%. Off of automation. Off of just one automation.

20:26
Just one simple flow. Hey, when somebody mentions me in a story, send them a message. Thank you for mentioning me, right? Like that’s considered an interaction. Just a mention is considered an interaction. it’s, it’s, considered, there is a trigger in the API that allows you to start a conversation with somebody who mentioned you in the story. Okay. Yes. Within 24 hours. Probably like that’s, that’s, that’s the question because like it would be, uh, the thing is that

20:56
whenever you are mentioned, that creates an opportunity for you to follow up, like to start a conversation with that person. So, Okay. That’s cool. And that’s a very simple campaign, right? Like it doesn’t like it, like it will literally take you to set up like one minute, but you’re getting this very tangible results of like 30 to 40 % more engagement than stories. Now what he did next is, is, is he said he set up a keyword for he has a

21:26
Summit, online summit that he was running. So he set up a keyword saying, like, if somebody mentioned summit, send them the link to the summit, right? And it would be like an automated reply to the website. So by the way, this like, this is actually a great way for people who do not have even 10k followers, once the Instagram DM automation is released to everybody, to have links and to send links if you’re not, if you don’t have the access to the scroll up feature, right? If you don’t have the 10k followers.

21:56
So this was another thing. And when he did that story, he got over 200 visits in just half an hour. So what he did was he posted this story saying, DM me Summit to get the link to our new event. And he got everybody to just go there and message and start that conversation. Now, the cool thing about that is he can now, not only did he get the

22:26
people visiting the website, he actually opened the 24-hour window. So now after people DM him Summit and got the link to the Summit, he can actually follow up with them and say, by the way, are you interested in coming? And you can have the quick replies there. So the quick replies are the ability for you as a business to present your customers with a few options that they can just tap like buttons instead of typing in.

22:55
So it makes simpler for the customers to interact with your automation and can follow up and you can ask them for, if they’re interested in signing up, you can actually do the whole signup process without them having to leave the Instagram DMs. You can say, Hey, are you interested in coming? They say, yes. You can say, all right, great. What’s your email? Right. And then you can pass that email to your webinars software without having to leave the DMs.

23:25
in at any point. So this is super and then you can also take that email and pass it to your ESP. So you can do both things at once. And now you’re growing your email list. Right. This sounds better than the standard swipe up feature because typically you can only send them to a website. Now you can send them to something that’s automated where you can gather a whole bunch more information, right? Exactly. And you have 24 hours to do that. So think about following up with them next morning, which is still within 24 hours.

23:56
Now you’re building a relationship. And this is, this is just one example, right? I can give you another one, a physical business. It’s a gym in Costa Rica, which due to COVID had to, had every, every customer needed to schedule their visit to the gym. They couldn’t just come in. They needed to like go to that calendar link and schedule their visit because the capacity was limited right to 50%. And

24:23
what they did was they posted a story on Instagram saying, hey, DMS appointment, right? Select your location because they’re located in three different cities. And then we’ll send you the Academy link and you’ll be able to come and have your fitness session. they grew. the results have like, they grew their Instagram appointments, appointments coming from Instagram, nine X.

24:53
Right? It went from like where it was like, I remember only the, the, the incredible increase. Like it was nine X basically growth, but the coolest thing. people would say like, well, maybe like it was, it was just a very slow base, like to start with, like, listen to this 40 % of their total bookings now came from Instagram. Instagram became the dominant channel for them to get their bookings.

25:23
were initially wasn’t right. And this was due to the fact that if you think about like hiring the AC to do that, like you have to have like a lot of people 24 seven to reply to folks and still it’s going to, they will have to wait. So right now it’s instantaneous and it’s 24 seven and like many just starts at 15, like $10 a month. So, so it doesn’t cost you a fortune to have this automation and to provide that customer.

25:52
experience where people can just get an instant response, go sign up and follow up with them. If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP.

26:22
So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself. Now, first and foremost, protecting your IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Counsel provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry,

26:51
You name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult. And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. Now back to the show. Let me just comment why I like Instagram automation better than Messenger automation. So I think a couple of years ago, I can’t remember exactly when, Messenger became pay to play.

27:18
In order to reach your audience, actually had to pay for an ad, set up the ad. It’s actually, oftentimes I’ve been too lazy to do it just because it takes a while to just set up that ad. With Instagram, with Stories, you can reach your audience constantly for free and get them on the to reengage. So it’s almost like Messenger back in the good old days when you could just broadcast to everyone. Exactly. The Stories and the posts,

27:48
This is the coolest thing. They are the re-engagement. You don’t need the 24 hour rule and the message tags to reach your audience. Instagram’s organic reach is already at 20 to 40%, depending on the content and everything else. But it’s multiple times higher. What’s organic reach for a Facebook page? Is this like 1%, 2%, 3 %? On Instagram, you’re getting 30 % with stories and with your posts.

28:18
So you use stories, posts, lives and everything else to re-engage folks and you use DM automation to close them at scale automatically and instantly. And then you also use DM automation to follow up with them to nurture those relationships, to gather information, to qualify. And then if you want to, or if you need to, you can always use ManyChats live chat feature to take over the conversation.

28:46
and continue it by hand, just manually. Yeah, so let me just highlight some use case scenarios for people listening, just in case they don’t quite understand the power of this. Typically in Instagram, the way you make a sale in physical products land is you might have a post with clickable links to your products and whatnot, or you might do a story where you have to do a swipe up. Now, you can just take people, because sometimes people might have questions about your products, or they might need to communicate with you in a certain way.

29:17
Now you can actually just take them to a bot that will answer a lot more of their questions. You can actually get their information so you can reach out to them later. And all this is completely automated. It like adds another dimension to Instagram or social. It’s like what Facebook Messenger used to be for my business. Like back in the day when you could send out free broadcasts, man, it was incredible. And Instagram is just like this now because you can reach your existing audience so easily.

29:45
Right now reels have really high reach and then also stories and the combination of those two means that you don’t really have to pay to play anymore.

29:55
Unless something changes. love that. I love, I love how you put it. It adds a new dimension to Instagram because I believe like that’s exactly how I think about this. It used to be very much like you’re, you’re, you’re, you’re, living in this one too many dimension where it’s like posts or stories or reels. It’s like, it’s a one too many type of communication. And then DMs were always kind of like the bottleneck thing, right?

30:24
because you had to do it manually and small businesses do not have the budget to hire a bunch of like VAs and like to, like really reply instantly or if somebody writes at night or whatever it is. And the bigger guys are spending a fortune of the, if they actually need to do that. So now it’s like, unlock the power of your DMS, right? Use your reach to get to start that conversation.

30:52
Use your posts, use your stories, your reels, lives to start the conversation and then use the conversation to close the sale. All right. Let’s talk about what you can do. Because you mentioned it’s a subset of what you can do in Messenger. there’s a couple of things you already mentioned already. You can you said you can have buttons that are like, I guess, can replies.

31:16
Yeah, the quick replies, like basically you send them, for example, let me give you an example how it works. You can send a message saying, what does it, imagine you’re a marketing agency and you want to qualify the person who is talking to you and you want to ask about their marketing budget. You can say, hey, what’s your marketing budget? And underneath that message, there’s going to be a set of buttons which would say like, hey, it’s less than a thousand dollars. It’s 1000 to $5,000 a month.

31:46
or it’s let’s say about $5,000 a month. And people do not need to type anything. They can just click one of those buttons and then the conversation will continue according to what they’ve chosen.

31:58
That’s one thing that you can do on Instagram. And then you also mentioned the ability to gather emails and phone numbers, which can automatically be sent to your ESP, right? Yes. Yes. That’s the, that’s the menu chat feature, which is called user input. Basically you can say, Hey, I want to ask a person for their email. Right. And when they tell them, tell me their email, I went then to either, you can send them it to your favorite ESP or

32:26
anywhere to your CRM or actually my favorite way to do it would be to actually use the main chats built in email feature because you can actually capture their email and you can then email them instantly something while also using their Instagram first name. How do you like that? Right. That’s the power of integration where you can use their Instagram information in your email marketing campaigns.

32:57
I’m trying to think what are the things I do with Messenger. So is there a keyword automation? Like if they type in a word, you can Yes. Yes, you could do keyword automation. You can do follow-ups within the 24 hours. You could do the user input. You could do all the integrations and obviously all the things that you are able to do in terms of the flow builder. So conditional logic, delays.

33:22
actions, sending out the messages, pictures, videos, audio, that sort of stuff. The generic template is coming to Instagram. So a generic template is basically a picture, like it’s like a card. It looks like a picture, a title, description, and a few buttons, like a card that you can send to your folks, which is another way to display a product. For example, you can have a card which has a

33:51
picture of the product, name of the product, description, and then the button to buy it. Nice. So what, can you send like a receipt? Can you do transactional stuff right now? It depends on how you like want to display it, right? If you want to, for example, send that receipt as a text message or as a picture, you can certainly do that. But it would depend on the specific use case and like what platform you’re using and how you want to actually implement it.

34:21
So this might be… I would say, let me just say this, the overall focus, and then I think this is going to make more sense. E-commerce is very important for Instagram. As you’ve noted earlier in this interview, E-commerce is a very much one of the top industries who are using Instagram and the ones that Facebook’s really counting on to…

34:48
continue growing their Instagram ad revenue. So they’re investing heavily in Instagram shops and they’re going to be releasing more features for DM automation specifically for e-commerce. So look out for that. I was just going to ask you this in terms of ads, does that mean that you can, I guess you can already do this, but can you, are there click to messenger ads for Instagram? Yeah. Click to IGD. It’s not IGD. Click to.

35:17
DMs, right? Click to IG messaging. Yes, there are. And the way it works is it’s a bit different actually from the way that the Facebook ads work because the ad displays options for starting conversation and then you can send one of them and it will start the conversation. So it’s a bit different, but it works in a similar fashion where the ad will lead to a conversation. Okay. And then you can do all the same things after that, right? Yes.

35:48
Yes. What features are missing right now that are coming online later? We don’t know, by the way, if they’re going to be coming online or not. But the ones that are missing, for example, is the gallery. You remember you could have a gallery that’s scrolling to the horizontal link. That’s one of the things that’s missing on IG right now. Another thing is message tags, as I mentioned. OTNs are not there.

36:16
for those of you Messenger geeks who know what a one-time notification is. So those would be the ones. Let me ask you this. one of the features that I loved with, I don’t know if this is exclusive to Messenger now, it probably is actually, is the ability to communicate with outside apps. So for example, if I wanted to give out a coupon code, a special coupon code, a unique one, a dynamic one, I could start a message and then it would just.

36:44
ping my server or whatever, get the coupon code and return it. Is all that stuff still in place for? Yes, you could do that. Okay. Because it’s basically our technology. So it’s your technology. All we need from Instagram is the ability to send a text message and then it’s up to us to formulate the contents of the text message. So yes, it’s completely available and you can send and distribute special coupons, one-time coupons to your customers. Like one of the, let me tell you another about another

37:13
thing that one of our customers did, which was a very exciting thing. They actually did a giveaway, like it’s an e-commerce brand, Roma, and they did a giveaway, right? And how do you usually do a giveaway, right? You just post a, you post a post, right? You publish a post saying like, Hey, tag your friends for a chance to win. I think they did a shopping spree, right? For like thousands of dollars in their store. So for a chance to win the shopping spree and.

37:43
when they commented and tagged their friends, they got a message. Like it’s a Commons Broke Tool thing. So they got a message saying, hey, thanks for leaving a comment. You’re now part of the sweepstakes. You now have one entry ticket for the sweepstakes. If you want to get five more, what’s your email? Join our newsletter.

38:13
So people leave their email. They got over two and a half thousand emails like this. Then they asked, great, now you have six entry tickets. If you want to have five more, mention us in your stories. And they use the story mention trigger to actually see which people actually mentioned them in their stories.

38:40
And that way they got over 4,000 story mentions. That’s sweet. was just thinking to myself, like I used to run these messenger giveaways where it was completely on autopilot. I would announce a winner within 22 hours and people would just enter and spread the word. This could be expanded to exactly what you just talked about where you can actually make it viral by giving people more entries and just having many chat or whatever platform keep track of the number of entries and the odds of winning.

39:11
Yeah. And then I was thinking just now, just thinking outside the box, I had this loyalty program written for Facebook Messenger. It’d probably be better to move that over to Instagram, assuming all the backend technology is still all there. I mean, yeah, it’s just so much better. I actually like the fact that you can’t shoot yourself in the foot with Instagram. Yeah, because I know for me, I got actually caught up. I had to read your blog very carefully to figure out exactly why I got blocked.

39:39
But was just annoying. It seems like the chances of getting blocked are less because they are providing the safeguards. Yeah, there’s no message for Instagram. So just make sure that you’re like, you not doing anything illegal? Right. Like the other way you could get like, if you’re like, I don’t know, guns when you’re not supposed to or something. Right. That’s the other thing. But other than that, like

40:08
there is no message stacks and that was the primary reason for people to like misuse something. So on Instagram, there are those guardrails so you can be safe. Let’s switch gears just a little bit. I know that I’ve gotten burned every single year by Facebook in some way. Like they always give you something really good. Like in the beginning it was pages and I was getting tons of traffic off pages and then they nerfed the reach. Then groups were all the rage. So I started a group and then they nerfed that reach also.

40:37
And then there was Messenger, which was incredible for me like five years ago when I first got on it. And right now this Instagram sounds really good also. Like it reminds me of the good old days. So what are, and I know it’s hard to predict the future, but what are some ways that you feel like Facebook can charge for this? mean, are they going to be making their money off of the ads? Yeah, I think so. I think the ad business is the primary one that they’re driving.

41:07
And by the way, do you know how much Instagram is contributing to the overall Facebook revenue? I have no idea. Take a guess. I imagine it’s low. Is it low? Yeah, it could be. Okay, 25%. I don’t know. You’re actually pretty close. 36%. Okay. Instagram is already a third of all Facebook ad revenue. Right?

41:37
And the coolest thing is that Facebook has grown from 2019 to 2020, it has grown from 70 billion in ad revenue to 84 billion in ad revenue, the total Facebook. So they’ve 14 % or $14 billion, so 20%. So they’ve added $14 billion over the course of 2020. Now, did you know that Instagram drove

42:06
10 out of those $14 billion in growth.

42:12
Instagram is single-handedly responsible for 70 % of Facebook ad revenue growth. It’s the thing that’s right now driving the whole company forward. And by 2023, Instagram is going to grow from 36 % of Facebook’s total ad revenue to over 50%.

42:39
And Instagram is going to be the major source of ad revenue for Facebook. And that’s going to be a historic moment because at that point, Facebook’s main app is going to be making less money than the platform that they bought for a billion dollars, which is now becoming their main business. Here’s what scares me, Mike. Here’s what scares me. Like I’m going to jump on this bandwagon.

43:07
And right now stories and reels are, they get excellent reach. But then what do have to pay to start reaching more people on stories? Right. So I would say this, right? You, you know how this like, this is exactly the moment that you have to jump in. Yeah, right. You’ll get like three to four good years. Exactly. And that’s what you should care about because in the end, Facebook’s monetization engine

43:36
I don’t know what’s going to happen. I was actually expecting Instagram’s organic reach to decrease already, but it’s still good. People are still getting very healthy amounts of reach to their folks. And I think one of the reasons why that’s happening is because it’s harder to post on Instagram. So you get more quality content. Compare how much

44:05
posts you get on Facebook versus Instagram. On Facebook to post, you can just post an emoji. That’s it. It could be a post. You can just repost stuff really simply without adding any content to it. So there is a lot of new posts happening that are low value. On Instagram, every post takes time and preparation to actually make. You have to have a photo, you have to write the caption.

44:34
You have to like, it’s, it, is less like the, the, the quality of the posts is just higher. Would you agree with that? The quality of posts? definitely agree. It’s, it’s a lot more curated for sure. So I think that’s one of the key pieces because people spend the same amount of time on Facebook and on Instagram, just in terms of average number of minutes on Instagram, it’s 28 minutes on Facebook. It’s, think it’s around like 31. So like basically half an hour a day for at the average monthly user.

45:04
Some of people spend less, some of people spend hours. The average is about 30 minutes a day. So there is a lot of like, there is the same amount of attention, but because the posts are, there’s, there’s much less posts. That’s why you get much higher organic reach. Does this make sense? Like you have the same amount of attention, but the number of posts is less. So that’s why you get that. So.

45:33
I don’t know what’s going to happen in the future, and if this is going to go away or not. History shows us that at some point, all good things come to become less and less lucrative, even something as great as email marketing, which still works, right? But still every year, more competition, et cetera, et cetera. And that’s why you’ve gotten on TikTok so early, right? Because right now is the best time.

46:02
That was a secret, Mike. I don’t want people to see my dance videos yet. Everybody go to Steve’s TikTok. But anyway, like the secret to marketing, one of the secrets to marketing is to be on that technology edge is to be the first to invest in learning the new platforms and new like strategies because you can get the best results.

46:31
once everybody is doing it and like it’s a safe bet, then you’re kind of like missed the best results. Yeah. Right. So I think right now, even if you’re skeptical of like what’s going to happen to Instagram, like, and DM automation in let’s say, three, four years, like, do it for the first two, three good years, because people are people like

46:58
There were so many people who just started their business because they were able to reach people through messenger and get those 80 % open rates and 20 % CTRs. Like I’ve heard, heard already like a lot of these stories, right? So you don’t have to like sign a contract in, uh, in blood that you’re going to be doing like Instagram for the rest of your life. Use the platforms that work for your business right now, invest in learning how they work.

47:29
leverage them to the max, grow your independent lists, phone numbers and emails. they’re always going to be the next big platform, etc. And you should definitely explore and take advantage of the ones that actually do establish themselves. again, I don’t see how… If you think about just the size of Instagram, there’s 50 million businesses who are using Instagram.

47:59
right around the world. And the number is growing, like the amount of money they’re spending on Instagram is growing like crazy because the channel works, right? Instagram’s revenue is growing 50 % year over year. And that’s when they’ve already reached tens of billions of dollars in revenue. And that’s why they’re going to overtake Facebook’s main revenue by like in 2023. So I would say that

48:28
just use it while it’s the good days, right? While you’re getting the reach and everything else, this is the time that you should be using this. This is the time that you should be leveraging this and getting all the best results before all the other marketers and business owners are using it. Because again, once it’s become something that everybody’s doing, all the metrics are gonna start just becoming more average and more average. And yeah, the secret

48:58
that you have right now is that we’ve been talking about messenger marketing for years now. now like with this Instagram DM automation opened up literally two weeks ago, like June 2nd. Right. So this is the time, like this is the year to do this because I when it just comes to marketing, everything that you said, I agree with, but the staples that will always be around in my opinion are email,

49:28
and SMS. So whatever you use to gather those, those are like the foundation for your business. I’m a little less skeptical about this IG messenger because there’s competition now. Like TikTok is around the corner and that’s probably why Reels is getting so much reach. That’s probably why stories reach will maintain because they have to compete with other social media platforms now. And as long as there’s healthy competition, things will probably be different than they have been in the past.

49:57
Agreed. So, hey Mike, this was a great conversation. Thank you so much for coming on. Love it. Thanks for having me, Steve. And where can people find more about all this cool stuff that we’ve been talking about? For sure. If you go to manychat.com, manychat.com, you will be able to start your account for Instagram DM automation.

50:23
If you already have 10 to 100K followers, you’ll be able to start right away. If you don’t, you can still go and do a test account. Instagram, this is one of the things that we haven’t mentioned is that you can still do a test account by registering a new Instagram account that starts with test underscore and whatever name. Next, you can find this out on our blog, how to do this. But basically you can start testing Instagram DM automation today, even if you don’t have the followers.

50:52
just to get your hands on the Flow Builder and understand how it works. So by the time when your main account can actually do this, you’ll be able to just get going right away without having to spend a week learning all the cool stuff. One last thing that I wanted to mention is that we’re doing an Instagram Summit. That’s the first ever Instagram Automation Summit where we’re going to be talking about how you can use DM automation

51:20
what the future holds for this and all the cool new features. It’s happening July 15th to 16th. So if you want to take a part in that, and if you’re like a savvy marketer who is always on the edge or who wants to be the thought beater, this is the place to be. So go to igsummit.com, I G S U M M I T summit.com. That’s it. All the plugs that have Steve. Okay. I was like, when’s this guy going to finish?

51:50
plugs. Well hey, thanks a lot Mike for coming on the show. Appreciate it man. Thanks man. Alright, bye bye.

51:59
Hope you enjoyed that episode and were inspired to give Instagram DM automation a try. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 372. And once again, I want to thank Clabio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows, like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO.

52:25
Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLABIYO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for eCommerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash dve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash dve. Now I talk about how I use these tools in my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store,

52:53
head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

371: Little Known Ways To Make Money On Amazon With Steve Chou

371: Little Known Ways To Make Money On Amazon With Steve Chou

In this solo episode, I teach you 9 different ways you can make money on Amazon without spending a lot of money. You’ll learn about the upfront costs and the revenue potential for each business model to determine if it’s worth your time.

Because the Amazon marketplace is so large, there’s a huge opportunity for anyone looking to start a small side hustle or launch a full blown ecommerce business.

What You’ll Learn

  • The 9 different Amazon business models
  • The revenue potential for each business model
  • How to leverage Amazon’s gigantic marketplace

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today, I’m doing a solo episode to try to convince you to start your own side hustle if you haven’t already. And the topic of this show is ways to make money from Amazon that you probably did not know about. Now, most of you who’ve followed me for a long time know that I’m not the biggest fan of Amazon for control reasons, but depending on the business model, Amazon is a great place to make money online.

00:27
especially if you have no money to invest. So enjoy these nine little known ways to make money on Amazon. But before we begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I personally use for my e-commerce store and it depends on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores. Here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who has shopped in your store and exactly what they bought.

00:57
So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customer depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and there’s full revenue tracking on every single email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used, and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Post Group for sponsoring this episode.

01:23
If you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I focus a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source for my e-commerce store. And I couldn’t have done it without Postscript.io, which is my text message provider. Why Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce and e-commerce is their only focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data.

01:51
and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S T R I P T dot IO slash Steve. And then finally, I want to mention a new podcast that I recently released from my partner, Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience.

02:21
No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:37
Welcome to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast. In this episode, I’m gonna teach you nine different ways on how to make money on Amazon. And when most people think about Amazon, they usually only consider selling physical products online, but there’s actually many different ways to leverage Amazon as a side hustle with very little upfront investment. So if you’ve been on the fence about starting any side hustle, this episode will give you ideas. You’ll learn about the upfront costs and the revenue potential for each business model to determine if it’s even worth your time.

03:05
Now, most people think of Amazon strictly as a place to shop. But in addition to buying products online, you can also make money selling on Amazon. And in 2020, Amazon made almost $81 billion from sales from third-party sellers. And because the Amazon marketplace is so large, there’s actually a huge opportunity for anyone looking to start a small side hustle or launch a full-blown e-commerce business. So these nine business models that I’m going to be talking about will be evaluated based on the following criteria.

03:33
and all ratings are gonna be based on a scale of one to 10. Difficulty to start, how easy is it to get started? Revenue potential, how much money can you possibly make? And then startup costs, how much does it cost to get started? Now because there’s such a wide range of opportunity from affiliate marketing to selling private label products, these nine ways to make money on Amazon described in this episode will be listed in the order of lowest to highest in terms of money making potential.

04:00
All right, so business idea number one is Amazon Mechanical Turk. Now Amazon Mechanical Turk is a crowd sourcing marketplace for small virtual tasks. And you can think of Mechanical Turk like a Postmates or a TaskRabbit for small online jobs. Now what’s nice is that most virtual tasks from Amazon Turk can be performed from the comfort of your living room while watching TV or online at the grocery store. So for example, a typical Amazon Mechanical Turk job might be to fill out a survey or to visit a website.

04:30
or to leave a review. More involved tasks might include transcribing a short audio clip. Here’s some examples of Amazon Mechanical Turk postings that you’ll find on the platform. You can give your opinion on a website. You can perform a Google search. You can take a survey. You can enter data from a receipt into a spreadsheet. You can comment on a blog post, write a title or description for an image, write a short review or provide your opinion. Now most tasks on Amazon Turk will just take a couple of minutes of your time and do not require your full attention.

04:59
The downside though, is that Amazon Mechanical Turk jobs do not pay much. If you’re diligent about taking on as many jobs as you can, you can make roughly eight to nine dollars an hour. Now, this might not seem like much money, but remember, most jobs can be done while relaxing and watching television on the couch. So how do I rate Amazon Mechanical Turk from one to 10? Well, in terms of difficulty to start, I give it a 10 out of 10. After a short signup process, you can start taking on jobs right away. Revenue velocity, I give it a one.

05:28
you will never make more than some spending cash at eight to $9 an hour. In terms of startup costs, I give it a 10 out of 10 because it costs nothing to start. The next Amazon business model up the ladder is the Amazon Associates affiliate program. Now Amazon actually runs one of the largest affiliate programs in the world and it’s called Amazon Associates. By joining the Associates program, you can earn a cut of every sale that you refer to Amazon. Here’s how it works. Once you sign up, Amazon provides you with special links for every product you want to promote.

05:56
If anyone clicks on your link and makes it purchase on Amazon, you will earn a small percentage of the entire sale. You don’t have to carry inventory. The only thing you have to do is send people to Amazon. Now, while the payouts for Amazon associates are low, you can earn a commission for every single product that a customer buys within 24 hours of clicking on your affiliate link. But overall, you’re going to need a lot of traffic to make life changing money with this money making method. So in terms of rating the Amazon associates affiliate program, the difficulty to start, I give it a 10 out of 10.

06:26
After a short sign-in process, you can start promoting products right away. Revenue velocity, I give it a 2 out of 10. Because your commission rate is around 4%, it will be difficult to make a lot of money unless you can drive mass amounts of traffic. For startup costs, I give it a 10 out of 10. It costs nothing to start. The next business model is Merch by Amazon. Now Merch by Amazon is a place where you can sell branded products designed by you, which are produced, sold, and shipped by Amazon. Now if you’re a designer or a creative person,

06:53
You can generate a solid income selling t-shirts, hoodies, and other merchandise through this program. Merch by Amazon is essentially a print on demand company or pod, which is a form of drop shipping. Basically you design it and Amazon ships it. You don’t have to carry any inventory or worry about shipping and you get to keep the difference between your selling price and Amazon’s wholesale price for your product. So for example, my kids started an entrepreneurship t-shirt business using a pod company similar to Amazon Merch.

07:19
If my 11 year old kid can start a print on demand business, then so can you. Now the best part about Amazon Merch is that your designs will be listed in the Amazon Marketplace, which attracts billions of eyeballs every year. So in terms of ratings, I give Amazon Merch a difficulty to start rating of eight out of 10. After you are approved for the program, you can start uploading your designs right away. You will likely need to understand how to manipulate images, so there’s going to be a small learning curve. In terms of revenue velocity, I give it a three out of 10.

07:48
Brent on demand margins are typically pretty low depending on how much you can charge. So for example, my kids make roughly an $8 profit per t-shirt sold. For startup costs, I give it a 10 out of 10, and Amazon Merch business costs nothing to start. All right, moving right along. Let’s talk about Amazon Kindle Direct Publishing. Amazon Kindle Direct Publishing, or KDP for short, is a program that allows you to publish and sell your own digital books on Amazon. Now most people have the misconception

08:15
that books you saw on Amazon must be of a certain length or professionally edited. But you can literally publish short targeted books for specific topics and make a living doing so without an agent or a publisher. Basically, there’s only a couple requirements to sell using Amazon KDP. You need to format your book properly using tools provided from Amazon and you need a book cover and you need to write the book itself, obviously. But that’s it. Once you hit publish, your book will be listed in the Amazon marketplace.

08:42
So in terms of ratings, I give it a difficulty to start rating of seven out of 10. After you’ve written your book, there’s a short learning curve to format and list your book on Amazon, but it is pretty straightforward. In terms of revenue velocity, I give it a four out of 10. Now, depending on pricing, you get to keep up to 70 % of the royalties you make from your book. And most successful authors on KDP publish many books over time, which can add up to significant money. But writing great books does take a lot of time. For startup costs, I give it a nine out of 10.

09:10
An Amazon KDP business costs nothing to start if you do everything yourself, but you might need to hire an editor or a graphic designer for your book cover.

09:21
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

09:49
Now, first and foremost, protecting your IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copywriting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

10:19
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show. The next business model is drop shipping on Amazon. Now Amazon drop shipping is an e-commerce business model where you sell physical products on Amazon and your supplier ships your orders to the end customer. You don’t have to deal with inventory, shipping or handling or customer service. Here’s how it works. You create a merchant fulfilled product listing.

10:48
on Amazon and you make a sale. You then notify your supplier and they ship your products directly to the Amazon customer on your behalf. And then you pocket the difference between the selling price and your wholesale price. Now be careful with this business model because Amazon imposes several rules that you must follow or you risk getting banned. And first off, I had to mention this. AliExpress drop shipping and eBay drop shipping on Amazon is expressly prohibited. Amazon only allows drop shipping from real wholesale distributors.

11:18
Purchasing products from another online retailer like AliExpress or eBay and having the retailer ship directly to customers is actually against terms of service. So with that in mind, dropshipping on Amazon can be a low cost method of selling on Amazon because you don’t have to worry about inventory. However, dropshipping traditionally carries low margins, around 10 to 30%. So you have to make a lot of sales to make significant money with this business model. So in terms of ratings, I give it a seven out of 10 in terms of difficulty.

11:46
Finding reliable dropship wholesalers is the hardest part, but once you find a great supplier, the rest is straightforward. In terms of revenue velocity, I give it a four out of 10. Because dropship margins are so low, 10 to 30%, it can be extremely difficult to make a decent profit once Amazon takes their 15 % cut of the sales. In terms of startup costs, I give it a nine out of 10. An Amazon dropshipping business costs very little money to start because there’s no cost of inventory. All right, now we’re getting to the bigger money makers.

12:14
Amazon retail arbitrage and online arbitrage. Retail arbitrage is the act of buying inexpensive or clearance products from retail or online store and then flipping them for a higher price on Amazon. Here’s how it works. You purchase products from retail or online store from the clearance section at low prices. You then list the item on Amazon at a significant markup. And then when your product sells, you keep the profit. Now, when I was in college, I actually used retail arbitrage to make some quick spending cash by buying clearance computer equipment from Craigslist.

12:44
Remember Craigslist? And then selling them on eBay and Amazon. And what’s great about retail arbitrage is that it requires very little upfront cost to begin, and it’s a low risk way to sell physical products online. And your main upfront cost is the price of your goods. Now I’ve actually interviewed several successful entrepreneurs who make money with retail arbitrage, but the revenue potential I would say tops out at six figures because of the labor involved in shopping for goods. The only way that you can scale this business model is to hire a team of shoppers to buy your merchandise.

13:14
So in terms of ratings, a difficulty to start, I give it a seven out of 10. Finding great deals to sell on Amazon is the hardest part. But if you have the right products, getting set up on Amazon is pretty straightforward. In terms of revenue velocity, I give it a four out of 10. Because you must physically go shopping to find products to sell, your revenue velocity is limited by your shopping time. In terms of startup costs, I give it an eight out of 10. Retail arbitrage costs as much as you are willing to spend on inventory. The next way is Amazon Handmade.

13:44
Now Amazon Handmade was created by Amazon to directly compete with Etsy. Now with Amazon Handmade, you can sell clothing, jewelry, soap, home goods, basically anything you create yourself. And similar to Etsy, Amazon will provide you with a storefront with your own custom URL to sell your goods. Furthermore, handmade sellers don’t have to pay the $4 a month monthly fee that Amazon normally charges for professional sellers. So overall, if you’re already selling on Etsy, then Amazon provides another outlet to market your handmade goods.

14:13
Now in terms of ratings, I give it difficulty to start of 7 out of 10. You’re likely considering this option if you already have handmade items to sell, and creating great products is the hardest part. Setting up and creating an Amazon listing is pretty straightforward. In terms of revenue velocity, I give it a 4 out of 10. Because you must physically hand make your products for sale, your revenue potential will be capped by how quickly you can make your goods. In terms of startup costs, your startup costs are entirely based on your cost of goods, and selling on Amazon is free.

14:41
but overall I give it an eight out of 10. All right, we’re getting to the last two business models now. The second to last one is selling wholesale on Amazon. Selling wholesale on Amazon involves purchasing bulk quantities of products made by other companies for sale using Amazon FBA. So for example, if I want to sell Legos on Amazon, I would reach out to Legos distributors and ask to purchase Legos in bulk at wholesale prices, and then I would list these products on Amazon to sell at a profit. Now overall, selling wholesale products on Amazon is extremely difficult

15:11
because it’s so competitive. Because you’re selling other people’s products, your only differentiation is price, which can quickly spiral to the bottom. Successful wholesale Amazon sellers typically negotiate exclusive rights with their wholesale suppliers to sell on Amazon. Now, according to Jungle Scout, 61 % of wholesale sellers on Amazon make at least $5,000 a month, which is pretty good if you can pull it off. So in terms of rating this business model, I give it a difficulty to start a five out of 10.

15:39
And finding great wholesale suppliers to work with is the hardest part of this business model. In terms of revenue velocity, I give it a six out of 10. The more you’re willing to spend on inventory, the lower your prices and the higher your revenue velocity. However, due to the competitive nature of selling other people’s products on Amazon, your margins will eventually erode as more sellers sell the exact same products as you do. In terms of startup costs, I give it a five out of 10. You must purchase inventory in bulk in order to make the numbers work out in terms of profitability.

16:07
And finally, there’s number nine, selling private label products on Amazon. Now selling private label products is by far the best way to make money on Amazon, but it also carries the highest upfront cost. Now what is private label? Private label is a product sourcing model where you place your own brand or label on a product that you sell online. And typically you’ll work with the factory to fabricate your product, including the packaging and the labeling with your brand collateral. And because you’re selling your own brand and products, you have full control over every aspect of your business.

16:38
You can set pricing and define your product’s features however you want, and no one else can sell the exact same product on Amazon. So as a result, your margins for private label are typically above 66%, which allows you to pocket the majority of the revenue you generate online. And the bulk of my students in my Create a Profitable Online Store course make their money selling their own branded products. Meanwhile, my seven-figure e-commerce store over at Bumblebee Linen sells private label handkerchiefs on Amazon, which command up to 90 % margins.

17:07
The only downside to private label is that it costs more to begin. And depending on exactly what you sell, the cost to sell private label on Amazon will run you between two or $3,000 to start. So to rate this business model, I give it a four out of 10 in terms of difficulty. Finding factories to work with and creating your first product can take several months. In addition, you may have to import your goods from China to get the best pricing possible. So overall, expect the process to take at least three months before you start selling online.

17:36
In terms of revenue velocity, I give it a 10 out of 10. Because your margins are so high and you own your own brand, selling private label is easily the fastest way to make money on Amazon. In terms of startup costs, I give it a three out of 10. Because you’re working with factories, your minimum order quantity will be higher. So expect to spend at least two to three K to launch your first product. So now that I told you the nine methods, which method should you choose? Now, if you have the money to invest,

18:01
selling private label products on Amazon will easily be the fastest way to make life-changing money online. And choosing from the remaining business models will depend on your budget, your talent, and the amount of time you’re willing to devote to your side hustle. So for example, if you’re a writer, then selling your books on Amazon KDP is a no-brainer. If you’re a designer, then selling with Merch by Amazon might make more sense. If you don’t have the time or the money to spend on a side hustle at the moment, it might make sense to sign up for Amazon Mechanical Turk to make a couple extra bucks here and there while watching TV.

18:31
But regardless of what you choose, the general rule of thumb is that the more money and time you are willing to invest on your side hustle, the more money you will make. And at the lower end of the revenue scale, Amazon Mechanical Turk will net you around two to 300 bucks a month on average, whereas a private label business can easily net you seven figures or more. So figure out what your priorities are and your tolerance for risk and pick the business model that makes the most sense based on your personality.

18:59
Hope you enjoy that episode. And here are the common excuses I get when trying to make money online. Steve, I don’t have the money and it’s too hard to generate traffic. Well, with these nine business models, there are ways to make money that do not cost any money. And you can leverage Amazon’s large built-in audience to generate your sales. For more information about this episode, go to mywifecluderjob.com slash episode 371. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce.

19:25
With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash div. That’s P-O-S-T-S-H-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash div. I also want to thank Clivio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for eCommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows, like an abandon card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot.

19:52
So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog. And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free 16 mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

370: 6M Per Year Selling Hair Extensions Without Advertising With Vivian Kaye

How To Grow Your Brand To 6M Without Advertising

Today I’m thrilled to have Vivian Kaye on the show. Vivian is the CEO of KinkyCurlyYaki, a premium textured hair extension brand for black women that grew to $6 million without paid advertising.

Not only did Vivian grow to 6 million but she did so without outside funding and bootstrapped her business from the ground up.

In this episode, Vivian teaches us the secrets behind her success and how she scaled to 7 figures without paying for ads.

What You’ll Learn

  • The story behind KinkyCurlyYaki.
  • How to grow your brand without paying for advertising.
  • Vivian’s social media strategy and the secret behind her success

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today I’m thrilled to have Vivian Kay on the show and Vivian is the CEO of Kinky Curly Yaqui where she sells hair extensions and in this episode, we’re gonna learn how she grew her brand to $6 million in top line revenue without paying for advertising. Now before we begin, I wanna thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce

00:29
and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce, and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash div. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-I-P-T dot I-O slash div. I also want to thank Clavio, who is also a sponsor of the show.

00:57
Now, are you working around the clock to build the business you’ve always imagined? And do you want to communicate with your fast growing list of customers in a personalized way, but in a way that gives you time to work on the rest of your business? And do ever wonder how the companies you admire, the ones that redefine their categories do it? Companies like Living Proof and Chubbies. Well, they do it by building relationships with their customers from the very beginning, while also evolving in real time as their customers needs change. And these companies connect quickly with their customers, collect their information, and start creating personalized experiences and offers

01:26
that inspire rapid purchase, often within minutes of uploading their customer data. Now, Klaviyo empowers you to own the most important thing for any business, the relationship between you and your customers and the experiences you deliver from the first email to the last promotion. To learn more about how Klaviyo can help you with your own growth, visit klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. And then finally, I wanted to mention a podcast that I released with my partner, Tony.

01:54
And unlike this podcast where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:19
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Vivian Kay on the show. Now Vivian and I, we’ve never met, but my friend Kurt Elster gave me such a glowing recommendation that I knew that I had to have her on the show. But he did warn me that Vivian is a little bit quiet and reserved. She’s far from that. There we go. Okay, Vivian is the founder and CEO of Kinky Curly Yaqui, a premium textured hair extension brand for black women that she grew to six million without.

02:49
paid advertising, is ridiculous. And what’s even more impressive is that she completely bootstrapped this business from the ground up. So in this episode, Vivian is going to teach us the secrets behind her success. After all, I personally think that it’s unheard of in this day and age to be able to scale business to seven figures without paying for ads. And with that, welcome to show, Vivian. How are doing today? I am absolutely awesome. How are you? I am good. So are you going to be quiet and reserved? Absolutely not.

03:18
With a store name like Kinky Kurly Yaki, like, I don’t think anyone would think that actually. So let’s start there. What’s the history behind that name? Well, so it’s something that I literally just made up. You know, I woke up one morning and made that up, but the words do need something. So Kinky, well, Kinky refers to the kinky coarse texture of afro hair.

03:46
So people who come from the African diaspora, we tend to have coarse curls. And so that’s what the kinky stands for. Facebook sometimes thinks otherwise, but that’s okay. say, I was thinking the other definition of kinky. Yeah, it gets it. We get into a lot of we get a lot of stuff rejected because it’s like, we can’t advertise or do you know, something that’s sexually suggestive. And it’s like, that’s not what we’re talking about. Right. Anyways.

04:12
And then curly, course, that means, you know, just curly hair. And then yaki is what gets people stuck. So it’s sort of an inside joke. So if you’re a black woman and you wear protective styles, then you know what yaki is. But for everyone else, yaki is it’s a texture of hair. So back in the day, they couldn’t mimic black women’s hair straightened like they couldn’t produce it synthetically. So then what they would do is they would get it from a yak from the animal.

04:42
Yak. And they threw an eye at the end and called it Yakky. So whenever you want to refer to black women, black women’s hair straightened, you refer to it as Yakky. So like I mentioned, if you’re a black woman who wears a protective style, so and there’s a lot of us who do that you don’t realize like Beyonce, Oprah, Michelle Obama, like we’re all they’re all wearing protective styles.

05:06
only because our hair isn’t necessarily suited to this North American environment and we need to protect it so it doesn’t strip the moisture from it. And so we do that with braids, wigs and weaves. so Kinky Curly Yakky is just all those texture names all put together and black women, know what that is. so yeah. Yeah. I, this whole time I thought Yakky was something Japanese actually. It probably is. It probably is because you know what? A lot of synthetic hair comes from Korea and Japan. Oh.

05:35
Okay, that I did not know either. yeah. So what motivated you to start this business? Well, Steve, I was running another business. So I was a wedding decorator and I’m in Toronto, Canada, and it’s, you know, one of the most diverse cities in the world. And I was decorating everyone’s weddings. And so I needed to look quote unquote presentable. So for black women, what that means, and you know, just women in general.

06:03
But specifically for black women, means, you know, looking, having straight hair, because having curly hair, curly, tight textured afro hair was seen as unprofessional. Really? I did not know that. It’s still to this day. Like even in the US, there are laws that they had to put in place where they couldn’t discriminate us based on our hair. Right. So a lot of black people wear locks, they wear their hair in an afro, they wear braids, and it’s part of our culture, like

06:33
This is how we wear our hair. But because it’s contrary to that European beauty standard, a lot of us got pressured into straightening our hair. So we were using chemicals that we now know affected our health. Black women have one of the highest rates of fibroids and they connect it to the relaxers. the products that we used to use, the chemical products that we used to use to straighten our hair.

07:02
chemically, when our hair grows naturally this curly. And so I needed something that looked presentable. But whenever I went looking for that, for hair that looked like my hair, it was either buried underneath the sexy, exotic, silkier textures, or the places, the stores didn’t have it at all. Even beauty supply stores didn’t have it at all. So then I thought to myself, huh, you know, whatever. I was trying to solve my own problem, right? So I wanted to find hair that looked like mine and I could protect my hair with it.

07:31
I went to, so I joined haircare forums. joined Facebook groups trying to solve my own problem. And of course, while I was there, I just ended up just being Vivian, right? So, you know, was, was quite, yes, quite a reserved exactly, exactly. And so in doing so, you know, I found the solution to my problem. I went to, you know, I didn’t go to, but I, you know, I reached out to a couple of factories overseas and I kept

07:58
asking for samples and I would order them under different email addresses, asking for the different same texture, but tweak it a little bit just to see if I could continue to get that same quality. So after I finally found something that I liked, I was wearing it and I went to a networking event and another black woman pulled me aside and asked me what my regimen was for getting my hair to look like that and who my hairdresser was. And I was like, girl, this is a weave. And she said, I would buy that.

08:27
And that’s when the light bulb went off. So I thought, well, if she would buy it and I already bought it and I already knew there was a forum, Facebook groups full of women who also would buy it. Then there’s gotta be, you know, it’s got it. There’s gotta be something there. So in the down season of my wedding business in December of 2012, I launched Kinky Curly Yaki on Big Cartel. Big Cartel. Yeah. Big Cartel. Shout out to them. Are they still around?

08:52
I think they are still around because I think I have a student in my class on them and she doesn’t want to switch because you there’s all that inertia. You’re not on Big Cartel anymore right? Oh no. No. over to Shopify in 2015. Okay I bet that was a kind of a pain though too right? It was. It took me a minute. So let’s uh let’s take a step back. I want to talk about the sourcing process here. So you just

09:19
decide to contact factories? Are they in China? Were they in the US or? Yeah, no, they were in China. So you know, this was before Alibaba, right? Or least before. Yeah, at least this was before Alibaba and Aliexpress was really a thing. Sure. Right. So this was just, know, on forums with people had their email addresses listed. Right. Wait, okay, I’m sorry. So you actually found these factories on Facebook groups on a hair on a haircare forum?

09:48
on a haircare for a haircare black haircare forum. So there were forums just dedicated to black hair. But they had they had contact information of Chinese factories on there too. Yeah, absolutely. Absolutely. So they had so they had the factories, they had the salespeople’s names, like they had all that information readily available on these on these Facebook on these haircare forums. Interesting. So were these people on these forums running businesses as well? No, or

10:17
These were just black women who wanted to solve their own problems, right? But they weren’t business, like, you know, they weren’t, I don’t want to, I don’t want to sound like I’m insulting them. They weren’t business minded. Like they weren’t trying to start businesses. They just, we literally just wanted to solve our own problem. And there was nowhere in the U in the U S or Canada that that sold these. So you actually had to go all the way to the factory. Well, here’s the thing. So it’s not like there’s kinky haired girls cutting off their hair.

10:44
in order to create these extensions, right? And so then, you know, the biggest supplier of human hair is India, right? And then the one of the biggest labor forces are in China, right? So what would happen is the hair gets collected in India, and then it goes over to China to get hand processed. So the hair gets collected in India, and then goes over to China for processing because all of our textures are manually made.

11:13
So this, for instance, you can’t tell is a ponytail. So it’s a drawstring ponytail. You guys can’t see it. I’m I took it. Yeah, I’ve taken it off. OK. And what it is is it undergoes. it starts out as straight hair. Uh huh. It starts out as straight hair. And then they they they they hand rod it, the hair around a rod. And then they put it into they put it into like a they put it in some water.

11:43
and then they put it into an oven to bake the texture into the hair. And so it’s not something, it’s such a manually intensive process. It’s not something that, you know, know, it’s not something that can be done in North America. Yeah, exactly. So just in case you guys obviously can’t see what Vivian does, but she literally just took off her hair in front of me. Black women don’t normally do that. So you must be special, So you went to the factory, but you weren’t going to buy in bulk.

12:12
So what did you say to them? Well, at the time, because there weren’t people, I mean, if they were buying, they were buying silkier textures, right? If they were running businesses. So, you know, I asked for a specific texture. I got it. I didn’t. It wasn’t kinky enough for me. So then I would say, well, I need you to do it smaller. I need you to tweak this. I need you to do this. And so they kept doing that until I found the perfect texture. And again, because I was just trying to solve my own problem, like, OK, cool. Yeah, I like it for me.

12:42
That’s it. And there was no communication barrier here. I can, like sometimes I have problems communicating like very simple directions regarding my textiles. I can only imagine like talking to a Chinese person about kinky levels. Well, you just, you just simplify it, right? So all the rods have millimeters, right? So it’s like, so if I wanted, if I wanted this tight curl, I need it to be a two millimeter curl. And so that, and so, and of course you just keep it simple, like, okay, make curl two millimeter.

13:12
Right. That’s it. Okay. And then so you got a sample and then presumably you didn’t buy in bulk in the very beginning, right? No, I would buy for I just bought for myself. Okay. So what would happen is I would buy one, I would buy one and you know, a customer would come in by, you know, two, I would take money and then buy two. So you see that you guys again can’t see this, but I’ve got this bin of Rubbermaid drawers behind me. Yeah, this isn’t the exact one. But this is what I started my business in.

13:42
So I would literally just buy one and then someone would buy two and I would take the money and buy two. And then I would slowly grow my inventory that way. So these factories were willing to just send into you one by one? Yeah. Wow. Well, not one by one, but usually like say, like they didn’t have minimum orders at the time, at that time, right? They didn’t have minimum orders at that time. And so then they were just, they were just willing to sell you three, right? And you would need at least

14:12
three to do your head. Right. Okay. Okay. Can I get an idea? Usually when you get like samples, the shipping is really expensive and the unit is more expensive. So what was like your, I guess I don’t want to ask you what your sourcing costs were, but I mean, the beginning, were you just marking that up like a lot? No, because I didn’t know, like, you know, I wasn’t, I didn’t start the business to do business. Like, you know, I, wanted to solve my own problem and then it just sort of happened to become a business.

14:42
And then didn’t and it snowballed. Right. Let’s about the snowballing. So OK, so you got it. And presumably you posted them in these Facebook groups, I guess. Yeah. Well, you know, what happened was, you know, I got influencers, except at the time they weren’t known as influencers. There were just girls that I knew that also were kinky textures. So I would send it to them and say, hey, girl, can you give me your opinion on this hair? Because I know I like it, but I want to know what you think and how you would manage it and how you would.

15:11
And of course they would take it and go on. This was when YouTube started becoming a thing and people started showing people how to do stuff. And so then that’s what they would do. They would take it and they would wear it and then they would take pictures. And then there was this one girl who did this one spectacularly big Afro. And that’s how it blew up because she said this was the best. And you know, and that was the issue with this type of hair is that it could look good. So you could, and even now.

15:38
You could go to Amazon and buy the same ponytail that I’m wearing for $20. It looks the same, but once you get it, the way it behaves, the way it washes, the way it acts is very different from what we sell, but on surface it looks good. So the fact that, so kinky hair is notorious for being trash after, you know, one wear, but this girl got all this hair and she was able to manage it. That was a big thing at the time. Like, no guys, like this hair.

16:08
really can like this lives up to what she says it is. And that’s because I was my own, like I was solving my own problem. I was my own customer. So I knew what they were complaining about. So I would per if they said, okay, know, kinky hair tangles so easily. Cool. Guess what? This hair doesn’t tangle as easily. And I would show pictures of me running my fingers through the hair, you know, doing all that. And one of the things that I would do to, differentiate myself from other companies was I would wash the hair.

16:36
So the hair doesn’t come looking like this. It comes uniform looking like how it looks right off the rods that I was referring to. Right. So I would wash the hair. So it looked the way it was supposed to look when you’re about to wear it. So then girls would be, well, that’s what I want it to look like. And that was a big problem too. Right. Because you would get them, you know, but one company would say, yeah, it’s this curl. Another company would say it’s the same curl, but when you wash them, they would look totally different. Interesting. So did you have a YouTube channel then? No, no.

17:04
How did you demonstrate all these things? So I, you know, I was one of the first hair extension businesses on Instagram, right? So Instagram launched in like 2011 or something. Right. And I was on there in 2012, 2013. And I was also in these Facebook groups, right? So I would do videos. So I didn’t do a YouTube channel. I just did videos and I would show people. And then I also relied on these other girls that were doing it. And I didn’t even ask them to do it. They would just do it. I’d send them the product and say, girl, tell me what you think. And they would create content out of it.

17:34
How did you find the YouTubers or were they just your friends or? These were just girls in the forums. Oh, okay. The forums in the Facebook groups. Okay. They weren’t YouTube. They weren’t YouTubers at the time. They were just girls who had hair, who had a, who were vlogging or whatever they called it back then. So when you go to one of those communities, like I, I’ve seen it done wrong. Like sometimes people come into my group and they just start saying,

18:03
selling hair extensions. Well, obviously they wouldn’t sell hair extension. But you know what I mean, right? So what was your approach there? Like, how did you come across as not salesy? Well, so the funny thing is, no one knew it was my company. So I was already in these groups, and I was already providing value. I was being Vivian, I was answering questions, even, you know, when it was not hair related stuff, right. And so then this the brand started to get, you know, well known in these groups.

18:32
And so, someone decided that they needed to find out who was behind this company because it’s not like I was like, hey, guys, here’s my company, Kiki Carley. I didn’t do anything of that like that. I was just, here’s, you know, send it to a couple of girls and the girls did whatever they did and then that’s how I grew. And then someone created a fake Facebook profile to out me. So, at the time, me, my cheap butt, my photo butt didn’t buy that who is. That who is privacy.

19:00
for your website. And so then they did the who is search and found my name and then put me on blast in these Facebook groups. But what they thought would be my downfall was actually what helped to create a million dollar company. Because when they found out that it was my company, they were like, oh, well, if this belongs to Vivian, that means it’s black owned. She actually knows what she’s talking about. She were supporting somebody who was in our community all the more better. Boom.

19:30
Business skyrocketed. Amazing. So if you were to do it all over again, would you be more overt about it being your company? Yes, absolutely. Because people don’t necessarily buy hair. They buy me. They buy they don’t buy product. They buy people. So your website though, I guess back in the day, it didn’t look like it does now, right? no. Your face is on it, right? Yeah, it’s pretty obvious that it’s your store. Yes. What was the shape of your website back then?

19:58
Oh, goodness. was, you know, in my Samsung S3, you know, with that, with those crazy filters Instagram used to have, you know, those crazy filters from 2012. those in the show notes. But yeah, yeah. You know, using Microsoft Publisher, you remember Publisher? So the website wasn’t all that, basically. No, it wasn’t. OK, it wasn’t. it’s in the, you know, what you see now is this third iteration.

20:26
Even this, you when I moved to Shopify, was, you know, I did a whole photo shoot I came to, I think it was DC or something, you know, there were the three. these were three bloggers that were up and coming or vloggers that were up and coming. said, girls, can we do a photo shoot? I’ll meet you all at this place in the US and we can all take pictures. And that was in 2016, I believe it was. So you did that on the on the frugal side too, because these are just people in the community.

20:53
Just people in the community who were bloggers or bloggers are trying to be, you know, now they were influencers. Yeah, like 3000 people at the time or 3000 followers. And we did a photo shoot. So, and that was the next version of the website. And of course, started to keep up with the whole, okay, let’s do tutorials and let’s do how to wash your hair. Like all that stuff that’s practically mandatory now was not a thing at the time.

21:21
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now, what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

21:50
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

22:19
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show. So when you first went on, presumably these are expensive, right? I mean, you just talking about the labor involved, the fact that it’s real hair and you were just giving them away to people on the groups. How did you know who to give them to? That’s the thing. You think you know, right? And you know what I tried to do was I tried to work with

22:49
girls who I knew were really serious about building a brand. Okay. Right. Because you you could see even now you can see that there’s influencers who are just simply doing it for the money. And then there’s people who are actually looking to really engage and grow their audience. Right. And so I watched them, you know, I have a marketing and branding background. So I would just sit and watch girls and be like,

23:11
know, and I fell for a couple of these people, you know, especially the bigger influencers who were like, Yeah, yeah, yeah, send me some hair and we’ll, and we’ll do something then they did nothing with it. Or if they did do something with it, then they wouldn’t, they wouldn’t tag me or whatever the case may be. So I just chose to work with at the time they weren’t known as that but micro influencers, right? What’s considered a micro influencer to you? To me now, I would say 30,000 and under 30,000 followers and under

23:39
So presumably now you probably have a more structured process. So I’m just kind of curious what your process is now for finding an influencer. You know what? I actually stuck a pin in the whole finding an influencer thing. Did yeah, because the game changed. Right. So these girls that I started with that that had 3000 followers back in 2014, 2015 now have over a hundred K. Right. So now these girls are charging, you know, fifteen hundred dollars just for a post. Right.

24:08
Whereas before it was like, okay, I could give them one set of clip-ins and they would create three, like they would create, you know, I would say maybe 10 pieces of content on that one set of clip-ins. Whereas now it’s like, you give them one set of clip-ins, costs you $1,500. You need to send them more stuff in order to create another piece of content. So it’s just been a little bit different. I’ve used apps like, and this was before it got acquired by YouTube, but I think it was called a Fame. Fame bit.

24:35
So before it got acquired, I used them and that, that helped me launch my, my clip-in. So that was a really good, a really good place to do that. But it’s been, I had to stick a pin in it because what I was finding was, you know, all the apps that I was using, especially Instagram became pay to play. Right. So I could pay someone $1,500 for content, but nobody would see it. Right. Yeah. Right. It’s interesting. So did you ever try paid advertising?

25:05
Oh, yes. Well, it wasn’t until it wasn’t until I had already hit my first million. And I thought, wow, well, I built this. I built this first. I built this business without paid ads. So I so I hit my first million without any paid ads, without email, without email, without email. No email. Wow. No email. No email. So this was just simply word of mouth and repeat customers.

25:34
Well, how did you get the repeat customers without email or did they just come back naturally? They just came back naturally. Once you once you once you have that good stuff. And as this was before the market got oversaturated, right? So you’ll have to I didn’t mention this, but I was I created the niche, the niche did not exist before I started it. So I was the only company who was selling only kinky textures.

26:00
So I didn’t even try and slide in, you know, a silkier, you know, more popular texture that you would see on say, Nicki Minaj. No, I wasn’t selling that stuff. I was selling this stuff that, you know, you’re that girl that works the nine to five at Pepsi doesn’t no one even know she’s wearing extensions because it looks like her hair. Right, right. So the influencers early on that you worked with, were they did you continue to work with them? Yes. I worked with them for a good two, three years.

26:28
And then they just got really big and wanted more expensive. Yeah. So then, you know, even one right now I worked with, just landed a gig. She’s in the Seychelles and she landed a gig with Qatar Airlines. wow. Yeah. So, okay. So, but it’s so nice to see that growth, right? Because these are girls that I worked with. Another one launched a hair product company, right? And so it’s nice because these are the girls that I knew.

26:57
were about their business, not just interested in getting free stuff for the sake of getting free stuff. They were interested in growing their brands. And so I feel like we both grew up together. Yeah. Yeah. You know, in my experience, or just even speaking to my colleagues, I find that the influencers who know what they’re worth tend to charge like way too much. Whereas it’s much better to just target people who have decent size followings, but

27:23
They’re not really thinking about monetization just yet. No, I think that people with the decent size following is also engaged with their audience. Right. Right. And there’s that’s one thing that I’ve learned is that those people who have the smaller audiences, even myself, I engage with my followers. So I know I know who my OGs are. know who my regular people comment and DM and and all that stuff. And I can rely on them to to help me do stuff.

27:51
And so I knew that’s, what these girls could do. Whereas now with a lot of these bigger names, it’s like, they don’t even check their DMS. Yeah. Yeah. It’s probably cause it’s just too many. They’re probably flooded with absolutely. And, know, that happens to me too, but still, mean, social media, social media, that’s what you’re, you’re supposed to socialize. Having a one way conversation isn’t, that’s, that’s sad.

28:21
So how did you go from one to six million? Just doing the same thing I did at one million to get to one million, which is just keep doing it. You just do it at scale, right? You just keep doing the same thing. You do more of it. You do a lot of testing. So it’s like, okay, well that worked. That didn’t work. Like say FameBit, FameBit worked famously. Like I loved how it worked. And so then it was like, okay, so how can I do more of that? But at the time there weren’t other FameBits or at least affordable FameBits, right?

28:50
Now there’s a plethora and it’s like, even now they come to me, as I call myself an entrepreneur personality and I’m like, no, you guys are all garbage. You just want access to my data and that’s it. But yeah, no, it’s a challenge. The times are different. I always like to say that I didn’t start the business to become a $6 million business. I started the business to solve my own problem.

29:17
Right. And and so e-commerce for me has become it’s become kind of gross for me. Wait, what? Yeah. Because you know what? Because I’m not into the cack in the row ass and the this and that’s not the reason why I started it. I started it so that Keisha in D.C. can, you know, instead of crying over her failed twist out at six o’clock in the morning when she has a job interview that morning.

29:46
Keisha could just find a wig or find some clip-ins to accentuate or lengthen or add volume to her own hair. And she can go about her business and do her job without people focusing on what she looks like. And so- Presumably you have enough money already. So what are your motivations now then in terms of growth and- Well, honestly, know, I scaled to the 6 million and then I was like, I don’t like it here. I really don’t. And I admire-

30:14
brands that can do that. And the founders are like, yeah, let’s go, let’s go. It turns out I’m not a very good CEO. a better marketer. I’m a better brander. I’m just a better person, I guess you could say. And I like to say that I started Kinky Curly Yakky to give black women confidence. So I enjoy just giving people period confidence. So whether that be black women or women or entrepreneurs or whatever the case may be, I just enjoy

30:44
that journey. So e-commerce just, mean, selling hair extensions just so happens to be one of my, my, my house, right? But it’s not my why selling hair extensions is not my why. Yeah. You know, I was on your website earlier today and I noticed you have like another kind of business that essentially is what you just described, right? That’s outside of your e-commerce. Do you want to talk about that a little bit? Yeah. Well, um, I’ve, you know, what happened was in 2020,

31:14
You know, we all got hit with the pandemic. Yes. And for me, even more so, I got hit with it back in 2019, like Black Friday in that November 2019. Except at the time we didn’t know what it was. Right. We just know China all of a sudden just stops shipping stuff. Yes. Right. And so it was we had a huge supply chain issue because what we sell is human hair product. And all of a sudden everybody stopped going places. Right. And so.

31:43
Um, it was out of my control and you know, my kid was home from virtual school for virtual school. And I had to quickly figure out how to keep cashflow going. And so then I thought, well, what do I, like, what are people doing? Like I had to just sort of sit back and okay, wait, everyone has to go online. Wait, I know how to be online. I know how to set up a Shopify. Everyone, all these brick and mortars and people who used to sell in person are now all, you know, having to open up and do things online. I know how to do that.

32:13
So then I started teaching things like Shopify prep school, getting people just get the essentials up and ready so you can sell whatever you can keep your livelihood and sell it online. So I started doing that. And then I started coaching. people who couldn’t, okay, I have a business. Now they’re at home from their nine to five. Now they have time to think, oh, is this really what I wanna do? No, it’s not. I wanna be an entrepreneur. Okay, well, let me help you do that.

32:38
You know, one thing I forgot to ask you is how do you scale what you do or what made you successful? Because a lot of it is just like talking and interacting with people, which inherently doesn’t scale, right? Yeah. Well, I, know, for the first four years of business, so until 2016, so until June of 2016, I was doing everything myself. So I was customer service, fulfillment, you know, packaging, everything. That was all me. And then in June of 2016, I hired my first employee.

33:08
And even how I hired her was just sort of a roundabout way because I had a partner at the time who was trying to force me to figure, know, put out, put something on monster or, you know, indeed, or whatever it was at that time and find an employee when I was just like, no, I need to really interact with this person. So I went to a beauty supply store and I asked for some help and this girl came to help me I liked the way she did it. And I said, I’m looking for someone to help me with customer service or are you available? She said, sure. I gave her my number. She called me the next day. She’s been my employee ever since the person who answers my, my

33:37
customer service was my second ever customer. So she’s someone who knew me from the forums, who bought my hair and supported. And then she went on mat leave and she’s like, I was like, Oh my gosh, know, customer service is driving me nuts. She’s like, that’s what I do for a living. And I’m on mat leave. So let me help you. She’s been doing that for me ever since. So really it’s about scale for me, isn’t about, you know, having a team of a hundred. It’s just having a small lean team who is really passionate about

34:07
what we’re here to do, right? Which is helping. Yeah, Are you selling on Amazon at all? not. Absolutely not. Okay. No. Is this type of product not good for Amazon because there’s all those cheap knockoffs on there? Yeah, that too. I also feel like I worked really hard to build Kinky Curly up, Yakky up as a brand that I feel like being on Amazon would dilute it. You know,

34:34
Now I realize that being on there is really about brand recognition. So if someone types it in, then boom, okay, well, this brand already has a reputation. If they go to my website, they’ll see I have thousands of reviews. So if I do go on Amazon, would be about brand recognition, but I wouldn’t put my premium products on there because they can’t compete with the $25 ponytail. They can’t. Right. Even though it’s much better quality, you’re just thinking that. Right.

35:04
Okay. Whereas you can do a lot more on your own website to show all of that. Exactly. Right. I own that channel, right? Whereas I don’t own Amazon. Well, actually, what is your primary channel for sales today? Primary sales would be organic, organic organic Instagram or Facebook or organic search, organic search. Yep. So I was up and up on the SEO. So, you know, we’ve got that. So we’ve got that SEO history.

35:33
Right. And so if you type, if you type kinky hair extensions, we’re probably the number one or at least on the first page, number one result. Nice. Can you talk about how you establish those ranks? Like, are you creating content on regular basis? Not right now. So, you know, we were doing blogs back in, I want to say 2017. So we have a bunch of blogs that went up there and they were talking about core things that people back when we would Google. You know, I knew how to SEO all the

36:03
you all the pages and all the pictures and all that jazz. I personally manually did all that because I know what black women are searching for. Right. Yeah. Yeah. Yeah. And so, and so I did all that. So, you know, and it’s paid off. It’s, know, SEO is not a overnight thing. It’s a long-term strategy and it’s paid off. So even now, when I don’t have any ads turned on, the only thing I have on is email.

36:29
It seems like all those cheap knockoffs on Amazon, they’re probably run by Chinese companies. I’m just guessing. I don’t know for sure, but they obviously don’t know what it’s like to have black hair, right? My hair is straight. I would have no idea. And so I guess that’s your main advantage. Yep. Well, what happened when, you know, in 2014, I found out I was pregnant and had my son. And when I came back, there were, uh, you know, I took a two month mat leave or something. I couldn’t even do that. But when I came back, there were all these Chinese companies that popped up.

36:59
and had black women front the companies. Oh, really? Yes. So really, all I know what happens with these Chinese companies is you just sit on YouTube and just watch the content we produce. And then they create products based on the content we produce. Right. How do you fight that? You fight them by being by actually creating a brand that people can that people that your audience can resonate with, right?

37:27
Like with Amazon or these Chinese companies, can’t be me. They don’t know what my, they don’t have the same experiences I have with same skillset. They don’t know what it’s like to have a failed twist out. I know what that feels like. Right. And I can communicate that better than any Chinese company can. Just wondering though, if they like throw money at other black women. They do. They absolutely do. And it makes it hard for companies like mine to compete. Right.

37:55
Right. They flood the market with their products. They pay them, you know, they pay them whatever they pay them. But, know, to the girl who doesn’t care because she just wants free stuff, she produces that one video and she’s done. She doesn’t care. She’s going to have a bin full of all these trashy hair extensions, but who cares? They paid her, you know, 35 bucks or whatever it was for that video and hair that she didn’t have in the first place. Presumably those are one and done. Right. As soon as you buy that cheap product, you’re not going to buy it again. Right. Yeah. Interesting.

38:25
And then you mentioned Instagram is Instagram a large driver of sales or is that more just for branding? It’s more just for branding. It used to be. But because of the whole the whole algorithm and all that jazz, like it’s it’s you know, we we rarely post on there anymore. It’s it’s actually kind of discouraging to post on there, I find. Yeah. But email for us has been organic traffic and organic search and email for us. And we haven’t even touched SMS yet.

38:52
And so it’s something I plan to do this year. It’s just this these past 18 months have just been honestly, I’ve had my head up my ass. Honestly, and like COVID. Yeah. Yeah. And, you I’m a single mother and I’ve been at home with my son in the first grade. So it’s not like I can just leave him with a computer and he’s getting work done. No, I physically have to sit there with him. So last year was not a million dollar year. This year is certainly not a million dollar year. And I’m OK with that.

39:21
I am okay with that. Are you still active in those original groups where you established? No, no, with a lot of those groups, think of they’ve all sort of migrated, you know, everyone’s sort of grown up and grown out, but I still keep in touch. A couple of them still follow me. Like I, a lot of them still follow me. And so it’s nice to see their names pop up every once in on the shop of my dashboard. like, Oh, that was my, I still remember my very first customer.

39:47
Right. And my second and my third. And so, yeah, they still support, but no, I don’t, I don’t go into those groups anymore. So for everyone who’s listening, wanting to do what you do, what would be, I guess your best advice for someone just starting out? I would say, because you bootstrap this whole thing. Yeah. From zero. didn’t have any outside cash or anything. I would say make sure you’re solving a problem and make sure you’re solving a problem that is, um, that resonates with you.

40:17
because this is going to be one of the hardest things outside of parenthood. This is one of the hardest things you’ll ever do. And if you’re not passionate or if you’re not interested or invested in getting in solving that problem and finding the solution, then this is going to be a really tough journey. So I would say one, make sure you’re solving a problem and two, be yourself because

40:46
At first I thought, okay, I would look at the girls who own hair extension companies who had long silky hair and Gucci and Lambos and high heels and all that stuff. And I was not that, I was the exact opposite of that. And at first, that’s the reason why I hid myself. But then as I mentioned, when people actually found out it was me and they knew me for who I was, then they were supportive. And it was like, oh, so I can be myself? Yes, you can.

41:14
And that’s what will differentiate you from the competition. And then finally, I would say study your competition and do something different. So if your competition is selling mugs and all they sell are mugs that are black, then why not sell red mugs, only red mugs and really niche down, niche. So that’s really what I want to get to, niche it down because that’s what’s going to help you get your foot in the door.

41:40
and differentiate you from everyone else doing the exact same thing in the oversaturated market that you’re in, no matter what it is. So once you niche down and you really get well known for doing that one thing, then you can start to expand. You can either go wider or you can go deeper into that niche, but just start out doing that one thing really, really well and get known for it. That’s exactly how we got started.

42:05
We became known for handkerchiefs. And even though I have no passion for those products, I developed a passion for the business part. Right. You know, like the cack and the real ass, right. That you don’t like. That’s actually my wheelhouse. Right.

42:19
And what I like about you, Vivian, just, I mean, we haven’t met before, but now that we’re chatting, you’re just very relatable. And just after talking to you, just want to buy from you. And I think that’s your superpower. Yes, that is right. And that’s the thing, because it’s like, because what I’m, I’m not passionate about selling you hair extensions. I’m passionate about making you feel good about how you are, just you. Right. And I would just buy from you because of you. Right. If I needed hair extensions, I’d be a bonus.

42:48
Thank you. appreciate you saying that. So Vivian, where can people find you online? And I know you have a couple of websites. So yeah, well, for hair extensions, if you’re into that, you can find me at kinkakurlyyaki.com. For myself, I am an absolute pleasure to follow on Instagram, especially in my Instagram stories. I’m known for my Instagram stories. So you can follow me at it’sviviank, that’s I-T-S-V-I-V-I-A-N-K-A-Y-E.

43:18
You’ll see me on the black lady with the crown and balloons. Um, and of course I have a website. So Vivian K.com. So you said that you weren’t doing Instagram. That was for your company, but for yourself or myself doing it. Yeah. that’s how I started to get business that way too. Right. Yes. Because I get high on my own supply. Right. So I’m always wearing my own products. So yeah. So it’s a, yeah. So you’re still doing it. doing it just in a roundabout way. Right.

43:48
Cool. Well, Vivian, it was a pleasure to speak with you. I’m glad that you weren’t reserved and quiet like you normally are. Oh, you know, today was a good day. And I hope this whole lockdown for you lifts so you can get some more work done and all the cat and the rohess stuff that you love. Oh, yes, rohess. Yeah. All right. Take care and thanks a lot.

44:16
Hope you enjoyed that episode and were inspired as much as I was by Vivian’s story. more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 370. And once again, I want to thank Clavio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows, like an abandoned card sequence, a post-purchase flow, a win-back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO.

44:46
I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for ecommerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash dev. That’s P-O-S-T-S-C-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash dev. Now I talk about how I use these tools in my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own ecommerce store, head on over to mywifequaterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away.

45:16
Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

369: How To Get Top Dollar For Your Business, FBA Rollups & More With Joe Valley

369: How To Get Top Dollar For Your Business, FBA Rollups & More With Joe Valley

Today I have my friend Joe Valley on the show. Joe is the co-owner of Quiet Light brokerage which is an online brokerage firm that helps you buy and sell businesses.

I asked Joe to come on the podcast to discuss the overall online business market, how to sell your online business, the typical valuations he’s seeing, and the Amazon FBA roll-up land grab that is going on right now.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to get top dollar for your online business.
  • The typical business valuations for Amazon businesses vs owning your own website.
  • How to become an “exitpreneur”

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit or Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I have my friend Joe Valley on the show, and Joe is the co-founder of Quiet Light Brokerage, which is an online brokerage firm that helps you buy and sell businesses. Now, I’ve had other members of Quiet Light on the show before, but the reason I asked Joe to come on is to discuss the overall online business market, the typical valuations for buying and selling online businesses, and the ridiculous Amazon FBA roll-up craze that is going on right now.

00:30
But before I begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Always super excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I personally use for my e-commerce store and it depend on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who is shopped in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Boom.

00:59
Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and there’s full revenue tracking on every email sent. Now, Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used, and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing.

01:28
SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source for my store, and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript.io, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores, and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too, and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers.

01:56
So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention a new podcast that I recently released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this podcast, where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app.

02:26
Now onto the show.

02:33
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast. Today I’m happy to have Joe Valley on the show. Now Joe is the co-owner of Quite Light Brokerage, where he has mentored thousands of entrepreneurs to achieve their own eventual exit. And Joe has built, bought, or sold over half a dozen of his own companies, and he’s recently documented his story in his latest book, The Exitpreneur’s Playbook. Now as an entrepreneur, at some point you will eventually want to sell your business, but you can’t just decide one day that you want to sell and be all set. It’s not like selling a car.

03:03
You have to plan ahead and prepare your business as you are running it to get top dollar. So today, Joe and I are to talk about how to become an exitpreneur. And we’ll talk about some examples of what not to do and crazy stories about some of the exits that Joe has participated in. And with that, welcome to the show, Joe. How are doing today? I’m doing great, Steve. Good to be here, Man, Joe, I feel like I’ve known you forever. Like you’re literally at every event that I go to and we always chat. But for the listeners out there who do not know who you are, just

03:32
Tell us how you got to where you are and what you do. Okay, sure. Well, I’ve been self-employed since 1997. I consider myself a bit of an old guy in the industry. I was an original remote worker actually as well. It’s all the rage these days, but I had a remote staff and worked from home way back to 2005. I sold my first online business in 2010. I was 100 % online.

04:01
in 05 went through the best of and the worst of that economy came out the other end tired and did what you just said you shouldn’t do, which is I woke up and decided to sell my business. Fortunately, I got some good advice from a guy named Mark Dows, who’s now my business partner. And he recommended I wait about six months because the economy was coming back. My business was coming back. And, and about six months later, I ended up listing the business with quiet light, sold it in November of 2010.

04:29
joined the company in early 2012. And at that time, we had four, four was the entire team for advisors, including Mark. And now we’ve got a total of 15 advisors and an entire staff and it’s a completely different world in 2021 than it was back in 2012. For some reason, I thought you were one of the founders, but so you’re just you’re a co owner. But yeah, technically, Mark calls me a founder because we were so tiny when we when we started out and yep.

04:57
and I was the guy producing 70 % of the transactional revenue for Quiet Light and then we became partners. So technically Mark’s the founder, it was founded in 2007, but he goes around calling me a founder, so that’s probably why. I don’t mind. All right, Joe, a couple of questions. I just want to get out of the way because these are some of the questions that I get almost every single day when people want to sell their business. I want to talk about the valuation range for an e-commerce business. Let’s just call them the seven figure range.

05:25
And what I want to know is what the difference is between an Amazon business versus your own website and also wholesale versus private label versus drop shipping. Okay. So let’s start with your own site versus Amazon. It’s going to, it’s going to tear up depending upon the size of the business. So if you’re like, say less than a hundred thousand in discretionary earnings,

05:50
That’s one benchmark. The next would be a hundred grand to five hundred thousand in discretionary earnings and then five hundred to a million and then north of a million. So we’ve got those four areas. OK, so historically, Steve, I used to be able to clearly and definitively say that your own site is going to be worth 15 to 20 percent more than if it was an FBA site because you own the customer. Right. You’ve got all that benefit. You can launch products to them with less money. That kind of thing.

06:20
But because of the FBA aggregators and the rise of these guys raising billions of dollars competing for FBA businesses, negotiating, climbing all over themselves to buy them, those valuations have come up and are on par with somebody that is just owning a, let’s say Shopify site. I’m seeing it more and more. And there are more FBA businesses available for sale than Shopify sites. So value range though, take this with a grain of salt.

06:48
really important to do that because things change and things change a lot and no two businesses are alike. So I don’t want anybody listening to this going, but Joe said, then this is recorded. So yeah, this is just, this is the easy part. This is the math part, right? Right. It’s, it’s your discretionary earnings times a multiple. That’s not how businesses are valued. That’s, that’s like 10 % of it. The other 90 % is art and experience. You just don’t want to get in that area. So

07:18
I’d say they’re kind of similar with FBA businesses in your own site. So less than a hundred grand, you’re looking at probably a three to four time multiple plus or minus. thing to understand is that’s not including inventory. We’ll touch on that in a second. A hundred to 500, it’s now in the three to five time multiple range. And just five years ago, Steve, when we first connected, we were not listing anything above 2.75. In fact, we’d listed at 2.74. So it didn’t round up to three online.

07:47
That’s how sensitive buyers were. The world’s changed quite a bit now. And then 500 a million, you’re looking at four to six times. And then north of a million, you’re looking at six plus or minus. notice that I was at three to four, three to five, four to six, six plus or minus. They all overlap and they all overlap intentionally. Yeah. Yeah. As I said, it’s inventory is different, right? So if it’s an inventory based businesses and those, those, those ranges for

08:16
strictly content sites and SaaS businesses, those will bump up, right? You’re to be in the higher end of those ranges that I just mentioned. physical product business, you’re going to do the plus the landed cost of good sellable inventory on hand at the time of closing. So it’s what you pay to ship it to your fulfillment center. That cost, the cost of goods and the, and the shipping to it is what you get paid for the, for the inventory. So if you’re selling it for a million, but you get 150 in inventory, it’s

08:45
a million for the list price plus that inventory. The inventory is not included in the list price. Right. Okay. Can you comment on having your own brand versus selling wholesale versus drop shipping other people’s brands? Absolutely. having your own brand is the ideal scenario because then you can take it off of the third party platforms if that’s where the majority or even half of the revenue is and grow it much more substantially on your own site. That’s going to be the gold standard for buyers. That’s what they ultimately prefer.

09:14
A wholesale when you are just selling other people’s products in bulk and things of this nature. The challenge there is that every Tom, Dick and Harry might be doing it as well. So the, you’re definitely going to get a lower multiple. You just be, let’s say on the low end of that multiple range that I just gave you. And even then you might be teetering just below it. Unless you’ve got a lot of clients and contracts with all of them. So you’re exclusively selling.

09:44
online or exclusively selling on FBA or eBay or Target or Walmart or Amazon and things of that nature. So you got to have some contracts to set you apart because the problem there is that anybody can do it and compete with you. So you want to be able to separate yourself there. Dropship, it’s a funny thing. know, we just don’t see as many dropship businesses being sold these days. In the last five years, you know, I think it’s been a handful of them.

10:08
Mainly because the margins aren’t as good and buyers definitely prefer a branded product. So you’re going to be again on the low end of those multiple ranges and teetering even below that for a drop ship business unless it’s really unique, quite defensible. And again, contracts are key because being defensible is one of the key pillars. And if you’re

10:37
constantly fighting against others for the same product, for the buy box, for the ranking, for a pay-per-click, whatever it might be, it’s gonna concern buyers. And the greater risk there is in that regard, the lower multiple they’re gonna pay you. For some reason, I would have thought drop shipping would have had a higher multiple because they don’t have to deal with inventory, but I guess that’s not the case, Yeah, it’s not what we’ve seen because the margins generally aren’t as good and it doesn’t take much to get into it, right? Yeah. It does certainly.

11:05
take a lot to get your rankings where they need to be and things of that nature. But there just hasn’t been enough data in the last five years, in my experience on dropship businesses, and the ones that we have seen the buyers responses have been they prefer to have their own brand where they can grow a much bigger business and eventually have a greater exit. Joe, I actually just published a tick tock with you in it like a big fat picture of you. Because

11:32
The one thing that stood out in my mind from one of our conversations was this. Every single dollar that you save or add back in your business is four to five dollars more in your pocket, right? And so you just mentioned some of these valuations. Quick question, just in case people are considering selling right now, with that multiple, let’s say it’s like three to four, why not just run your business for three or four more years, pocket the revenue and then sell?

12:00
And in your experience, what’s like the single biggest reason people sell their businesses? Okay, so I’m going to answer those questions all together at once. The problem is that most people just run their business thinking, yeah, I’ll figure out how to sell it and I get to that someday. And then they wake up and someday is here. They’re exhausted, they’re worn out, they’re tired, they’re over leveraged and they just want out. That’s the unfortunate truth. If I could talk to everybody that owns an online business,

12:29
I would say, let’s get you some training little bits and pieces here and there. Get some knowledge so you understand, you know, what the process is to get maximum value on your exit. There’s, four or five things that you should focus on, take them in bite sized pieces and let’s go ahead and do that. If, if a business though, Steve is less than five years old, generally speaking, you know, if, especially if it’s a physical products business, you’re to earn much more money.

12:56
at least 50 % of the money you’re ever going to make in the business, you’re going to earn the day that you sell it. That’s a critical piece of information that people should be aware of, especially if they’re just in the infancies of launching a physical product business. the first four five years, you’re bootstrapping it. You’ve probably borrowed some money to get it launched. You’re launching new SKUs all the time and you’re just trying to keep up with inventory demand. If you’re doing well, that’s the case. So you’re taking a lot of cash from the business and putting it right back into the business.

13:26
Right. If you do that for four or five years, odds are you’re going to make more money on the exit than you are running the business. But as you said, if you run the business for another four five years beyond that, then the tipping point leans towards it might be better to hold it for a longer period of time. The problem is though, as entrepreneurs like we are, we get this shiny object syndrome. look around and we want to do something new and we

13:52
have an affliction called I can do that. We think we can do anything. It’s helped us get to where we are, but it also gets in the way of doing what we’re doing now really, really well. What’s your definition of an exitpreneur, by the way? Somebody that actually understands the value of what they have and that most of the money that they’ll make is in the exit. know, somebody that’s built a business, sold it and realizes, wow, I actually have money in the bank now. I’m less stressed. have

14:20
money in my retirement fund, my kids’ tuitions funded, and I’m going to be less bootstrapped when I do it again. And my learning curve is going to be shorter as well. So take all of those things and now you’re an exitpreneur instead of an entrepreneur because you’re building a business with an eventual exit in mind. Entrepreneurs, like I was early on, you’re just running a business because you want that freedom and luxury of not having a boss and making more money. But you never think about that exit. know in my first few businesses, I

14:50
never thought about the exit and I could have exited. I just didn’t consider it and I just wore myself thin and moved on to something else. So it’s when they’re thinking about that exit, actually doing it and repeating it over and over again, because that’s gonna get them the most money. Can you comment on that 50 % number? Is it because of taxes the way when you sell it’s tax differently? I’d say number down. Yeah, for for taxes. Yes. I mean, that’s part of it, right? So you’re to pay

15:16
It’s going to vary depending upon where you live. Out there in California, you’re to pay a ridiculous amount of personal income taxes in the state. Whereas if you’re in Texas or South Carolina, North Carolina, it’s a zero income tax on the state level. So you’re going to pay at least, let’s say 10 % higher in income taxes when you’re operating the business than on the exit because it would be capital gains taxes. And then it’s for physical product businesses, you’ve got a lot of money tied up in inventory. And if you’re growing rapidly, you’re going to keep doing that.

15:46
So you’re not able to take that money out of the business. It’s sitting there on the balance sheet. So it’s there, it’s value, but it’s not cashflow to you. It’s capital operations for the business. So Joe, can we talk a little bit about the prep? Like you mentioned in one of your stories, like you woke up one day and you wanted to sell and that was just a bad idea. What can people do as they’re running their businesses to kind of help facilitate the sale when they do decide to sell? Well, the first thing they got to do, Steve, is set some goals, right? I mean, I think you’ve probably heard it that

16:16
You know, you’re more likely to achieve your goals simply by writing them down. think it’s something like 42 % more likely just by writing down your goals. And I’m sure you heard of it as well back. think you went to Stanford, right? I did. Yeah. So I know it’s only a Harvard business study. wasn’t Stanford, but these guys found that there’s a direct correlation between goal setting and success. said that 14 % of people who have their goals written down are

16:44
10 times more successful than those that don’t have goals. 10 times more successful. So the first thing I try to convince people to do is think about dollars, date and feelings. Sounds kind of weird, but dollars, date and feelings. Uh, example, I want to sell my business for $2 million in the third quarter of 2023. It’s very specific, right? Dollars and date. And then when I sell my business, I will feel unburdened because I have money in the bank.

17:14
And I get to spend more time with my family. It’s a funny thing. That second part in feeling, because, you know, every time I close a business and I’ve personally closed about a hundred thousand, a hundred million in transactions. So I’ve had a lot of clients over the years. I’m always asking them, how do you feel? And it’s funny. The things that they say more often than not, like, man, I feel like a huge late weight is lifted off my shoulder. Right. Um, so it’s, it’s really important to focus on that feeling as well and where you want to be. The second thing they’ve got to do.

17:44
At that point, first they got to set a goal. Think about it as if you want to travel to Tulsa, Oklahoma from where you are now, but you don’t know where you are now, it’s going to be really hard to get there. So you’ve set these goals, but you don’t know where you are now. You don’t know what the value of your business is. don’t know how close or how far you are from it. So you’ve got to calculate your sellers discretionary earnings and learn how to do that, get some education on it, and then firm up what your current value is.

18:14
So you’ve set this exit goal down the road. Now you’ve got to reverse engineer a path to that by figuring out exactly where you are today and how close or how far you are from that goal. And at that point, you’re going to hopefully have a cruel accounting, which is critical. You’re going to calculate your ad backs, which is critical. You’re to get some expert advice because 90 % of the the value ranges of a company that comes from nuances. It’s the art part that 10 % is math. The multiple times discretionary earnings,

18:43
The 90 % really comes from expertise. So you should talk to an advisor. Um, but then you want to sort of shift your mindset. This is a weird thing, Steve. When, when you, when I first started our businesses, we were probably going, I don’t want to work for the man. This is not my life. That’s not the life I want to live. I just want to, I want to be on my own and make some money. Now when an ex-opinor mindset jumps in, I want them to shift their mindset from.

19:12
That kind of mentality to building a great business for a great buyer to take over at a great price Right thinking about that next person and that actually gets you more value at the end of the day So that implies that when you’re starting the business you’re already thinking about the exit like that’s really hard to do because I Have no intention to sell. Why would I want to think about that stuff? Like yeah part at least yeah, I’ve never really bought into that that that line, you know that

19:42
You should start thinking about your exit the day you start your business. I’m not there. I’m okay. I’m more of look, you have bootstrapped this thing. You’re so focused should make sure the wheels don’t fall off the bus. And now that you’ve got them bolted on nice instead of a duct tape, you’re making connections in the industry and you should start to think about if you’re to run this forever or if you’re going to have an eventual exit, you are going to exit your business someday. You’re either going to

20:11
die, pass it on to your children and sell it to a partner or just let it die on the vine. One way or another, you’re not running your business forever. Right. So why not maximize that exit along the way? So yeah, I’m not a advocate of that line. I’m more in reality and that is because I’ve done it, you know, half a dozen times and I never thought about the exit until, until I matured actually, right. Because I was, you know,

20:40
ignorant, confused. didn’t understand that most of the money that I would make would be the day I sell. For me in my process, right, I’m not someone that builds a business and runs it forever. More of bootstrap, get it going, launch it, grow it, sell it, repeat. Right. That’s more of my mindset these days than in the past. So with that in mind, as you’re running your business, what are some of like the key financial metrics that you want to be tracking?

21:08
as you go along, even if you have no intention of selling anytime soon. Well, the toughest one, Steve, there’s a number, right? There’s a number of things that buyers look at. And so you got to think about it from a buyer’s perspective. And then there’s from your perspective in determining how close or how far you are from your goal. And the simplest and toughest thing to do is calculate sellers discretionary earnings and understanding what ad backs are. Right. So

21:37
It’s, it’s a net income plus ad backs equals sellers discretionary earnings. Net incomes on the bottom of the P and L when you export it from QuickBooks or zero, but that’s not what your business is worth. That net income number of the trailing 12 months. It’s, that plus ad backs and ad backs. there’s let’s define an ad back for the people listening real quick. Yeah. And add back. Think, think about, uh, adjusted EBITDA, right? So there’s some basic ones in there, but it’s, it’s really, it’s a one-time expense or an owner benefit.

22:07
that does not carry forward to the new owner of the business. And that can come in the form of owner salary, your mobile phone that you run through the business, a reduction in cost of goods sold halfway through the year prior to you selling the business. That jumps right to the level three ad-bacs that are really complicated. Interest expense, depreciation. When you went out to the Prosper show, but you stayed an extra week and traveled with your spouse.

22:36
and wrote it off through the business. These are owner benefits and perks that we have. Members of mastermind groups, right? So if I’m a member of your mastermind group and I sell my business, that mastermind membership does not carry forward to the new owner of the business. In fact, they may have their own that they prefer. So little things like that add up to an awful lot. So Joe, that imply that when you’re ready to sell, you don’t necessarily need to tighten the ship a little bit in terms of

23:04
spending like that, like travel expenses or going out to eat and that sort of thing, because you can always add them back when you sell. you don’t. Yeah, I wouldn’t. I wouldn’t tighten the ship in that sense. I don’t want you reducing your advertising costs and traveling less if that’s part of your life in the business itself and what perks you get from it. What you do want to do though is tighten things up in terms of spending where you’re not going to get a positive return on investment, where it’s it’s an expense that’s not an ad back. So if you’re launching

23:34
You know, historically you’re launching six new skews a year. You want to make sure that in the year prior to listing, that at the very least you’re to break even on those because otherwise, you know, you, you launched them. If, know, we’ve got to, we’ve got a friend in common, Mr. Jackness that, you know, he puts a lot of money behind a skew and is okay going negative for a while before breaking even. And the recommendation there would be, don’t do that in the 12 months prior to closing. So, you know,

24:01
If that while is, if it takes three months to at least break even, you want to do that at least six months prior to listing the business for sale so that we’re at least zero or positive. Otherwise, if you’re negative 10,000 on a new SKU that launched, then that negative 10,000 times a four time multiple is going to reduce your list price by $40,000. So you want to tighten the ship in that regard where you’re not going to get a positive return on investments that you normally.

24:31
invest in prior to listing the business. But all the other stuff that you normally do is okay. Like from a buyer perspective, and I think it’s really hard to put yourself in the buyer’s shoes, but like if that were me, and you traditionally launched six SKUs a year and all of sudden you’re not, that would almost alarm me a little bit, right? Yeah, and don’t launch six SKUs. I’m just saying be cognizant of the timing, right? So if it takes you three months to break even on one.

24:58
And nobody really, nobody I’ve ever met launches consistently the same amount of skews every year. So we’re talking about 1 % of there, but But be, be, cognizant of the timing. So you don’t want to launch a bunch of them too quickly before you list the business for sale. Make sure you’ve at least got some, some headway timing wise to at least get it break even before you list the business for sale.

25:23
Let’s break this down just in case there’s people listening to this that don’t quite understand how the ad backs work. So let’s say I make $100,000 in my business, but then I pay myself $100,000. Technically my SDE is zero, but the business is still worth it’s really a hundred thousand after the ad backs, right? That was confusing for me. So I’m sure it was confusing for the listeners. Okay. Make $100,000 in profit, but you pay yourself that $100,000. So technically the business isn’t making a hundred thousand dollars. Well, right. Okay. So if.

25:53
If you run a profit loss statement and in the last 12 months, your net income says $100,000, right? That’s what we’re looking at there. But up above the net income line, there’s a payroll line that’s just for you. And there’s an expense that is also a hundred thousand. You’re going to add that expense back underneath the net income lines. You’ve got a hundred thousand net income already. Plus your ad back of your payroll equals 200,000.

26:21
So your discretionary earnings would be 200,000.

26:25
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now, what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

26:54
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

27:23
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show.

27:34
Right. That was the point I wanted to get across. Like your salary is an ad back. Actually, it might be helpful just to go through some of the obvious ad backs. Okay. Yeah. So there’s a lot of them, but we can definitely poke around on some of the really obvious ones. I try to focus. I call it the three levels of ad backs and there’s six layers per level. Level one, let’s call them obvious. We’re talking about one owner’s salary, owner’s health insurance, retirement contributions.

28:02
And then the obvious EBITDA stuff, amortization, depreciation, interest expenses, it’s also charitable contributions. Those are pretty obvious add backs. Level two, what I call the not so obvious. A lot of people miss the payroll tax on that owner’s salary. A lot of people put their estimated income taxes in the P and L and through the business and paying them that way instead of their personal accounts. And I’ve seen people miss it when selling on their own. that’s a major snafu. Trademarks, copyrights, patents, design.

28:31
logo design, things of that nature. Those are the one-time expenses that don’t carry forward. You know, if you’re filing for a utility patent this year and you spend $20,000, pretty good chance you’re not doing that next year as well. You just have to look at the history of the business, but that would be a one-time expense that doesn’t carry forward. let’s say you and I were business partners, Steve, and we decided to part ways and we spent about $15,000 in legal fees to part ways amicably. then

29:00
you decide to go ahead and sell the business. You bought me out. These legal expenses are in the P &L. We decided to run through the business. That’s a one-time expense that doesn’t carry forward, right? Because the new owner of the business doesn’t have those legal fees next year because he’s buying the business. So I’m not going to separate with a partner. It’s not something that recurs. Other things that are not so obvious might be the personal miscellaneous expenses that you just mentioned. Every year when I look at P &Ls, Q4 generally,

29:30
has an increase in office supplies for owner operators of the business because it’s back to school supplies and it’s Christmas gifts. So those things can add up, right? When you’re selling an online business and you bought a new laptop in December, you’re not giving your laptop to the new owner of the business. And since it’s an asset sale, they’re just getting the access to the cloud information. They’re not getting your laptop as well. that’s an equipment purchase would be an ad back.

30:00
The level three, we could spend an hour talking about these and it would get really confusing. So this is what I say, you you got to, you got to dig deep and focus. So one that may sound strange is a website redesign, right? That’s a business expense, right? Do it every year. Probably not. Right. If it’s, if you’ve historically done it every single year and you spend 10 grand a year on a new website redesign, it’s not an ad back, but I’ve never met anyone that does that. So if you.

30:30
uh, re you know, redesign your website every two years and you spend 10 grand a year doing it at the very least 50 % of it is an ad back. And I’ve seen in many cases where a hundred percent’s an ad back because it was a big redesign every five years. So that is pretty critical. Most people miss that if they’ve just done a redesign, as I mentioned earlier, mastermind groups, don’t carry forward. Number three is pretty critical. A lot of people miss this as well. I just did a,

30:58
an AMA with our buddy Walker from Acquisition Lab. It’s cash back, right? Cash back monies. Most people just put this in their personal accounts and they use this money for whatever they want, or they take the reward points and get discounts on flights and vacations and buy things with things of that nature.

31:22
Technically, the IRS hasn’t figured out how to tax this. It’s a discount on advertising. It’s a discount on purchases and things of this nature. So most people don’t have it in their P &L. They just go, well, that’s a cool little perk for me. That’s called an owner benefit. And an owner benefit gets added back to the ad back schedule because it doesn’t necessarily, well, it doesn’t carry forward into the owner. It will in some ways, but let me explain this one. So if you spend, you know,

31:50
enough money to get $1,000 in cash back every month. That’s $12,000 a year. That’s an owner benefit. If it’s not on your P &L, we put it on the P &L and the cash in the ad back section. And that adds $48,000 to the list price of your business. Now, if you don’t take cash back, if you don’t take cash back and all you do are rewards, like I do rewards, I’ve got Amex, right? And I get four times, but there’s a conversion rate. It’s 1 % for Amex.

32:18
So I’ve got to look at what I spent in January, February, March, April, May, and how many rewards I got, and then do the math in the ad-back schedule on the conversion. What’s the 1 % value of that? This line alone, people ignore it, especially with the FBA, the aggregators these days are buying up these businesses and they’re flattering people and talking about how amazing their businesses are and that the buyer with cash and all this other stuff. I guarantee you the FBA aggregators are not saying.

32:46
Hey, wait a minute. You didn’t put in an ad back for your cash back rewards. It’s not in their benefit to talk about any bad backs, right? No, not at all. Not at all. You know, so this is a huge one. And when I was on that AMA with Walker, someone spoke up, said, you know what? You just pissed me off, Joe. I’m like, oh, really? What did I say? He goes, I just sold my business. I was so excited to tell the owner, the new owner about, the benefits of cash back and

33:11
And I think I lost about $30,000 in the sale of my business. didn’t read your book beforehand, so you’re pissing me off. I’m going to make sure I do this next time.” And he was joking, of course, but it’s a classic example of not getting trained, not taking this process seriously enough because we all have that, can do that mentality. And these little nuances will cost people tens of thousands, if not hundreds of thousands of dollars a year. There’s three more here.

33:40
But let me jump to number five, which is a reduced cost of goods sold. So our buddy, Mike, when I sold his business, he had reduced his cost of goods sold on a major skew by a dollar 80, but let’s, let’s do $2 for good simple math here, right? I didn’t go to Stanford. went to Northeastern. So he reduced his cost of goods. So let’s say six months prior to listing the business for sale, he sells us a thousand units a month consistently every, every month. So in the last six months, he saved $2,000 a month.

34:09
That’s a savings that carries forward to the new owner of the business. Those first six months of the year, there’s a higher expense in there that should be reduced because it carries forward. It’s no longer on the books. It’s not going to be carrying forward. So we took $2 times $1,000 units a month, two grand a month, and added that back to his ad back schedule. How do know how long to add that back?

34:37
Like you have a reduced cost from here on out. So how do you, just went, we went back. We, think we had three years of P and L’s. we just went back the whole way just to make sure it was a of money right there. We just went, well, well it’s, it’s a multiple of the trailing 12 months. So the rest of it was just to make sure we were looking at apples to apples. Okay. Got it. Um, but, but yeah, in his case, he was selling a lot more than a thousand units a month. But I think in his case, we had this, this adjustment alone added something like $54,000 to the list price of his business.

35:06
Yeah. And, and, you know, people listening, Michael, wow, that sounds kind of tricky, kind of gray. Um, it’s not, it’s total black and white math and logic. think about the opposite of it. If I’m buying your business, Steve, and your cost of goods sold went up by $2 a unit in the last six months, that is an expense to me. That’s going to carry forward. If I look at your trailing 12 months, I’m going to, you know, buyer’s going to say, did you cost a good sold co-op?

35:34
If it’s there for 12 months, fine. It’s already on the books, but if it’s only there for six, I’m to go, wait a minute, wait a minute. In the first six months of the year, the cost of goods sold are lower. That’s an expense that is not going to carry forward. It’s higher now. So I’m going to take your, you know, your, your, your 6,000 units times two, uh, that’s 12,000. I need a $48,000 reduction in the purchase price. So the, the opposite is true when you, when your costs go down and you can do that with reduced third party.

36:03
fees because you’ve redesigned your packaging to reduce the fulfillment. You can even do that with overpaid relatives and bookkeepers. Too many people pay their mother to do their bookkeeping when she’s not really qualified. I was the Grinch one year. tried to be anyways. Yes, I’m proud to try to be the Grinch. I’ve started a business for about a million and a half bucks and the owner was paying his brother about $30,000 a year to do customer service work.

36:33
And by interviewing him, he was working about five hours a week and everything was canned responses. So he wouldn’t fire his brother, but there was enough logic there that I was able to do an ad back of about $20,000 and then put an expense in there for a VA to outsource it, to overpay a VA, you know, $10 at 20 hours a week. you have to physically put that in place before? I guess it’s just all part of the negotiation. Yeah. Ideally, ideally if you can.

37:03
Usually it’s usually it’s high skilled workers that you want to put in place first, right? Don’t worry about the VA’s because if it’s VA, you know, it’s it’s it’s delicate, right? If you can do it, do it. Because if I’m your buyer, Steve, I’m going to tell you, look, man, I don’t hire anyone but US employees. And, you know, I pay a minimum of $25 an hour. So that’s what we’re going to do as an adback. Whereas if you go ahead and find a better educated person in the Philippines,

37:33
and have them do the work at a high $10 an hour, it’s definitely in your benefit. You do it for me, you get it done. I can’t argue the facts. And it’s already on the books. Yeah. Joe, I want to switch gears a little bit. You did mention FBA roll-ups. Can you just kind of talk? I mean, it’s been all the rage right now. Can you just comment on them and how it differs from just like a traditional deal? Yeah. So I don’t know if it differs from a traditional deal.

38:02
be honest with you, other than the fact that, you know, initially their focus was on FBA businesses only. Right. For the most part, that’s what it is. Their focus is on FBA businesses, but there’s so many of them now. Um, you know, anybody that owns an FBA business has gotten an email. Hey, we love your business. It’s amazing. We’d love to buy it. You know, we’ll pay all the cash and clothes in 30 days and you can avoid the broker fee. So it’s all too good to be true. That sounds attractive, right? mean, if someone can, very flattering. Yeah. Yeah. Very flattering.

38:32
and dangerous. Right. What’s the catch? Yeah, there’s always a catch, right? We can get into that for sure. But their impact, the FBA aggregators, their impact on the industry has been phenomenal, right? So now we have middle market players, people with lots and lots of money going, hey, these FBA businesses, wow, they’re selling at a pretty low multiple. Let’s buy them up. Let’s put them in our portfolio.

38:59
And because of the size and breadth of our portfolio, it’s de-risked. Therefore the multiple is going to be higher. So they’re buying things initially at two to three times, putting them in their portfolio and it’s immediately worth 10 times. lots of, lots of equity there for them. But now that they’re all competing against each other, it’s pushing the multiples up for FBA business owners. And it’s overflowing to other areas as well, because they can’t buy enough of these FBA businesses. have too much money.

39:29
and they need to allocate it. So they’re starting to look beyond FBA and go, wait a minute, wait a minute. Why can’t we just buy that Shopify brand, own it, and then use our FBA team to get it launched and rocking on Amazon? Oh, wait a minute. Let’s allocate some money to buy some content sites. I don’t care if it’s got a product in it or not. And then run our ads, run our product ads.

39:55
you know, to that content site so that people are clicking on it and going and buying our FBA products on Amazon. So they’re, they’re, putting them all together now. In fact, we got an email from one of the aggregators where they’ve set aside eight figures to buy content sites recently. So they’re all going to end up taking their eye off of just FBA and it’s going to benefit everybody else as well. don’t want to generalize here, but, uh, you know, when you see like a sign that says, Hey, we buy houses. Yeah. I don’t want to like,

40:25
make these rollups sound like that, but to a certain extent, like they’re just advertising the ease of the sale, right? Would you agree then that if you were to just go through the whole sales process by yourself, you could probably get more money than what a rollup would offer you individually? Is that too much of a stretch? Not necessarily. If you’re doing the same thing, you’re just going through the whole sales process yourself and trying to sell it on your own to one buyer.

40:52
You know, there’s, there’s a number of things that you’ve got to do. And, and, you know, one of them is create competition, right? So just imagine going on shark tank, you know, you’re excited, you’re going to pitch your brand. You’re going to get lots of money from the sharks. Maybe you get all four of them, but you go in and everybody else, everybody calls in sick, but Mr. Wonderful, you know, you’re going to get a crap deal. It’s going to be a royalty deal. He might even say you’re dead to me. You never know. So I think the important thing is, you know, when, you go,

41:21
Back to setting goals and calculating discretionary earnings, then firming up your value so you know where you are and how close or how far you are from the business. You know, when you’re ready to sell, you need to do it in an environment where there’s competition. Just by these aggregators competing against each other, the values have gone up. So if you get an email from an aggregator or anybody that says, Hey man, I love what you’ve done. It’s a perfect match for me and our company. will pay all cash in close in 30 days. What do you say?

41:51
You say, sounds great. Let’s talk. And by the way, I’m talking to, you know, 30 other people that do what you do as well. That’s going to get their attention and make sure that they’re not thinking just about themselves and trying to rake you over the coals. You want to make sure you’re getting the best deal structure, the most cash negotiating, all the little nuances and terms that can sometimes be really scary and tricky with these guys and what they’ve done. You want to definitely learn about all those deal structures.

42:21
Can I give you an example of one of the things that they’ve done, which is just stunning? I want, when we’re all done here and anybody listening, I want you to Google the words to stability payments. When selling your online business, you’ll come up blank unless my site, you know, brings it up and it was only launched a month and a half ago. So probably not, but they’ve made up a term stability payments, right? They are trying to buy your business with as little cash as possible.

42:50
They say they’re buying all cash. They’re not, you know, they’re going to pay as little cash as possible. One of the things that was a big stickler early on was they’d say, look, this is a risky business. So we’re going to hold back 10 % in escrow. It’s there. It’s your money, but we’re to hold it in temper in escrow and we’ll pay you that money in 12 months, as long as the revenue of the company is within 90 % on the day of closing. That’s dangerous part. if it’s 89.999 %

43:20
and you sold the business for $2 million, you lose $200,000. So this is the danger of doing it on your own. You’ve got to go in and you’ve got to understand the nuances there and say, all right, well, look, I’m good with 90 % or above or 90 to a hundred percent. I’ll get that 200,000. If it’s 85 to 90%, I want 175. I’m not going to zero. If it’s 80 to 85, it’s 150 and so on and so forth. And then you can say,

43:47
Look, I’m happy to do all of that. And then if it’s a hundred to 110, I want 225,000. If it’s 110, it both ways. It can go both ways. Yeah. Uh, and then they’ve, they’ve also convinced sellers. Look, these guys, I like these guys are likable. I mean, they’re some of your customers too. would imagine, right? Oh, absolutely. They’re intelligent. They’re well-educated. They’re kind. They’re funny. They’re complimentary. You want to do business with them. And that’s dangerous.

44:17
Because if you’re only working with one of them, you’re not going to get the best deal. So you want to definitely have them all competing against each other for your business. But they somehow managed to get the buzz out there that they pay profit sharing plans. Basically, Steve, I want you to tell me what you how you would define this structure. I’m going to buy your business for a million dollars, but I’m to give you seven hundred thousand dollars.

44:44
And then I’m going to give you a 10 % of revenue up to $300,000. You know, that three, the 10 % sounds like a Mr. Wonderful deal. It’s, it’s technically an earn out, right? But they somehow flipped the scripts and got folks thinking it’s, it’s, it’s a profit sharing plan. And it might be because they, you know, instead of giving 10 % of the revenues, they actually give 10 % of the profits.

45:12
Right. So it’s a profit sharing plan. It’s an earn out people. It’s just got a pretty name on it. But it sounds better. It sounds so much better. And you know, these guys have done some things, you know, quite like it’s been around since 2007. And, know, we have not been able to reach the volume of people and educate them the way that these guys have, you know, in terms of, hey, you can make a lot of money when you sell your business. So they’ve been good for everyone, I think.

45:40
Except individual buyers. have to say for individual buyers that are trying to, you know, buy a great brand, it’s become very tough because there’s now so much incredible competition for it and all the values have gone out. There’s no more great deals anymore. I don’t think I think the main attraction is just the ease of the transaction supposedly, right? I mean, plus the fact that there’s no fees. I actually, I just want to ask you real quick, like realistically, if I wanted to sell my business, how much would it cost me to sell?

46:09
and what would be the timeframe? Yeah, definitely want to answer those. I’m going to do it with an example. So we’ve got someone that we’re actually going to do a how much going to give away here. I can’t give any details. Let’s just say this person had an F had an aggregator approach them and said, hey, we love your business. Yada, yada, yada. And it’s actually a really well known one. Let’s just call it one of the top 10. Call anybody out.

46:38
They ended up offering $2.6 million for her business. Now she had bought it 18 months prior for about 1.2. So that’s a pretty good return on investment for her, but she wasn’t convinced that that’s what the business was worth. She’d been listening to our podcast. She’d been listening to a lot of other podcasts as well and said, yeah, I don’t know. I don’t think so. I need to just talk to some different folks. So she got on a call with Chuck here at Quiet Light. Chuck ended up

47:07
listing the business and getting it sold for $5.5 million plus inventory. That same aggregator made offers way above 2.6, but they didn’t get the business. had seven offers altogether. so they offered her all cash, closing 30 days, great deal. Don’t worry about it. Don’t pay a broker fee. it wasn’t a good number. I saw the emails.

47:34
they really were convincing telling her why her business was never going to sell for more. It was one skew, basically, with three variations and things of this nature. It made you go, wow, these guys are really smart. It makes a lot of sense. I guess I should just sell it to them. It changed her life, really. Chuck did with a 5.5 number. did she pay more or save money on the broker fee by selling to them? No, because she made an awful lot more money.

48:03
even with the brokery involved. So the broker fee is, uh, it’s called the modern Lehman scale, not the Lehman scale. It’s a, it’s a success fee. First and foremost, we only get paid if the business sells and then we get paid a percentage of the total rep of the total transaction value. So we’re very motivated to make sure you’re getting maximum value, right? Whereas an aggregator is very motivated to make sure you’re getting as little as possible with as little as cash as possible. Cause that gives them

48:32
cash on hand to go buy other businesses. So it’s the modern Lehman scale, which is 10 % on the first million, 8 % on the second million, 6%, so on and so forth all the way down. think we lock it in at 3%. So it varies like that. And we only get paid if the business actually sells. mean, basically to sum it up, like when you’re working with an aggregator, they don’t have your interests in mind. Whereas if you go with the broker, they’re on your side. And the key here is to get multiple buyers to compete against each other.

49:01
And that’s just not going to happen in the aggregator unless you go out and find multiple aggregators yourself and do your own legwork. Which is doable these days. Look, let’s face the fact that’s doable. can find a list of 50 of them. You can reach out to all 50. But if you haven’t properly calculated it, sell as discretionary earnings, you haven’t done all three levels of ad backs and all six levels below it, you are definitely going to lose some money. So by doing all of that work right,

49:30
Any any advisor that’s that’s good at what they do is certainly going to earn you more money and keep you You know, you’re gonna have more money in the bank at the end of the day even with the fee That’s what I mean an aggregator is not going to help you calculate your ad backs, right? No, not at all. Yeah, exactly Joe let’s talk about ex-apprentice What did you talk about in it? Where can people get a hold of it? Yeah, it’s called the ex-apprentice playbook and I wrote it because it had to be written Steve there’s

49:58
You know, certain people that are in this audience and beyond that are comfortable setting exit goals, doing their own calculation, and then firming up the value of the business by talking to an expert and advisor like myself or somebody on my team. But there’s tens of thousands more that never want to do that. Hey, have a conversation with somebody step. So I wrote the book, everything we do, everything I know, everything I’ve done in the last 10 years through.

50:24
a hundred million of my own transactions and a half billion through the entire team here at QuietLight is in the book. We go from talking about why you would sell versus hold your business. We talk about some epic failures that I’ve had that others had some great successes as well. A lot of things that are motivating and very relatable stories. But then we go through everything from how to list the business, how to calculate discretionary earnings.

50:50
negotiating deal structures, what all the potential deal structures are with or without an aggregator. it’s a SaaS business, content business, product business, it doesn’t matter. Everything you possibly imagined from, hmm, I think I’d like to sell my business someday to I just sold my business. done with through training and transition and I’m comfortably taking some time off and we’ll eventually do this again. It’s, it’s everything that’s involved in the entire process and it’s very

51:20
at your fingertips type of thing. know, somebody said, well, why not just put this all on a website? And as you know, because you ended up only up by, you know, my, my fault or yours, I can’t remember which you only have the digital copy of the book at this moment. And I’m not talking Kindle. You’ve got a PDF version of it, which is really hard to read. You can’t bookmark it. You can’t dog ear it and things of that nature. Um, and you always have to have your computer or something with you in order to look at it. Whereas the book.

51:48
Whether it’s a Kindle that you can highlight or a paperback or hardcover, you could put on your nightstand and just take it with you or refer back to it when you need to. It’s bite-sized pieces of information that I think is absolutely critical to making sure people get a maximum value exit when they want to. And with a deal structure, that’s really best for them. I’m old school, Joe. I always prefer a paper copy. Me too. Me too. Mark’s like the new thing. He highlights everything in a Kindle.

52:18
I’m an old school. Of course I have to wear readers now. So Joe, if anyone wants to sell their business and they just want to reach out to you directly to ask questions, where can they reach out to you? I think that if they’re already in the mindset of wanting to sell their business, they should just go to quietlight.com. Okay. Fill out the valuation form. One of the advisors on the team will set up a discovery call and have a conversation. And that’s just to

52:46
Get to know you and understand your business and what your goals and objectives are. There’s no pressure. Everybody’s just here to help. We prefer to have conversations 6, 12, 18 months in advance of you signing engagement letter because your business is going to be better prepared. It’s going to be more valuable. Things of that nature. If you’re not ready to have that conversation and you want to dive into the Exitpreneurs playbook, you can go to exitpreneur.io or just do a search for Exitpreneur on Amazon.

53:16
I mean, I would start with the book, uh, cause it’s probably going to explain a lot and then you’ll go into any conversation a lot more educated as well. Yeah, honestly, I would start with a book too, you know, unless you’ve been there, done that and you’re ready to have a conversation and you’re ready to sell. Um, but the book, I know I wrote it, but it is going to give you everything you need to let’s, you’re not going to have a black belt necessarily here, but you’re going to have a blue belt, right? You’re going to be just, just

53:44
well enough educated and understanding to do pretty well on your own and get really motivated and excited about operating your business. I’ve seen time and time again through conversations that I’ve had that last for months and months and months where someone gets really excited about holding the business even longer because now they understand what the real value is going to be on that exit. I think that the book is going to do the same thing for people and it’ll make those

54:14
tough days that we all have as entrepreneurs a little easier because you know you’re working towards a specific goal. Yeah, so I’ll post the link in the show notes for this episode and I literally just read the book right before this interview and it is very complete. is years of conversations with Joe all documented in a nice concise way. So Joe, thanks a lot for coming on this podcast and I appreciate you, Thanks, man. Appreciate you too. Hope you enjoyed that episode.

54:44
Now if you are even remotely interested in buying or selling your business, then I highly recommend that you check out Joe’s book called The Exitpreneur, and there’s a link in the show notes. For more information about this episode, go to mywifecoderjob.com slash episode 369. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash d.

55:12
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Clavio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for eCommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign. Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifecoupterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Once again, that’s mywifecoupterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Now, when I talk about how I these tools on my blog, if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store,

55:41
Head on over to mywifecoderjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

368: What Successful Amazon Sellers Do Differently To Grow With Jeff Cohen

368: How Successful Sellers Manage Their Amazon Accounts With Jeff Cohen

Today I have my friend Jeff Cohen back on the show. Jeff is the VP of marketing over at Seller Labs which is a company that specializes in Amazon tools and services.

I use many of their tools today to run the Amazon side of my business and Jeff is one of my go-to guys when it comes to the latest Amazon policies and news.

Today we’re going to talk about the overall Amazon landscape in 2021, what lies ahead and what seasoned Amazon sellers are doing to grow their sales.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Amazon has changed post COVID-19
  • What seasoned Amazon sellers are doing to grow their sales
  • The latest tools to sell on Amazon

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I have my friend Jeff Cohen back on the show, and Jeff is the VP of marketing over at Seller Labs, and he’s actually one of my go-to guys when it comes to keeping up with Amazon. So today, we’re gonna talk about the overall landscape for selling on Amazon in 2021 and what lies ahead. But before we begin, I wanna thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode.

00:26
Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve.

00:52
That’s P O S T S Q I P T dot IO slash Steve. I also want to thank Clavia, who’s also a sponsor of the show. Now, are you working around the clock to build the business you’ve always imagined? And do you want to communicate with your fast growing list of customers in a personalized way, but in a way that gives you the time to work on the rest of your business? And do ever wonder how the companies you admire the ones that redefine their categories do it? Companies like living proof and chubbies? Well, they do it by building relationships with their customers from the very beginning.

01:20
while also evolving in real time as their customers’ needs change. These companies connect quickly with their customers, collect their information, and start creating personalized experiences and offers that inspire rapid purchase, often within minutes of uploading their customer data. Now, Klaviyo empowers you to own the most important thing for any business, the relationship between you and your customers, and the experiences you deliver from the first email to the last promotion. To learn more about how Klaviyo can help you with your own growth, visit klaviyo.com slash mywife.

01:50
That’s KLAVIO.com slash my wife. And then finally, I wanted to mention a new podcast that I recently released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this podcast, where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:24
Welcome to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast. Today I have my friend Jeff Cohen back on the show. Now Jeff is the VP of Marketing over at Seller Labs, which is a company that specializes in Amazon tools and services. And in fact, I use many of their tools today to run the Amazon side of my business. Anyway, the reason I asked Jeff back on the pod is to talk about what’s going on with Amazon for 2021, what lies ahead and what seasoned Amazon sellers are doing and their habits. And with that,

02:53
Welcome back, Jeff. How you doing? Doing great, Steve. Thanks for having me back on. Love chatting Amazon and e-commerce with you. So it’s actually been a while since I’ve had you on. I’m just kind of curious what’s going on in the Amazon tool space. Yeah. You know, I think that very similar to what you’re seeing in just the Amazon space in general, there’s a lot of investment coming into this space and a lot of development coming into this space. And I think that’s awesome for Amazon sellers because everyone is able to

03:23
you know, get a better product at the end of the day, right? So we acquired a company a little over a year ago, maybe a year and a half ago in the, in the general e-commerce space, which is going to allow us to offer additional resources for Amazon sellers who are looking to expand their business. And, you know, we’re seeing a lot of that in the general tool space, the general tool space. We sound like a bunch of tools in general, in the general space around software that’s helping Amazon sellers.

03:53
you know, compete and grow and build their business. one thing that I’ve noticed from teaching my classes, you know, a lot of people will get some early success with Amazon, but as they start getting bigger and bigger, it becomes increasingly a problem how to actually maintain your Amazon account. Like bad things happen all the time. Like you might be running low on inventory or like you might’ve had a rapid drop in sales in a certain skew. What I wanted to get out of today’s podcast interview is a good

04:22
Process and I know you interact with a lot of seasoned Amazon sellers the process like the day-to-day Really on how to actually manage an account that’s growing with a whole bunch of different products

04:33
Yeah, I think there’s a lot that can be learned by studying successful Amazon brands and Amazon sellers. And one of the things that I have found with all of the sellers that are building businesses that are successfully growing, and I know we could all define success in different ways. So whether you’re building a $50,000 a year business or a $5 million a year business,

05:02
these traits are similar and the first and it all starts with goal setting. I know it sounds so simple to say, but it’s something that so many people aren’t doing correctly. Do you actually know what you’re trying to accomplish this year? Do you have that written down in a specific measurable way? And is it actually obtainable? And you know,

05:26
Within Amazon or within e-commerce, there’s a lot of different types of goals that you can be setting up. So do you have goals around your sales? Do you know how much, not just do you want to do this year, but how much you’re planning to do this month? And what level of profit are you trying to do that at? And how much ad spend do you want to put to that? What do you want your target ad spend to organic ratio to be? How many reviews do you want to get? These are all different.

05:55
types of goals that Amazon sellers can set, but without a goal, a plan is just a wish. And so you have to have a path to get yourself to the number that you’re trying to target for this year. Give me an example of a really tight concrete goal. So we’ll hear a lot of sellers tell us that they want to grow from a million to 2 million.

06:22
That’s a simple goal. want to grow my top line sales from a million to 2 million. But the complexity of that, that’s the simple part of it. The complexity of that is what skews are going to get you to double your sales. And the challenge, Steve, is if I say a million, then people who are only doing 100,000 go, I’ll never get that big. And if I say a million and you’re doing 5 million, you go, oh, that’s too small. So you’ve got to put your own number into this to figure it out.

06:51
But if your goal is to double your sales, where is it going to come from? And it’s either going to come from increasing traffic, improving your conversion, or possibly adding more SKUs to your mix. And so you have to have that plan for how you’re going to get there. And so you might look at it and go, oh, I currently have five SKUs and my five SKUs are generating $100,000 a month in sales. And I believe that I can increase those by 20%.

07:21
great, I’m now at 120,000, where’s the other 80,000 gonna come from? Well, now I need to start bringing new SKUs in, or maybe you have a SKU that’s on the bottom part of your catalog that you believe you can really improve. And so by being able to break it down and start looking at your catalog or start looking at your goal in this type of manner, you can start to build that.

07:49
plan for how to get to that path. And one of the things I love to tell people is think of your business as the size you’re trying to get to that’s under improved. I’m not using the right words. They’ll come out. So if I want to be a million dollar brand and I’m only doing 500,000 this year, then I want to be a underperforming million dollar brand as opposed to a half million dollar brand that’s trying to double in sales.

08:16
I’ll look at my business in a different way if I’m underperforming, then I will, if I’m trying to just double my sales, I’ll be able to identify the gaps. And so sometimes people need to just change their thinking a little bit in the way they look at their business so that they can do the gap analysis and figure out really where the products or where the profit or where the targets that they’re going to hit are gonna come from.

08:45
I mean, to be honest, to me, setting a goal of going from one to 2 million is like a terrible goal because it’s not concrete, right? Whereas when you said, hey, I’m going to release 10 more SKUs this year to generate X number of dollars is a much better goal to have. and I always say that you want to look at your catalog in three sections, right? So using the Pareto principle, you’ll have the head of your catalog that’s generating the majority of your

09:14
80 % of your sales will come from 20 % of your SKUs. So that’s the head of your catalog. And you want to treat those differently than the ones that are in the middle, which is probably about 70 % of your catalog, which is different than the tail, which is maybe like items you need to get rid of and you need to stop selling. so instead of looking at it like, want to double the size of my business, you actually need to have little micro plans for every SKU in your catalog.

09:42
And I mean, you’ve got a catalog with a lot of different SKUs. And if you tried to apply one strategy to your whole catalog, you would fail. But if you try to apply a strategy to a group of products in your catalog or products that are performing in a similar way within your catalog, then you can start to group different products and put kind of individualized plans together for how those products or product lines are going to grow over time.

10:12
So let’s go a little bit deeper into all those. So let’s say we’ve isolated our cash cows. What do seasoned sellers, how do they deal with those skews in particular in terms of just even monitoring and maintenance? Yeah. So what you want to be doing is you want to, I say, know your numbers, right? So understand what your projected sales are for those skews, what your projected margins are for those skews. Understand your inventory on those skews because those are the skews you do not want to run out of, right?

10:41
So you want to make sure you have a very specific plan for how you’re going to keep those skews in stock. Because if those skews drop off, those are the ones that are really hard to get back up and running. And those are the ones that are going to just hurt your pocketbook the most if they fall. Yeah. And then in terms of the other skews, do the ones that aren’t doing so well, I guess.

11:09
Do you just tend to pay less attention to them? So I think it’s a matter of balancing your time on a daily basis, right? So on a given day, you want to put your energy to where you make money. And so when you talk about habits from successful sellers, successful sellers are working on the things that make them money. Now, in the green room, before we came online, we talked about social and you had

11:38
specifically mentioned that you’d notice I’d cut back on some of my social interactions. That’s because I kind of realized that my social interactions weren’t leading to the things that make me money. So I needed to be spending my time on something else. It’s a self-actualization of where you’re spending your time. Now, when you’re looking at those middle skews, there may be some that are just highly profitable, but they’re just slower velocity. And you’re okay with that, right? That’s not a bad thing.

12:06
There may be some that have stock problems and so they sit in that middle and the work you need to do is improving the inventory channel because if you can, maybe you can move it up. Everything in the middle is either going to have a green arrow, meaning that your goal is to move it up into the head of your catalog, or it’s going to have a red arrow, meaning it’s on its way out and you want to spend less time on it. The key to this,

12:35
The key to all of this and segmenting your catalog and having goals on a SKU basis is to know where to spend your time. Because the last thing you want to do is wake up in the morning and see that a SKU has been suspended or see that your sales have dropped and then waste half of your morning working on something that really doesn’t impact your business. And if you know from the get-go that that’s a SKU that you aren’t going to spend your time on anyway,

13:03
then when it drops, you just say, okay, I expected it to drop, I’m gonna move on. And at the end of the day, you focused on what matters most in your business and what’s gonna actually drive your business forward. And you didn’t work on an additional output. So when I talked to my team, and it’s a marketing team, so it’s a little bit different, but when I talked to my team, I talked to them about what we call outputs and outcomes. So are you focused on the output?

13:32
that you desire or you focused on the output. The output could be the number of posts that you make. It could be the number of adjustments you make in ads. could be the number of keywords that you optimize. But those are just outputs. If they’re not actually driving the outcome, if ad management isn’t the outcome I desire, then working on ads isn’t really leading me to my end goal. And that’s…

14:00
what you want to ultimately align is by having goals, you now know what outcomes you desire and you can now direct your outputs to ensure that they lead to your desired goals. Makes sense. So let’s add some maybe hypotheticals to this. Maybe a real example of maybe like a day to day or month to month of, of someone who’s just managing an account with a lot of skews. Yeah. So I think that

14:31
when you get into day to day or month to month, you have to get into what I would call like developing an audit plan. And you’ll have different parts of your business that you have to manage in different ways. And so as business owners, we have to do accounting, advertising, competitor analysis, listing analysis, inventory, communication, taxes, I guess it’s, we’re recording this in April, so we might as well mention taxes, all these.

14:59
components that you have to do to manage a business. And so you want to develop kind of an audit plan so that you can understand what parts of your business you want to manage in different ways. Concrete example, advertising. Advertising is something that you need to be managing a couple of times per week. You can’t just set your advertising and forget it. so advertising is something that you either want to be doing on your own or having

15:29
a tool that’s doing it for you or using a service depending on the complexity of your advertising. But it’s something that needs a constant attention. It’s an investment that you’re making, but you only get the return on investment if you’re continually watching it and making the tweaks to it. In contrast to that, have listing optimization. Well, listing optimization is not something you really need to be doing on a very regular basis.

15:58
Maybe once a quarter, you want to be looking at your listing. You want to be checking your category listing report, maybe updating your A plus content, maybe changing some images or something like that. But you want to be keeping an eye on your listing. And so that’s where you can use technology, right? Like a tool like Pro that is watching your listing for you so that if for some reason your title changes or your bullets change,

16:27
you get a notification. And so there are things that you don’t necessarily need to be working on on a daily basis, but you want to be aware of if something happens. And that’s where you can use automation to be kind of watching some things for you on the side while you’re in there, you know, trying to renegotiate with your vendors to get your products on a ship faster. if the conversion rate drastically drops,

16:55
Just hypothetically, is that something that Pro will let you know also? Yeah, so Pro is gonna let you know that. think that Pro will let you know you’ll get, you can either see it on the dashboard or get a notification. I think the question is really, I like to break it all down to there’s the alert, right? There’s being aware that something happens. Then the next stage is the information. So what information is presented to you?

17:21
to understand what happened and then what actions do you take? And so in Pro, we try to answer all three of those questions. In some instances, we can point you in the right direction, but you have to go do some additional research. you know, I had that happen recently for one of my listings, my sales dropped off. Well, what I ultimately found out, I typically say there’s two reasons why your sales drop off immediately. One, you got a negative review.

17:50
I was watching my reviews. knew I did not have a negative review or two, your competitors changed their pricing. And what happened was my competitor for the category of those SKUs changed their pricing dramatically. They dropped their price by almost 50%. Now I don’t know why maybe they were doing it to liquidate some inventory before long-term storage fees or something like that, but they dropped their price by 50%. Well, that was a significant impact on

18:20
my advertising and my sessions. So the sessions is telling me that the traffic on the SKU dropped, but that’s just part of the picture. I now need to figure out why that’s happened and what I need to do about it. Now, I personally made the decision to not do much about it because I didn’t want to change and compete from a price perspective. And three days later, they changed their price.

18:46
And now, you I have to rebuild my listing up because obviously my BSR dropped because my sales changed on that set of SKUs. And I’ll probably miss my mark in a given month, but because I’m watching my pacing for the month and I understand where my, where my sales are pacing, because I have a monthly goal, I was able to identify this quickly and immediately and at least take a deliberate action one way or the other. chose to, I chose to take the action of not taking action.

19:16
But I was at least aware of what was happening and taking action versus being lost and trying to figure out what’s going on.

19:26
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

19:54
Now, first and foremost, protecting your IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copywriting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

20:24
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show.

20:34
So can we try to enumerate all the little things that a seasoned seller will monitor on their account? So you mentioned PPC already. You also mentioned listing optimization in case there’s any drop-offs. We already talked about sudden drops in conversion rate. What are all the little things that people look out for on a regular basis for an audit? Again, I don’t know how regularly, I mean, some of these things are watched daily. Some of these things are watched, but you need to know if they change.

21:02
Did something happen to one of your costs? Maybe Amazon has resized your product and all of a sudden your fees have changed. That’s killer. That can just crush your profitability. Feedback reviews, obviously we started in that industry. It’s one we always remind people about, but feedback and reviews are critical to your business. And then what you do with them once you get them is critical. Are you making updates to your listing? Are you making updates to

21:31
Are you making updates to your listing? Are you making updates to your processes when you get those reviews? A lot around inventory, right? So Amazon now has this concept of the IPI score. That’s really critical in how much inventory you can send in. We believe around Q4, it’ll also impact the price you pay for that inventory. You have long-term storage fees. You have…

21:58
you know, the impact of inventory and profits. So do you need to run a promotion? Do you have any lost inventory or reimbursements that Amazon owes you for? We kind of covered all the ones around listings. When you get into traffic, you’ve got a lot that you can be kind of monitoring in traffic. Amazon’s released this whole new system called Post. It’s actually really a cool tool if you having…

22:23
If your brand registered and you haven’t started playing with posts, it allows people to start following you. And that’s a number I monitor for my brand. Amazon is starting to release tools for you to connect and promote to your followers, which is an email going to Amazon promoting your brand for the people that engage with your brand as you run a sale or you list new products. You have your stores page on Amazon.

22:50
There’s now detailed traffic around stores page. And then there’s a lot of, I’ll call it new ad placements, right? So Amazon released video ads and they’ve got, they have all these different sponsored product ads and sponsored brand ads and display ads that you can be doing that are all different pieces that you have to monitor. So how much of this can be automated?

23:18
I mean, you talked a lot of different things and it can be overwhelming for someone who’s kind of getting started per se, right? Sure. much of this stuff can be automated? Well, what needs to be manual? Yeah, I think that, well, you know, you’re asking a software guy, so anything can be automated. I think that what’s manual is the development of your goals, right? You’re the one responsible for your goals.

23:47
Then you can use tools and technology like Pro to start monitoring a lot of these pieces for you that give you quick dashboards into understanding what’s going on in your business on a daily basis, what’s changed in your business and what you need to be alert or alerted to. Then ensure that as you’re given the alerts and you’re given the information, you’re spending appropriate time based on the goals that you’ve set. What are you responsible for?

24:17
you’re really responsible for having goals and having plans for your products. And then use a tool and technology to build out that structure for monitoring and reviewing that information and then check it on a daily basis. It’s a quick login. I like to say, start your day with Seller Labs. It’s a quick login to our dashboard where you can see a lot of this information and have a very clear understanding if your ACOST have changed, if your tacos have changed, if you have a new review, if you have

24:47
a critical notification that you need to be aware of. I guess for me, I would actually prefer to get alerts like, oh my God, this one’s product conversion rate just drastically dropped or the sales drastically dropped that needs to come to my attention. Cause at least for my account, and I’m not the largest Amazon seller in the world, but from a day-to-day perspective, not much really changes. Yep. Yeah. So what, what we, it’s funny when we did a survey to our customers,

25:16
They told us that alerts are not very important to them, but they also told us that recommendations, suggestions, and ways to improve their business are. So I think there’s a connotation of alert that automatically means you’re getting emailed, right? And that can become inundating if you’re getting so many emails that you don’t even know what’s important to you. And so we’ve kind of built a system that handles this in two different ways. One is

25:43
the actual alert. If you want to get an alert by email or by text or just by our notification center, you can. And then we also built in a lot of what we call indicators within our tool. And so we have what’s called a product view. And then we also have a catalog view. And when you’re in the product view, which is detail specific to the product or the catalog view, which is more generic to your overall catalog, we have a lot of red green indicators that are saying over this same period of time,

26:11
Here’s how you’re doing compared to the previous period of time. And so you can start to look at that as a seven day or a 30 day or a 60 day window to truly understand how your business is performing compared to the previous window. Now I’ll give an example. When you’re in the month of February and you’re looking at your 60 day window, guess what? All of your arrows are going to be red because you’re comparing yourself to December. But as you roll into other months,

26:39
that may not be the case. And so you have to understand the seasonality of your business and also which period you’re comparing it to, to make sure that you’re analyzing the data correctly and taking the appropriate action. Yeah, I always, for my personal business, I always use a year to year numbers. So the exact same day of the week, the prior year and what happened. And I had a really pleasant experience with this in March because last year during March, our business was in half. And then, so this March, it was way up.

27:09
Yeah, it’s funny. going be a lot of case studies about year over year growth from March 2020 to March 2021, right? Yeah. Okay, so these season pros are using some sort of dashboard, it seems like, to just kind of monitor the key metrics. And then what else are they doing? Well, I think that it’s about taking the appropriate action. Okay. And so I like to say it’s about a macro-micro…

27:37
view, right? So from the macro view, you’re looking at the high level of your account and the high level of your account is telling you whether you’re trending up or you’re trending down. When you go into the product level view, you’re in the micro view of your account and you now see exactly how some products are doing. And so maybe on a weekly basis or maybe a monthly basis, depending on the size of your catalog and the size of your business,

28:03
You want to make sure that you’re kind of what I call changing the lens, right? Are you looking at your business in both directions in terms of macro and micro and how things are doing? And then tying that back into the Pareto principle that we taught, that we talked about at the beginning. And are you spending your effort on the skews that are going to actually generate the outcome that you desire? Because the Pareto principle is the 80-20 rule.

28:31
that states that 80 % of your outcome will come from, I’m sorry, 80 % of your time will lead to 20 % of your outcome and 20 % of your time will lead to 80 % of your outcome. So if you can flip that and you can get your effort on the right pieces, you have a major impact on your business. And we see it a lot at Seller Labs. A lot of people come to us and they’ll say, can your tool help?

29:00
me improve my business? Well, what are your goals? What are you trying to do? Well, I just want to grow my sales. Well, then no, our tool can’t help you. If you come to me and say, my goal is to reduce the A cost on this set of SKUs from 10 % to 8%, okay, great. We can help you. You’ve got a specific goal, and we can now help you put together a plan to get to that and make recommendations.

29:28
to optimize your advertising to get to that number. Now, one thing that a lot of sellers do, and it’s a mistake that sellers make, so I wanna give your audience the warning of this, is what I call unintended consequences, which means that sometimes when you get so hyper-focused on one particular number that you’re trying to drive in your business, you actually end up impacting other numbers unintentionally.

29:56
And a great example of this is if you’re specifically trying to drive, your goal is, want to lower my A cost, I would ultimately say, is your goal really to lower your A cost or is your goal to lower the impact of advertising on your sales? Because I can lower your A cost, but by lowering your A cost, I might also reduce your sales volume. Right. And overall profit. Yeah.

30:25
And here’s what’s really weird, right? Because I think you’ve worked with Ed and I think you’ve actually seen this happen. Sometimes to lower your A cost, I need to increase your spending.

30:38
Yes. And it’s such an inverse mentality that you never think that the solution to lowering your cost is by spending more money. But there are principles that if you can get to a certain position on the page or you can get to a certain conversion rate that dictate that all the metrics turn around and all of a sudden something that

31:06
was not profitable at an 8 % A cost actually becomes more profitable at a 10 % A cost because you improve your organic position and you overall drive more sales. How does one avoid falling into this trap? Because it seems like this is something that’s pretty hard to detect on the surface.

31:29
Are you talking specifically about the ACOST one? Not necessarily the ACOST, but just falling in the trap of doing one thing that affects a whole bunch of other things and pinpointing that that was the original reason. Well, I think it comes back to the concepts of the lean startup, which is pivot or persevere moments. And if you haven’t read the book, The Lean Startup, the lean startup really kind of follows the culture of Israeli product development.

31:59
and gives you a lot of the principles that were used within this. And one of the big principles within this is the idea of pivot or persevere. So it’s a matter of building a system, measuring what is happening, having some desired outcome, and then learning and making the decision to either pivot, which means change the direction, or persevere.

32:27
double down and keep going with the direction. And I think that where a lot of people fail is that they make the decision of the direction that they wanna go, but they don’t actually set the metric by which they’re gonna measure it. And so they don’t know how to come back to close the loop to make the decision of whether that worked for them or not. Now, you and I are both content creators and web people and

32:56
We own two companies and this is kind of a little more complex, but we wanted to actually syndicate our content from one website to the other, which you know from an SEO perspective can be dangerous, right? Well, we were able to set metrics behind that to understand what was happening so that when we did that experiment, we could tell that it actually worked and it drove the metrics that we want, which was an increase in traffic without the…

33:26
the negative impact that we believe that it would have. again, you’re, it back to an Amazon example, if your goal is to reduce your total cost of advertising, and then there are ways to look at it and to say, not just what’s your A cost on a particular ad,

33:48
there’s ways to look at it completely and there’s ways to look at other data such as your placement reports to understand how you perform in particular placements that would say mathematically, hmm, I should bid for this placement over that placement because my conversion rate is 2X better. And this is where some people, it just kind of blows their head and they’re like, I don’t want to think that much and why people come to us and say, can you just run my ads for me?

34:18
And this is where some people go, I love the data and that’s what I want to do. And so I think part of this, like any part of your business is, is determining which of this are your areas of expertise and which of these are areas that you either want to use AI software to do it or where you want to use people and people power to do it, to run it for you. mean, for me personally, the answer is always AI. So in that example that you just gave,

34:47
If there’s a tool that does that, that’s what I would use. Yeah. mean, the complexity of advertising, what we have found the complex, like our AI version of our tool can build out what I would call a fairly sophisticated campaign. The problem is, that ad tech at Amazon has become so advanced with so many different options and variables that it’s impossible for any tool to give you

35:15
all of the potential inputs that you need. So it just depends on like the size of your business and what you’re trying to do with it. If you’re looking to just kind of maintain a certain amount of sales and a certain growth and a certain ACOST, AI and a tool like ours can run a strategy like that for you. If you’re looking to really use advertising to grow your business, that’s where you maybe need to go to like a managed services where you’re getting

35:42
a little bit of that human interaction along with that AI to say, hey, it’s time to start looking at video ads. Hey, it’s time to start adding, you know, to start bidding on this placement a little bit harder just because there’s no AI that can take all of those pieces into account. No, yeah, totally. At least over time, for now, maybe. Maybe over time, it’ll get better. Right. And I think like AI…

36:09
artificial intelligence for people that aren’t sure. AI is great for helping you to identify gaps in your business. And really that’s what we designed Pro to be, right? Is a kind of a gap analysis tool for you to then figure out where you need to spend your time and energy. And I think for people getting started, they might run into some challenges that they just don’t know how to solve and they need to seek help to solve them or

36:38
they might be simplistic enough that some basic strategies can solve their problems and meet their needs. Jeff, let’s switch gears a little bit and talk about some of the things that are really moving the needle for the successful Amazon sellers that you encounter. It could be like new features that Amazon’s offering. It could be the latest strategies and tactics. What are you seeing out there? So I’ll give you, I’ll give you a couple here. One on the advertising front.

37:08
we are seeing really strong success with video ads. Okay. Fairly easy to produce a video ad. So walk me through this. Where does the video ad go? Where is it displayed? So you need brand registry. Video ads are displaying on the search results page. If you scroll about a third of the way down on the page, they’re also showing up on mobile and Amazon is starting to make more and more placements for video ads.

37:38
still kind of a first mover advantage in the fact that not everybody’s gotten into video ads yet. And it gives you the chance to really explain your product to your consumer. We have a company who we develop video ads for, they’re a t-shirt company. They literally just have somebody wearing the t-shirt turning in a circle so that you can see how the shirt fits when it’s on you. So don’t think that you need to have these highly produced videos.

38:08
to make these work. It’s really just humanizing your product. Now, video ads are great, but video in general is critical. So Amazon sellers now have the ability to upload video onto their product detail page. That used to be something that was reserved for larger sellers. also, and on Seller Central, there’s a thing, I think it’s under inventory, which is kind of a weird place for it, but it’s under inventory that allows you to manage

38:37
upload and manage videos. And those also show up under what’s called your video shorts. so video just in general has become a much, much bigger play on Amazon, whether it be from the advertising perspective or just from the consumer engagement perspective. What about these Amazon articles or Amazon posts that you were talking about? Yeah. So I think there’s, it’s still very early for Amazon posts. They primarily show up on mobile.

39:06
So when you’re doing mobile scrolls, you’ll see posts very similar to some of the early days of video shorts on Amazon. Post, if your competitors are not doing posts, guess what? Your products show up on their post. It’s a great way to start engaging with your audience and building an audience. And you can build, they don’t allow carousels. You can have carousel ads.

39:32
So your products can be on a carousel where you can show four or five different products associated with one. The ones that have done best for me are lifestyle images, real uses of your product. That’s what people want to see. One of the tricks I’ve learned kind of the hard way, you cannot repeat any kind of image on post. So they want new content whenever you do it. you have to, you I recommend you just sit down and you plan a number of posts every month.

40:02
I think for every seller has to kind of determine how competitive their category is. For one seller, they might be getting a thousand views and might be happy with a thousand views. For another seller, they might be getting 10,000 views on a post. And so you have to kind of experiment with it a little bit to truly understand how posts will impact your business and traffic to your website. So what type of posts work well? Like I said,

40:30
lifestyle images seem to work a lot better than like infographics. I also think that ones that are showing your, your product like in use, right? So, so not like highly produced lifestyle, but literally pictures of your product being used, like the types of pictures you would want to see in a customer review are the ones that are working really well in post. So in terms of

40:59
just the time and the ROI on these things, because obviously it takes time to post these. What have you seen? So I experimented with these at the beginning and then I kind of stopped and then I kind of came back to it. I think it comes back to what we talked about at the beginning and kind of where you’re at in your business. If you’re just getting started, I wouldn’t spend my time on posts. They’re not going to move the needle. Okay. If you’re at the point in your business where, where,

41:29
you have an extra hour or a month, you can sit down. you’re already producing these images for Instagram or any other social channel, it’s just literally an hour of your time to schedule the post on Amazon. Video is one that I would probably put higher up in my to-do list, primarily because video can really have an impact on the engagement and conversion on your product detail page.

41:59
And so therefore it just has a higher overall value impact. Now, again, depending on the size of your catalog, you want to work on the video on your highest volume products. And so you can use a report within seller central that shows you your session data, or you could use a tool like Pro to see your session data. And you can actually sort your products by session to see which are your highest sessions or like unique users to your page.

42:27
sort by your sessions to see which of your products are getting the most amount of volume and just start working on that. And I think that’s really the case, whether it be video or A plus content or stores or any of these other ancillary Amazon activities, you’ve got to get your basics nailed down, right? You have to have your product photography, your listing and such. Then when you start to expand into these other pieces,

42:56
then you want to focus on the ones that are the highest value to you. Now, if you have a catalog and you don’t want to build out an A plus page for all of your catalog, build out a generic A plus page that talks about your brand in general and post that across everything. And then when a page hits a certain threshold, then go spend the time to build out A plus content for that page.

43:21
So in terms of the video that you’ve emphasized many times during this talk here, would you say that you should just be going all in on video? Because I can see any sort of motion as you’re scrolling will entice people to look at something, right? And I’m sure the click through rates on those are a lot higher.

43:37
I’m a visual person. So I would put my emphasis on photography, number one, and video number two. Okay. And the only reason I say that is because, you know, mobile dictates a lot of traffic and transactions on Amazon. And if you haven’t used the Amazon app to shop, it’s time to crawl out from under your rock. just kidding. Just see what you’re like.

44:07
It’s amazing how many people have never looked at their own product detail pages on a mobile device.

44:15
So my question would be, have you looked at your pages? Have you looked at your competitors’ pages on a desktop, on a mobile device, on an iPad, and understand how you’re being presented to your consumers? Images sell. That’s the truth. When we’re talking about listing optimization and listing creation, it’s really about feeding the Amazon algorithm for organic search. Unless you have a highly technical product, people are not reading all of your bullet points.

44:45
Right. Sorry.

44:48
They are looking at all of your images. And very few will scroll down unless it’s a complicated product also, right? Right. When I went to buy a ping pong table, I read everything. I read multiple reviews. I did a lot more research. When I’m buying, I’m trying to think of something I just recently bought on Amazon, but when I’m buying a coaster or a silicone ice tray, I’m looking at the pictures.

45:16
I might look at the reviews in general, but I’m not reading them to me. I’m not putting that much research into it. so whatever your main selling points are of your product, those have to come across to your consumers inside the images. Otherwise your consumers are going to not understand your product, your value and your brand. Yeah. And that’s why putting the bullet points in the images itself itself often helps. Right. Exactly. And this has just been an evolution over the last few years.

45:46
in terms of how important images have become to the overall sales process. So I know you encounter a lot of sellers and you probably have a pretty good pulse on this. What’s the counterfeit knockoff situation like these days where the false negative reviews, all those problems, has Amazon done a good job at solving them so far? So I think that it’s a cat and mouse game that Amazon will never win. think if you’re a reseller, you’ll always kind of be battling

46:15
proving that you have the ability to sell that product. If you’re developing your own brand, it’s critical for maintaining your product and your brand. still see big brands who… So Amazon has something called price competitiveness. It’s a number that they follow within their system. It’s actually looking to see how your product is priced compared to your product other places. I do see a lot of brands that have trouble with that.

46:45
particular metric because knockoffs will put, will try to steal their brand other places, not just on Amazon. So I guess, you know, problems that increase as your size of your business increases. Amazon has gotten a lot better in terms of the data that you can provide during the brand registry process around design patents and patents and trademarks to help you protect and to identify who the

47:15
approved sellers are on your product. But I don’t think it’s something that will ever go away completely because there’s just too much money to be made from it. So it’s always a cat and mouse game. How many of your clients are using Project Zero or the Transparency program? So I don’t know the number off the top of my head, but I know the ones that are using it really love it. And for those that aren’t aware, it’s you end up paying a small little fee.

47:43
per unit to put a unique barcode on your product, which then allows Amazon to validate that your product is really from your brand. I was going to do it for one of my products just to do it so I could go Talk about it. Yeah. Yeah. Just so I could talk about it as somebody who’s done it. But the challenge of implementing transparency is that-

48:10
it’s really easy to do for a new SKU. It’s hard to do for a SKU you already have in stock because you essentially have to pull your inventory out or you have to get to a point of inventory zero so that you can restock with the transparency SKU. So it’s a little bit of a catch 22. I think if you’re having issues with a particular product and you’re looking to kind of revamp and redo that product, it’s absolutely worth

48:40
the 15 cents or whatever minimal charge that they make on it. If you have a pretty entrenched inventory at Amazon, it adds a lot of complications to implementing the system. Cool. So Jeff, what are you looking forward to in Amazon for this year? Anything you have a look out for? I think the, I’m going to do a blog post on this and I’ll share it with you. I think inventory is going to be one of the biggest storylines of the year.

49:08
We’ve had a lot of impact in 2020 from COVID around inventory and shipping. I don’t think it’s, unfortunately, I don’t think it’s gonna get any better. I think that we’re already starting to see the docs backed up. We’re already starting to see shipping times take longer and we’re starting to see shipping cost increase. And so we’re seeing a lot of sellers

49:37
try to source or resource their products from somewhere maybe in the US or more NAFTA oriented that’s easier for them to get their products into the warehouse. with some of the changes Amazon has made around IPI score and limiting inventory for new products, I think that managing a just-in-time inventory system is critical to your Amazon business.

50:06
which is just a whole new complexity that Amazon sellers didn’t have to deal with two years ago and they have to deal with today. And so there’s still a way to launch a business and use FBA, but to really expand a business and grow a business, you have to get some kind of third party logistics center involved. As a proponent of building e-commerce websites, you and I both agree that

50:35
you probably need that anyway. So it’s a good problem to kind of solve for, but I think it’s one that even with Amazon, we’re starting to see more and more. And the good sellers are the ones who quickly adapted last March and released merchant fulfilled opportunities. And we’re able to capture sales, while others were still trying to figure out what to do. And I think that as we roll into

51:02
the Christmas time period, the Q4 time period, we’re going to continue to see Amazon with limited inventory and expanded inbound shipping times. mean, a year ago, pre-COVID, Amazon was taking a week to receive and stock your products. It can take three to five weeks for Amazon to receive and stock your products.

51:29
And I just heard a lot of horror stories from people during Christmas of product they shipped into Amazon that never became sellable. That they either needed to pull out of the inventory or pull out of the warehouse or was just inventory that they had stocked for Christmas or they couldn’t get their inventory in. I know one seller who was planning to sell 200 units a day and it was a new SKU, but he was limited to 200 units.

51:59
based on the inventory rules. So how could he ever get to, you so if you know you want a Q4 product and you know it’s going to have a higher volume, you almost have to get it in early and start building up your inventory, which is just a totally new game for sellers to have to figure out. I was actually pleasantly surprised that the fee increases for this year weren’t that high for FBA. Yeah, I think Amazon had to do that.

52:25
There are fee increases coming in June. They delayed them and they’re not as high as everybody was initially anticipating. But I think that’s also, can Amazon really put all these restrictions on you and then charge you more to do it? It’s gonna get to a point of diminishing return where it’s just easier for you to use a third party and merchant fulfill and not put it into FBA.

52:53
Oh, I mean, I still think the prime badge is still. Well, I was going to caveat and say that you need the prime badge and FBA is critical to your sales, right? Like 100%. I saw that with a product I launched last summer. When we, when we went to FBA, our sales more than doubled for just literally no more than the product being in the warehouse. Yeah. But it was a lower volume product. wasn’t a product that 200 SKUs was at.

53:21
200 units of inventory was ever a problem. I was selling two to three a day of each SKU. So it just depends on what type of SKUs you’re trying to launch and what kind of volume you’re trying to launch them with. And seller fulfilled prime is still not really a thing. Is that right? Yeah, that has been basically shut down now for over two years. Yeah. A lot of these companies like ShipBob and Deliver and

53:52
companies like that are really trying to work with Amazon to implement two-day shipping and get seller fulfilled. But Amazon, as far as I’m aware, has not made any third-party logistic companies, seller fulfilled, prime eligible. The only people that were ever seller fulfilled prime were companies that had their own warehouse. Yeah. Okay. So things aren’t changing on that front. So yeah.

54:20
I mean, we’re our own 3PL since we do personalization and we’ve been trickling inventory into Amazon for as long as I can remember now actually. You have to, mean, obviously now with personalization, I think there’s an automatic expectation that it’s just going to take longer. you, you, you have a different mindset of your customer. Oh, meant, uh, personalization causes us to actually hold our own inventory. Right. Yeah.

54:47
But you’re getting, but the customers are buying on Amazon and asking for a personalization. no, no. We’re selling blanks on Amazon. just- Oh, got it. Okay. You’re not selling your, you’re not doing handmade or customized on Amazon. Well, we are with a couple of SKUs, but that’s a very tiny piece of our business. I guess my point was, you know, all these IPI scores and everything have forced us to just kind of trickle in inventory instead of just sending a whole bunch in all at once. Yeah, it’s definitely, I mean,

55:16
you and I are about the same age. It’s definitely the just-in-time inventory system that the automotive manufacturers all had to figure out, right? And I think that it’s just adding a new complexity to your inventory and your inventory management. And you now have to possibly consider doing weekly shipments to Amazon based on your 30-day sales versus taking your, know, two years ago, you took your whole container from China.

55:45
Yeah. And you, and it hit the dock and you sent it into FBA. Yeah. I mean, it’s still possible depending on your sales volume, but yeah, it’s, it’s much less likely to happen unless you have an insane volume. Right. And again, if you’re trying to do that, you can’t do that with a new SKU, right? Because there’s definitely automatic restrictions on new SKUs. So yeah, if you have a high volume product, you can build your inventory up to be able to do that. Um, but you know, it’s a, it’s an added complexity.

56:15
that Amazon sellers have had to figure out. And I think, you know, there are ways to make your Amazon business simplistic. And then there are complexities that come as your business starts to grow. And I think that’s, that’s ultimately, I guess, to kind of bring it back. That’s ultimately where you want to build systems and processes and routines to take care of things for you so that you can be spending your time working on the more complex things that you need to actually build and scale your business. Yeah. mean,

56:43
That’s a great segue. I actually really like the dashboard and audit system. if people want to learn more about that, Jeff, where can they find you if they have any questions and the tools?

56:56
Okay, I did a long pause there on purpose so your editors can fix this. Do you have a certain URL you want to give them? Oh, it doesn’t matter. It doesn’t matter. didn’t know if we had a vanity URL that we’ve used with you. If you don’t, just create one, whatever you want to use. Whatever you say now, just you can create it and then…

57:25
I usually know these things before I come online. I’m sorry. Don’t worry about it. It’s not a big deal. That wasn’t the motive of this. No, I know. Okay. Are we ready? Yeah, go for it.

57:38
Yeah, if you want to learn more about Seller Labs, you can either connect with me on LinkedIn or you can go to sellerlabs.com slash quit Q U I T and learn more about our Seller Labs Pro and we’ll have a special offer for anyone that is a listener of your podcast. Yeah. And I just wanted to say this as an aside, these days there’s just so much stuff that you need to monitor.

58:03
And just to give you an example of this, whenever I have to send out a promotion on my store, I log into four different tools to do so. And if you’re trying to monitor all these metrics, it’s nice to have just everything in one place. Jeff, thanks a lot for coming on the show. Steve. I appreciate you having me.

58:22
Hope you enjoy that episode. And as I mentioned earlier, Amazon is just constantly changing and you don’t call the shots. Now their policies are changing for the better, but it is a gradual process. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 368. And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows, like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign. Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot.

58:49
So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve.

59:17
Now I talk about how I use these tools in my blog, and if you’re interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

367: How To Use Instagram DM Automation To Grow Your Sales With Natasha Takahashi

367: How To Use Instagram DM Automation To Blow Up Your Ecommerce Store With Natasha Takahashi

Today I have my friend Natasha Takahashi back on the show. Natasha is the founder of the School Of Bots and she is my go to when it comes to bots and automation.

In this episode, we discuss Instagram DM automation which is going to be a huge driver of sales for ecommerce. In fact, Instagram Automation is one of the main reasons that I’m building up my Instagram account right now.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Instagram automation works
  • How to use Instagram DM automation to increase your ecommerce sales
  • Practical examples on how to incorporate Instagram DM automation into your marketing flow

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I have my friend, Takahashi, back on the show. And if you don’t remember her, she is the founder of the School of Bots. She was a speaker at Seller Summit 2020, and last time she was on, we discussed Facebook Messenger bots. Well, today, we’re talking about something that is even more interesting, Instagram DM automation. In fact,

00:26
Instagram automation is one of the main reasons that I’m building up my Instagram account in the first place. She’s also giving a free five day Instagram automation challenge next week. I’ll include a link in the show notes where you can sign up for free. But before I begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Super excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I personally use for my e-commerce store, and it depends on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider.

00:53
Well, Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores, and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who has shopped in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and there’s full revenue tracking on every email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used, and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash mywife.

01:22
That’s KLAVIO.com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. If you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I focus a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source for my e-commerce store. And I couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores and e-commerce is their primary focus.

01:51
Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P-O-S-T-S-C-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention a new podcast that I recently released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce,

02:20
the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:42
Welcome to the My Wife Quarter Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Natasha Takahashi back on the show. Natasha is someone who I met at social media marketing world a while back and she is my go-to when it comes to bots and automation. She is the chief marketing officer and founder of the School of Bots and she’s spoken at lots of industry events like social media marketing world and traffic and conversions. Anyway, today we are gonna talk about something really exciting, Instagram bots, which is pretty new. And with that, welcome to show Natasha, how you doing?

03:10
Thank you so much for that awesome intro as always. It’s always a pleasure catching up and talking marketing with you. So I’m excited for us to dive into this because like you said, it’s something brand new that I would imagine a lot of the people listening, this might be the first time they’re hearing about this and what’s possible with it. So I’m excited to dive into Instagram DM automation chatbots. Yeah. So last time you were here, I remember taking away your Asian membership card, but you’ve been killing it for the past couple of years. I’m back to you right now.

03:40
So what have been working on lately that’s been super exciting? Yeah, I love it. I always love doing Asian jokes with you. know, feel like there’s no other Asians that I really speak with in the marketing space. I love it. It’s because they’re all doctors and engineers and true. Yeah, true that. Or the outcasts. But anyways, right now what I have been working on is outside of messenger bot strategy for ourselves and our clients.

04:02
We have been testing Instagram DM automation as well as WhatsApp, is a separate conversation, but I just wanted to mention it because it’s all kind of a part of the same ecosystem. Instagram DM automation, we’ve been testing for the last few months. So let’s say since like February or March of 2021. And it’s going to start gradually rolling out to all accounts on Instagram coming up here for the rest of the year. But the things that we have found to be really interesting with this channel is that

04:29
people receive businesses, influencers, business owners, right? Personal brands receive so many DMs that they get overwhelmed with on Instagram compared to pretty much any other channel at the moment, just because Instagram combines the social network aspect with all the organic traffic, right? Like stories with DMs so seamlessly that people just get inundated. Someone’s replying to your story or they want to know more about your products. And Instagram itself is such a buyer’s platform where according to them, 81 % of people who

04:59
go to Instagram on a regular basis or searching for products and services. So it’s pretty massive. Did you say 81 %? Yes, 81%. So yeah, it’s definitely massive to where I can even recognize that in my own consumer behavior, like I’ll go to Instagram and want to look up, you know, something for home decor or certain apparel that I might be looking for. So it’s a lot based around I would say tangible ecom though, when it comes to products and services, because Instagram has, I think,

05:26
Like it hasn’t evolved yet for our world of like info commerce and that kind of thing. But long story short, results have been way higher than I would have honestly expected. Like right off the bat, it’s very easy to gain ROI with this channel. So we can dive into all the nuances, you know, in specifics, but I’m overall really stoked on this because I think it’s an easier way for marketers and businesses, even influencers on their own to start to build automation in a place where they’re feeling the pain of DMs the most.

05:54
and then actually be able to drive even more DMs because they now have automation set up. So it’s a nice entry point into like the chat bot marketing and automation space, I think. Do you us to share some numbers? You said the ROI is really high. Do you have any examples? Yeah. So overall, let’s say the difference between sending someone on a story to a swipe up link and then actually telling them in a story to DM you, let’s say a certain word, like, you know, for this podcast, let’s say that you were creating a story and then in the story said swipe up to listen to the podcast.

06:24
The difference between that number and you saying instead in the story, Hey, DME, the word podcast, you know, and I’ll send you our latest episode in DMS that difference in terms of leads generated or any number that you’re looking at for an important action for somebody to take is on average 500 to 800 % higher for us with every test that we’ve run so far, pretty much since the beginning. sorry. Can you repeat that again? just having someone type in a word in DMS versus what, is it competing against? Like the click through.

06:52
Right. So, so the click through to a call to action that you make on a swipe up story. something like, you know, podcasts, listen, let’s say it’s a, you know, a product that you’re recommending, whatever it might be, the difference between that number of leads generated or even clicks is 500, 800 % less than when we tell people to DM in the conversation then. So imagine, you know, you’re DMing a word.

07:18
on the story, because you’ve got that bar at the bottom of Instagram stories, right? So maybe you DM the word podcast, that user will automatically get a response back the same way it works with messenger where they’ve triggered automation. And then from there, we always have people interact in that first message to confirm they want to get whatever it is that you were offering, right? So maybe it’s the podcast, maybe it’s a discount code or some offer. And then from there in the second message at minimum, we’ll then share a link or, know, if

07:44
Let’s say in another example, not to divert too much, but just to let people know what’s possible. Let’s say you want to actually capture emails and that’s the purpose. So in that step that people are going to engage, either they click to a link to get some offer or they’re giving you information that step there has generated 500 to 800 % more leads on average compared to sending people to like a website page with a swipe up and then trying to get people to opt in or something of the like there. Does that make sense? Yeah. Yeah.

08:13
I would think that typing in a word would have more friction than just clicking on a link though, but I guess that’s not the case. Yeah. The interesting thing right now is that, uh, without considering another feature that we can talk about in a moment, which is that there is a way to send a DM to people who comment on your posts without considering that feature right now, 50 % of DM conversations on Instagram from people to businesses start through stories.

08:39
So it’s a pretty big engagement channel when it comes to actually starting a conversation. And that’s why it’s been really interesting to see how many people start a conversation and then that friction point of actually getting people to engage initially with the conversation. People are kind of striving for that. Like they want to feel, you know, that relationship or connection and DMS are very easy to reply to. So it’s, it’s surprising, but it’s also not when it comes to the behavior that people have in Instagram DMS. Okay. So.

09:08
Actually, before we get into like the depths of Instagram DMs, can we just do a quick comparison? Last time I had you on here, we talked about Facebook Messenger. What are the primary differences between Messenger and Instagram DMs? So there are four main differences that I would look at. And whether you are newer to Messenger or you’ve already tested some things out there, I imagine that this will all make sense when it comes to visualizing that difference. So the first thing would be the message formats that are available.

09:35
If you’ve ever interacted with a messenger bot, maybe one of Steve’s bots, right, you can see that there are ways to add images and these card gallery style things. You can add gifts. There’s different types of media essentially that you can send through a messenger bot. And the engagement interaction options are also a little bit different. So for example, there are buttons. There are also these little bubbles that are called quick replies on the backend. And people can also type in, you know, to engage with a conversation on a messenger bot.

10:04
With Instagram, there are only the little quick replies that are available. So you can still share like pre-filled options. So for example, you’re like, Hey, are you a marketer or a business owner inside of Instagram DM? And the user could see two buttons that says marketer or business owner. So you can use those button options, essentially. I’ll just call them buttons from here on out, but truly they’re called quick replies on the backend. And so you can use that as well as open user input. And that’s really the extent of the message format.

10:33
You can also send images and gifts, but you can’t send any other type of media or use, for example, integrations with like shop, which you can do with messenger. So that would be the first main difference. Any questions on that? it’s much less functionality at this point is what you’re saying. Correct. And I actually think that this is really beneficial for businesses because a, it simplifies things and two, it narrows the scope of

10:56
of how you would accomplish like your specific use cases. So while it doesn’t like put a damper on the results you can generate, it makes things more simple when it comes to designing the conversation. Can you use keyword automations? Yes, you can. Okay. So are those keyword automations general to the entire bot or are they specific to a certain question that you might ask? So if you use, for example, a tool like ManyChat, where you are designing a conversation and you want to capture somebody’s input,

11:23
at a certain point in the conversation, that’s when you can either share a button or tell them to type in something. But when it comes to keywords that are more general that you wanna have people opt in with, like on stories, for example, like we were talking about, then that would apply to the entire pod. But there’s more back-end conditions and logic that you can add to. Maybe it’s only valid for a certain date or something of the like. Okay, okay. Yeah. So basically it’s…

11:49
It’s a messenger bot where you just have quick replies and then the standard inputs and then the GIFs and the images, which I guess in my experience is what how a lot of people are just using it in the first place, right? Without the integrations to other services. Yeah. And I think that, that the fact that they’ve made it more simple is pretty much mimicking the, peer to peer experience or like the experience without automation, like you said. So

12:13
I think that’s a smart move on their side, given that messenger started to be viewed as very complex with so many different possibilities that people kind of got caught up in that and didn’t feel like they knew where to start, right? Or that there’s way too many options, you know, what do they do first? And then how do they expand upon that? So I think this is a good move from their side when it comes to message formatting. There are a few other differences. Do you want me to highlight those or? Okay, cool. I’ll just go through those quickly. Second is the way that people can opt in. So as.

12:42
maybe some people have noted in the past, you have a messenger bot that actually has its unique link that’s tied to your Facebook page, right? So while you can go to a page to message it, you could also go to messenger.com. And when you message a page there, there’s a specific link that you get that’s like an identifier for that chat. And actually the same thing happens on the mobile app. It’s just that you’re viewing it in that chat, in that app.

13:05
So long story short, the difference is that Instagram DMs themselves are not their own platform where you can send someone directly to the conversation with a link. You have to send people to your Instagram profile and then tell them to DM you from there. So the way that people can opt in is not quite the same where Messenger has like over eight different ways that you could opt people in. Instagram has a lot of those, but one of the main differences is that link. However, things like someone comments on your post and they can get a DM on Instagram is also possible.

13:34
then people can send you keywords and that kind of thing. But the way they started is a little bit different. Interesting. Okay. So basically what you’re saying is that link no longer exists. You actually have to tell them to physically DM you something. Correct. Okay. Yep. With ads, there’s a little bit more of a prompt. Like you can create an ad that tells people to DM you and it like takes you to DM. So that can happen in the Instagram feed. But let’s say you wanted to tell people in an email, like, Hey, go and check out our Instagram automation. They would have to go to your Instagram profile and then message you from there. So it just adds another step if you will. Right.

14:04
Actually, know, arguably that’s better because I don’t know if you’ve been seeing this with your clients, but sometimes when people click on that link, it ends up with a blank messenger. Yes, if they have been or well, it of depends on how it’s set up, right? Are you saying like a ref URL that you’re sending people to and for new or existing subscribers or both? For a new subscriber. Gotcha. I have not seen completely blank. There should always be that opt in button, right? The one that either says get started or something that’s customized.

14:33
get started, after they click get started, like the rest of the automation doesn’t happen. I’ve had that happen on a number of cases. Yeah. with the European policies, can just address that super quick because there were some changes that happened in November and December, not just for European pages, but primarily for them that changed the way that ref URL opt-ins worked. over the last few months, like the beginning of 2021 first quarter,

14:56
Definitely there were a lot of issues with rough URLs, but I believe most of that has been resolved now. So I personally haven’t seen any issues recently, but I that was an issue like this past year. So in terms of what we’re talking about today and applying to Europe, is it going to be a lot more limited for the EU folks? It’s actually not. The only thing that EU folks can’t do is send media so they won’t be able to send images and gifts. So that might be a downside for some people.

15:21
I think they’re working on figuring out a way to enable that. It really just comes down to, think, Facebook and Instagram’s code and the way that they were doing it. So I imagine that will hopefully be something that they restore in the next few weeks or the next few months. And so then that way EU folks can still do everything else that we’ve been talking about so far. It’s just the images, GIFs, videos, that kind of thing that they won’t be able to send. OK, in that respect, this is much better than Messenger, right? Because there was a lot of limitations on Messenger that they introduced to the EU folks.

15:50
When compared to this, it’s honestly the same. The difference with the EU folks was some of the features that they could use to drive people in. So, and we can totally talk about this as well if you think this would be beneficial for your audience, but things around like sponsored messages, for example, that aren’t available, the way that people opt into ads or even the messenger data that you can leverage for ads, I would say that was the biggest impact. And then when you follow up with people, which is another one of the major differences I can talk about in a moment, like,

16:19
how you can actually follow up with that 24 hour window or other methods. That’s actually where Instagram is more limited than messenger. You folks are not because there’s no other way to reach out to people. There’s no sponsored messages. There’s no, you know, one time notification or message tags. So you just have that 24 hour window to message people. I see. I see. Okay. So it’s a little bit less flexible is what you’re saying with IG, right? Right. And, and I think that that’ll change up given that Facebook’s

16:47
overall mission is to bring WhatsApp, Messenger and Instagram DM all together, not to turn them into one platform, but their initiative that they call interoperability is to create the same messaging experience on all those three platforms. So I imagine we’re going to see everything start to adjust because the experience is a little bit different on each platform right now, but we see Instagram and Messenger starting to align, especially with this chat pod automation. So I think within the next year, for example, we’ll see Messenger and Instagram DM have

17:16
pretty much the same experience. All right. So let’s talk now about like the power. So what are cool things that you can do in Instagram that didn’t work as well in messenger? That didn’t work as well in messenger. Good question. I think the organic traffic is a big one when it comes to like actually getting leads in.

17:38
I will say that Facebook stories often time get more viewership, but Instagram stories get more engagement. So that would just be a subtle difference that I’ve been noticing. But when it comes to use cases.

17:51
I guess honestly, to answer your question just straightforward, there’s not really anything that didn’t work in Messenger that would work better in Instagram. It’s actually one of the best things that you can do is if you already have Messenger tests, experiments, live campaigns that are running, then I would recommend that you replicate that in Instagram to see if you can get the same results. Because if your audience is somewhat similar on both platforms, then you likely will. There will be some behaviors and things that are different, but everything from

18:19
quizzes to customer support experiences to giving discount codes, anything like that is all pretty much the same when it comes to Instagram use cases that you’re like driving traffic to, if that makes sense. Yeah, you know, for some reason though, for me at least, and I’m obviously not the representative Instagram user, but for me, getting a message in my IG seems almost less intrusive than getting one in Messenger. That’s totally fair.

18:45
I think given that we like the average user does get spammed a bit with Instagram DM, which I think is one thing to note. then secondly, like you said, I agree. think Instagram is less intrusive for whatever reason, because of the way that we all look at the platform. think that DMs are maybe like, because it’s one of the only ways that people can really engage with you there. I think it does provide a more like wide net where you’re okay with someone sending you an Instagram DM. But like you said, Messenger seems to feel a lot more personal.

19:16
Let me ask you this, you just mentioned that if you already have Messenger flows in place that you should just try them on Instagram. Presumably you’ve done this with a number of clients. I know it’s kind of early since this just got released earlier this year, but when you compare the two head to head, what have you been seeing? We’ve actually been seeing very similar results when it comes to the click rates going all the way through, know, retention. And then with the results of somebody actually taking action on what you’re offering them. So let’s say they went through a quiz or you’re trying to capture an email.

19:45
and then eventually get somebody to either buy something or to download something from you, like a lead magnet, right? To be frank, those numbers have actually been pretty similar across the board. What has been different is the amount of organic traffic we’re able to drive with stories specifically, and then posts now too. So I guess when it comes to volume, if you haven’t done a lot of paid traffic with Messenger, or you’re just looking to raise your organic efforts and get a ton of free leads, warm traffic, presumably, given that stories.

20:13
will be seen by that audience. That’s where I think Instagram shines because it creates this re-engagement channel where people are watching stories all day, every day, like even more than they’re on their feet at this point. And so when it comes to getting people back into a DM conversation with stories, I think that’s where Instagram shines. And we’ll see how that changes with, know, posts now being available too, but that’s been the main differentiator. So when it comes to the actual conversation though, and converting people there for whatever your use cases, it’s actually been pretty similar.

20:43
But because this is newer also, I imagine that the Instagram numbers might be a little bit higher at some points, especially if we’ve like exhausted a campaign on Messenger or for whatever reason, the Instagram audience is like more attracted to that offer, let’s say, than maybe the audience was on Messenger. I can see that. in fact, you could probably re like if you have a pretty decent IG account, you can pretty easily re-engage with these people without having to pay for ads. Whereas with Messenger. Right.

21:11
at least from what I’ve seen, a lot of these pages aren’t getting the same organic reach. so Instagram, like the stories, seems to always reach people pretty well. Right, exactly. And maybe even with posts, you know, people notice that your Instagram posts just get more reach organically than Facebook. And it makes sense because it’s a numbers game. At the end of the day, Instagram has about like half a billion, I think, less followers or actually, I think it’s about one billion, actually.

21:37
less not followers, but users than Facebook. So naturally Instagram is a smaller platform, which means you’re going to get more organic reach as it grows. That’ll probably change. But I think that’s one of the biggest differences. Like you said, is that there’s a lot you can do with the free traffic that you already get and getting more, whether it’s leads or ROI sales out of the efforts you’re already putting out on Instagram, but redirecting the CTA to a conversation rather than to just like a link. Can you

22:05
I don’t if you know these numbers offhand, but can you just kind of comment on like the growth direction of Instagram versus just Facebook in general? Yeah, so Instagram in specific, they reached actually a billion users this year in 2021. So Instagram itself is the fastest growing social network right now. Facebook, as we all know, does have quite a bit of fake accounts also. So that’s just something to consider. And with Instagram, I don’t know which one has more given Instagram has always been focused on

22:35
you know, these bot accounts that everyone sees that are like liking and commenting and following, unfollowing, right? So just a factor to consider there. But when it comes to the growth that Instagram themselves track, their forecast is that they’ve been at a billion now since the start of this year, and they’re looking at about 1.2 billion in 2023. I know that sounds like a little, but we have to remember it’s in the billions. So

22:59
When it comes to the countries, Instagram is the biggest in the US. So that’s also something to consider. Whereas Facebook and even like WhatsApp, for example, if we’re looking at the Facebook ecosystem, these platforms are actually bigger sometimes in other countries. Whereas Instagram is pretty focused on US, India is actually pretty massive. Brazil, Indonesia and Russia are the top five countries. So that’s a little bit of the growth forecast that I have been able to get numbers on and know about. But okay.

23:27
Yeah, with automation, we’ll see how that affects things as well.

23:32
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

24:00
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

24:30
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. Now back to the show.

24:40
So can you just walk me through like a hypothetical example of how maybe like an e-commerce store has used IG bots? Absolutely. So let’s go along the same thread that I was mentioning earlier when it comes to let’s say using a story or a post as an opt-in point. So for example, Mother’s Day happened recently, at least at the time that we’re recording this. And so if you ran a, let’s say promotion for Mother’s Day where you’re doing, let’s say 15 % off.

25:08
This is a really easy use case to implement. You’re already creating content and materials around this. So what that user journey could have looked like is in your stories, you’re saying, hey, it’s Mother’s Day. Do you not know what to get your mom yet? Maybe you do like a multi-story quiz. So if you’ve ever seen e-com stores, actually right now, like this or that is pretty hot, right? Where people like, vote on this or that, right? And it’s just like a poll that you’re saying. So in the same way, Instagram has said that stories with at least three,

25:38
So sorry sequences with at least three stories get the most engagement. And they also in a sense, put your user in the right frame of mind to take advantage of your offer. So if you, for example, had three stories that ask a question about the user’s pain point or challenge or their goals, and you had three of those following each other, then on the last story, so let’s say you have four stories in total you’ve created, you tell people, cool, well, it sounds like you’re still looking for a Mother’s Day gift. So whatever the questions were, they kind of lead to that conclusion.

26:06
And then you say, well, we’re doing 15 % off, DM us the word mom15, and you’ll get a unique discount code or something that’s good for the day of Mother’s Day. So that would be an example of how the opt-in works. So then from there, user DMs you that word or whatever word you choose that’s going to be easy for the person, usually less than seven letters or numbers. And then they DM, that word is triggered through a keyword. As you had mentioned, that’s a feature on ManyChat, for example, or any of these platforms where

26:35
You can trigger a flow now or an automation that starts at that point. And then let’s say with a discount code because you want the user to convert and let’s say that the product purchase might be like less than 50 bucks. At this point, you don’t need to do like a whole lot of crazy nurturing. Instead, you can just say, you know, share your email with me so I can make sure you get the coupon code there as well. Or if you don’t want to, it’s okay. Like go ahead and you know, move on and I’ll share the coupon code with you.

26:59
That way you can get somewhere between 50 to 80 % of the emails of the leads that you’re getting through Instagram. But then you also don’t want to like deter people from being like, well, I just want the discount code. Like, so you can go ahead and let everybody go through, but give them that like optional barrier, if you will. Now compare this option to like a story where. Like you use to send them directly to like the product page with the coupon code already applied.

27:25
Yes. So one of the differences here is that with Instagram DM, instead of sending somebody to the website page, right, where you technically don’t have a way to follow up with them, you can retarget them with ads and content. But when you send someone to the conversation, the biggest difference there is capturing that lost traffic that is going to visit the page and then exit out, especially inside of Instagram, right? Where they’re not like in their mobile browser. So it’s super easy to close out that like web view that pops up. So the difference between sending someone to that

27:54
website page, right? Already apply discount code, like you said, and having them check out and buy. Uh, instead, when you send them through the conversation, adding that friction point, which means that you’re going to convert most, more of those people naturally because they are committing more through each step, Committing these micro commitments. And then from there, you can follow up, let’s say after somebody has clicked on the link, let’s say in 30 minutes or maybe even 10 minutes and be like, Hey, did you find something that you liked? Or like, did you have a chance to check out?

28:20
And then if you’ve got their email, you could even cross-reference that with like your e-comm shop data, for example, and maybe not send that to people who have already bought, but maybe instead say, Hey, thanks for, checking out and getting something cool for your mom, whatever it might be, you know, and then from there, maybe have a few other follow-ups, send people to a blog, do something else. Okay. The other thing that I can apply right. 24 hour rule for, for IG as well. Correct. Yes. From the last interaction. Okay.

28:49
Sorry, I interrupted you. You’re about to say, it’s all good. No worries. No, I was just going to say that when it comes to e-comm shops, one of the most powerful tools you can build is a quiz because then you can add the quiz on the front end or the backend of any campaigns you’re running. So when it comes to like, let’s say a product recommendation quiz in your followups, if somebody’s like, yeah, I didn’t get a chance to check out yet, or I don’t know what to buy. Then that’s an opportunity for you to send people through a quiz, but

29:13
What we’ve found to be effective is if once a week you can create this frequency of putting out a story that drives people into essentially the same product quiz every time, but ideally it should be new traffic coming in, then that’s a really easy way as well to get people to engage, micro commit, and then get a discount code. You can add a cart abandonment sequence, and that’s one of the easiest ways to gain ROI quickly through DM automation for Econ. Can you give me an example of a quiz? So do you like this item or this item, that sort of quiz or?

29:40
Yeah, so the way that we would position quizzes, so let’s say for e-comm specifically, we’re usually looking at a product recommendation quiz so that if you have ideally more than one product, then, or even if you only have one product, although then that’s a little bit shady, right? And you can maybe design the quiz a little bit differently, like can we help you kind of thing? But if you have more than let’s say one to two products, so ideally let’s say five to 10 where you could point people to different things.

30:05
The goal of the quiz is to find out more about the user’s pain points, their challenges, but it’s all multiple choice. So it’s not like a open feedback kind of quiz. Instead, you’re saying, okay, tell me like what you struggle with here. Maybe it’s something around like gym apparel, you know, and you’re digging into their pain points or, know, what their goals are. And you’re going to recommend, you know, the best, let’s say gym pants or something for them at the end of the quiz. So that’s how I would recommend that.

30:31
e-comm shops that have multiple products where people might not be sure what to get from you, or they might want to buy everything from you, but they can’t. So what’s the number one purchase they should make. But when it comes to something like info commerce or sometimes for e-commerce supplies, if you have a membership product or a personalized product, for example, something like Curology, where if you’re familiar with that brand, they put together a custom skincare formula for you. There’s a lot of e-comm brands that are coming out doing something similar where it’s a personalized solution.

31:01
So in those cases, oftentimes they already use quizzes on their websites. So it’s easy to create that same thing so that then they can get that personalized result at the end. So it’s never like a true or false kind of quiz for e-comm shops oftentimes because that won’t convert as high as actually giving somebody a recommendation. But those are good for like engagement and for testing things out to see what your audience wants to get from you. When it comes to having them interact, as soon as they interact with your bot, they become a subscriber, right? Yes.

31:31
Is that combined with your current messenger subscribers or is it completely separate right now? So right now inside of a platform like many chat, both of those types of subscribers, any of the channels are using will all show up in that platform. However, right now there’s not a connection that happens between let’s say the same person with an Instagram profile and a messenger profile. I imagine over the next few months, definitely before the end of 2021, there will be a way to merge those contacts so that

31:59
One contact profile has somebody’s Instagram information, Messenger, Facebook, et cetera. But right now they are separate lists in a sense, even if you have the same person who just has an Instagram profile, but also a Messenger profile with you. Okay. So I can see the value in bringing people back through stories, posts. Does this work for Reels by any chance also? Right now there’s not a direct connection with Reels where, as I mentioned, if you have an Instagram post where somebody comments on it and then you want to send them a DM, that’s doable there.

32:29
That connection doesn’t exist yet for reels or for IGTV for that matter. But with reels, something that we’re testing right now, which is actually doing pretty well is telling people in the real caption or even at the end of the real, like actually put text into the video that says like DME, whatever the keyword is to get access to something like this. So then that way we can gain, we can also gauge like what the actual ROI of some of our reels are given that we know that people with this specific keyword came from that.

32:58
All right. Yeah, that totally makes sense. And so once I have these subs, let’s say I want to get ahold of them with a sponsored message. Does that process work the same way? Right now, Instagram DM does not have sponsored messages. Okay. Which is why getting somebody’s contact information at the start or somewhere along the interaction is beneficial if you want to leverage those leads to the best of your ability. So ideally getting an email in some cases, if you have an SMS strategy, getting their phone number.

33:27
but that would be the best thing to do at the moment. As they start to evolve the platform though, because right now they’re only, I believe at like 10 to 20 % of the features that are gonna be available. So they’re gonna continue to add features as they get more and more data internally. And I imagine sponsored messages will be one of those that will come maybe even before the end of this year. Okay, so, but for now, like the concept of even having a subscriber on IG isn’t really a factor because there’s no way to reach them outside of.

33:54
Correct. That’s not so much a success metric right now because yeah, as you said, it’s not like an email list where now you can say, okay, for each subscriber on my list, I’m gonna make an average of like two bucks or five bucks or something like that. Okay. So in terms of what you see, like obviously this just rolled out, right? So there’s gonna be limited features. What do you see actually happening? Maybe I’ll have you back on in like six months or so. Do you happen to know the roadmap of when these other features are gonna come online?

34:22
They haven’t released any specific announcements around other features, but everything I’ve mentioned so far is already available to accounts that have access. And then what they’re going to be doing over the next few months is rolling this out to certain accounts based on certain factors that I can’t necessarily specify right now, but long story short, everyone will gradually get access. And so when it comes to the new features that they’ll have, I honestly don’t know exactly what it’s going to look like, but because we know their bigger picture is making this

34:52
almost the same experience as Messenger, whether they decrease stuff on Messenger to have it match on Instagram, or they bring more features to Instagram, which I imagine that would be the case. I imagine that Instagram can be a good place for us to look, or I’m sorry, Messenger can be a good place to look to say, okay, Messenger has all of this, so what would that look like on Instagram? That would be kind of the main thing that we can look at. But to answer your question of how this will roll out, all those features will be available. Right now it’s on an application basis, but it’s gonna start to roll out to all accounts.

35:21
And then when it comes to building DM automation for your Instagram profile, I would recommend using ManyChat, especially if you already have a messenger bot there. There are other platforms available and I everyone always wants to know, know, why should I use this platform over this platform or what’s the best? To be honest, the marketing analytics and the automation that you can build in ManyChat is the best. So not that I’m biased or have any sort of agreement with them. It’s really more of us finding what’s the best tool that we can generate results on and happens to be them.

35:49
So I would recommend getting on, they have an Instagram beta wait list, but soon that’ll just be a way for you to like add Instagram to the account you already have. So those would be a few starting steps. Do you absolutely need a tool to use this? You do. You cannot build this to my knowledge, just like on your own. Okay. Next question I have is a lot of people are selling on Instagram physical products right now where they take a photo of their product and then each one of those products they can like tag with the link that goes to the product.

36:18
Is there some sort of automation or some way that you can combine this somehow with that aspect of shopping? Yeah, what I would see this. So right now, no, there is no sort of trigger. can create our automation that happens when somebody clicks into a product, for example, but that’s an example of something that I think will become a feature that Instagram builds because their number one focus right now is commerce.

36:42
And so anything that can, they can do, in fact, they’re giving away like two grand of ad credit to anybody who sets up an Instagram shop at the time of recording this. So, and really it’s a Facebook shop, but it’s on Instagram. So let’s call it an Instagram shop, but, uh, long story short, those features around anybody interacting with your shop. So like you said, whether they click on a product or, uh, there’s a way to trigger, you know, something when somebody is looking or browsing at your shore at your store, I was going to say shop in store at the same time. So, uh, with a shop.

37:11
I imagine that’s going to be the next batch of features that they’re going to be building because this is a huge priority for everybody with e-comm and is also where I think e-comm shops are going to be making most of their ROI is with these shop style triggers. Right. Okay. So let me just see if I can just summarize our conversation and you can tell me whether you agree or disagree with me right now, the way it’s set up and with the features that are currently there, the primary value of Instagram bots right now is to

37:40
try to grab a lead or try to get some engagements so that you can contact them again or do some cool automations after the fact and upsell them other products, right? It’s not as valuable right now for getting them as a subscriber because there’s no way to, for example, pay to get engagement to them. But one thing that I’ve noticed from running my store is if I can get someone on like a DM or on Messenger where I’m actually chatting with them, like a human, I can almost always close the sale right off the bat.

38:09
So would you agree with me on what I said so far? Yes. And to your last point, that’s exactly right. And with e-comm, depending on your price point, really, as soon as you have somebody inside of a conversation, the chances of closing them are very high, or at minimum, getting them as a lead or getting them to even buy like your lowest product, right? And then upselling them from there. So I think for e-comm specifically,

38:32
There’s a lot of upfront ROI that you can generate just by getting them into a conversation and actually being able to manage that with automation instead of having like a full blown sales team having to manage those DMS. And then when it comes to something like info commerce, I think that the same rule applies, but it just depends on your price point. And then like what the next step looks like, maybe it’s a sales appointment or maybe it is a discount code or just getting somebody’s contact info. given that you’re generating all these conversations and sometimes a human has to step in.

39:00
How do you personally manage all of that? So we’ve actually built the same system that we build for Messenger bots into Instagram using many chats platform because what we do is we have an automated customer support system that can answer as many questions as possible. We’re constantly adding to that library of keywords, but also actual AI that can detect what someone is saying and then ideally send them the correct response.

39:26
And then we check, hey, did we answer your question or not right after that? So let’s say somebody is like, Hey, like how has COVID affected shipping or something? So then the bot maybe responds based on some keywords that that user said, like COVID and shipping. And then from there, we would ask them, did we answer your question or did we help you get to the next step to find your solution? And if they say no, this is one place where now we’re going to send them over to live chat. So inside of many chat, have a system where.

39:53
This can get even more specific, like around, you know, what hours, for example, your team is online and that kind of thing. But in the same way that a customer support team or a sales team would go into like Zendesk or Intercom to actually reply to each inquiry coming in, we designed the same system inside of ManyChat so that anybody who needs human help would show up as like an open conversation. And then usually we’ll send like a notification to Slack, for example, where the support team will see that someone from there will get onto ManyChat, answer their question.

40:22
And then once that inquiry is resolved, so the user is happy, or maybe they haven’t heard back in like a day or two, then they go ahead and close that inquiry. And now that user will be on the backend, handed back to the bot. So the handoff is like bot to human temporarily, and then back to the bot. Does that make sense? Yeah, it does. So I know like the many chat keyword automation is pretty limited in that you can just detect like certain keywords or phrases. mentioned the word AI.

40:51
Are you using any more advanced AI tools to kind of parse human speech or questions? Yes. So to preface Facebook and actually it’s technically not Facebook, but there’s a company called OpenAI and they are building AI that integrates really beautifully with Facebook’s platform overall. This is for ads, for apps and other things on the Facebook platform. So long-term, I imagine that that will be the AI we actually leverage. However,

41:19
AI is a very complex and deep topic. So when it comes to the tools that we use right now, some of our bots don’t require AI, but I would say for the majority of them, we at least start to train in AI. So it’s listening to all the conversations and then we tell it how to reply using a tool called Dialogflow. And that tool is owned by Google. So the way that we integrate it is many chat and Dialogflow can integrate. And so we essentially have

41:46
some responses built in Dialogflow and then some responses built in ManyChat so that to the user, they feel like they’re just talking to the same bot, you know, or they’re just talking to your page. But on the backend, when a answer or a message is triggered, it may come from ManyChat or it may come from Dialogflow. What is the distinction? What does Dialogflow do? Yeah, so Dialogflow essentially learns to understand what your users are saying and how to reply to that. So maybe, for example,

42:14
I don’t love restaurant pizza examples, but I feel like it’s one of the easiest things to understand, right? You’re ordering a pizza. And so you might say, hey, I want to order a pizza. And ManyChat catches that. But maybe you say, hey, I’m looking to buy a pizza and I want pepperoni, et cetera on it. And I want it to be delivered at 5 PM. ManyChat may not understand that second inquiry, but Dialogflow can learn to, over a pretty short period of time, learn that that is asking essentially the same question and then confirm with the user that that’s what they’re looking for. So that message of confirmation or like,

42:43
really to the user, just the response that they get would come from Dialogflow. And then Dialogflow can say, okay, we have that function in ManyChat, so I’m gonna hand it back to ManyChat to help them order their pizza. So given that Dialogflow is a lot more powerful than ManyChat’s keyword solution, why not just send everything over there? Yeah, so Dialogflow isn’t built like a marketing platform. So if you plan to use chatbots for marketing campaigns or anything having to do with marketing and sales, that is not just answering customer support inquiries,

43:12
then using ManyChat as your base makes a lot more sense with adding Dialogflow on top. Also, Dialogflow doesn’t have a CRM or some of these other elements like content management that ManyChat has. So ManyChat in a sense for SMBs and mid-tier businesses, even some enterprise, it’s the all-in-one solution where it houses all of your chatbot content, it houses your subscribers, and it houses any automation you would want to run.

43:36
But then dialogue flow, when you’re looking at it from this perspective, then it’s just a layer that you can add on top to enhance the responses that it adds. But it can’t like do things or, you know, it can’t end the best way possible, especially for non-technical or no code marketers and business owners design the same types of experiences that many chat can. Okay. Uh, last question here is as soon as someone exceeds the 24 hour window for like an Instagram message right now.

44:06
the only way to do it is to get them re-engage through some organic way. Is that correct? That is correct. And yeah, I mean, really that’s the case at the moment. Another way that you can engage people actually would be through paid traffic on either stories or Instagram feed posts. So you can actually run a post on the feed. So, okay, an Instagram ad, but it’s on the feed. And then when somebody clicks in to that ad, into that post,

44:36
then they would see an option to DM. So they would need to like click, you know, I want to DM. And then from there, they would get taken into the conversation. So that is a way to reengage people past that 24 hour window. And then also you can run paid traffic to your stories. So literally just replicate, you know, that organic story you had or run a specific campaign. And then when people respond to that, then they’ll come into the DMS as well. So there is a combination of organic and paid options.

45:02
Can you target, can you create a custom audience of just your IG subscribers or people who’ve interacted with you on DM? Yes, you should be able to and a tool like ManyChat makes it really easy because every time someone becomes a subscriber on your ManyChat list, you can also add them to a custom audience. Okay. So in that case, really technically there is a sponsored message then for Instagram DMs,

45:24
That’s fair. Yeah. It’s, it’s a little bit more of an outbound method where you’re like, Hey, you know, DM us instead of being able to just send them a DM directly. But yes, there is a way to reengage, you know, people who have responded to in the past. like you said, it’s not the same. And to be honest, I feel like this model is probably not going to survive past the email channel as more and more messaging channels become available. But the idea that like your subscribers are free and that you’re paying for, messages to be sent out, if that makes sense.

45:53
So just, think the model of how you reach your list is shifting pretty drastically. Now that these messaging channels are available and they have to do like, you what makes sense for them, plus what makes sense for businesses to leverage their lists. Sure. And there’s no broadcast option to your IGDMs, right? Even if it’s for some of the rules with Messenger. Correct. There is no, so with Messenger, there are message tags, for example, which are just certain types of messages that you might send out. That Messenger lets you send outside of the 24 hour window.

46:22
Let’s say for example, you’re hosting a webinar. And so I imagine you’ve probably done this too, right? Is that there’s a tag called the confirmed event update tag. And so you can say, hey messenger, I wanna send this message to 500 people. It’s been maybe a few days since some people have interacted, but it’s a reminder about my upcoming webinar that they all confirmed they’re gonna be going to, or have said, they wanna get reminders about. So you can mark that message that you send out, that broadcast as a confirmed event update. And then from there, when people engage with that message,

46:51
or just click into a website, for example, from that message, then they will now be inside of the 24 hour window again. So there’s not those message tags right now on Instagram, but again, because they’re trying to blend the experience, I imagine that will be also one of the features that they add in the near future. cool. I know you have some cool announcements regarding IGDMs. Let us know what they are. Yeah, so with Instagram DM,

47:18
You know, we’re internally really excited about this because we’ve been waiting like five years for this. So, you know, we’ve had, we’ve had plans in the book for a while, but now it’s actually happening. So we do have a free training that can walk you through exactly how this all works, how some of the top IG accounts are using these features and really how you can generate revenue very quickly with this. uh, Steve, what I was thinking to do is I’ll share a URL that can be just for your audience.

47:44
and they can check out the free training there. We also have a paid course if you’re looking for just advanced training and to dive right in. But this is designed for not only let’s say marketers, but also business owners, influencers, even social media managers. Anybody who is managing an Instagram account can build with IGDM automation. I would say more easily than with Messenger because again, it’s a little bit simpler. So if you are any of those or just wanna create automation for your account, then I would highly recommend that you check out our trainings.

48:12
I can make that like school of bots.co forward slash my wife quit her job. that works to make it easy. Awesome. So yeah, go ahead and check that out. And you know, you’re always welcome to reach out to me as well. You can DM me on Instagram if you want, know, with any questions and I’m happy to point you to, know, helpful resource or an answer to your question. I will say that at least in the physical products realm, like Instagram is where it’s at. And there’s a bunch of students in the class that are getting most of their sales off of just organic Instagram.

48:40
And then just adding this will be a great way to just get contacts and even more sales through the platform. A hundred percent. Yes. So, well, Natasha, thanks a lot for coming on and I’m sure a lot of things are going to change in the next six months too. So I’m eager to hear, you know, all the cool things that are going to be going on.

48:57
Yeah, definitely. Like you said, I am happy to jump back on in six months and be like, woo, look at that. Everything that just happened. Like, let’s talk about it. You know, what does this really mean? What do you need to know? Because I imagine things are going to evolve and move very quickly. Uh, because again, I think that the value is more clear. Maybe the value proposition of DMing or DMing automating your DMS on Instagram versus maybe messenger where you have to drive more traffic. So would love to do that, but thank you so much for having me. Thanks everybody for tuning in. I hope this was insightful for you and.

49:27
you whether you’re going to act on this, which I would recommend immediately, or, you know, just know that this is going on. think this podcast actually did a great job of just giving an overview. thanks as always for being an awesome host, Steve. Appreciate it. mean, I think this is going to work a lot better than just the old messenger of marketing, to be honest with you, especially in the physical products realm. Yeah, I completely agree.

49:48
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now, as I mentioned earlier, if you are interested in DM automation, then go to the show notes for this episode and sign up for Natasha’s five day Instagram DM challenge that is happening next week. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequarterjob.com slash episode 367. And once again, I wanna thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base.

50:14
SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot I O slash Steve. I also want to thank Clavio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandon card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign. Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash K L A V I Y O.

50:40
Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLA V I Y O. Now I talk about how I these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

366: How To Use TikTok To Blow Up Your Business With Keenya Kelly

366: How To Use TikTok To Blow Up Your Business With Keenya Kelly

Today, I’m thrilled to have Keenya Kelly on the show. Keenya is the CEO of If You Brand It and she helps business owners develop multi-million dollar brands.

Keenya is a TikTok and branding expert and she helped me get started on the TikTok platform. This episode was recorded about 3 months ago and since then, my TikTok account has grown to 47,000 subscribers.

Today we’re going to talk about how to use TikTok to market your business.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to get started on TikTok
  • How to use TikTok to market your business
  • Keenya’s background and how she built her brand on TikTok
  • Keenya’s strategies on how to create viral TikTok videos

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today I have Kenya Kelly on the show and Kenya is a TikTok and branding expert and she was actually one of the people who helped me get started on the TikTok platform. We actually recorded this episode about three months ago and since then my TikTok account has grown to about 47,000 subscribers. And today we’re gonna talk about how to use TikTok to market your business. But before I begin, I wanna thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode.

00:29
Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider and I use them for e-commerce and it is crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve.

00:59
I also want to thank Klavia, who is also a sponsor of show. Now, are you working around the clock to build the business you’ve always imagined? And do you want to communicate with your fast growing list of customers in a personalized way, but in a way that gives you time to work on the rest of your business? And do you ever wonder how the companies you admire, the ones that redefine their categories do it? Companies like Living Proof and Chubbies. Well, they do it by building relationships with their customers from the very beginning, while also evolving in real time as their customers needs change.

01:25
These companies connect quickly with their customers, collect their information, and start creating personalized experiences and offers that inspire rapid purchase, often within minutes of uploading their customer data. Now, Klaviyo empowers you to own the most important thing for any business, the relationship between you and your customers and the experiences you deliver from the first email to the last promotion. To learn more about how Klaviyo can help you with your own growth, visit klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s klaviyo.com slash my wife.

01:52
And then finally, I wanted to mention a brand new podcast that I recently released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:25
Welcome to the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Kinya Kelly on the show. And Kinya is the CEO of If You Brand It, a branding and consulting firm where she helps business owners develop multimillion dollar brands. And she came highly recommended to me by my friend Michael Stelzner of Social Media Examiner to give you all a lesson on TikTok. TikTok is the fastest growing social media platform on the planet right now. And more and more businesses are using TikTok to drive massive growth for their businesses.

02:53
So today, is going to teach us how to get started on TikTok and how to use it to market your business. And with that, welcome to show, Kenya. Thank you so much. I’m so glad to be here. I’m so happy to have you too, especially since I’m going to be on TikTok in just a couple of weeks. Yes, come on. So first off, Kenya, what is your background and how did you get into TikTok in the first place? Yeah, so my background is my business. I started out in network marketing many, many, years ago.

03:21
But I ended up having like this eye for design. Like I didn’t know I had it until I had like this corporate job that required it. And years and years later, like when live stream got started, I decided that I was gonna leave my corporate job and I was gonna build my own brand design company. I didn’t know all the details that was gonna take, but I had faith.

03:41
And so I launched my own branding and consulting business live on Periscope when everybody was doing the whole Periscope thing. Yes. Yeah. And it did really well our first year in business. And I think it was because I had so much like experience at my corporate job. But eventually, like over the last seven or eight years, design has been amazing, but it can be very tedious and exhausting at times. And so at the beginning of the pandemic, you know, I’m always praying for strategies for my business.

04:11
And I felt like I heard God tell me to get onto TikTok, which I thought was the craziest thing, because I was like, what does he know about TikTok? But I did it anyway. I felt like a grandma, didn’t know what was going on, but I did it. Can we just talk about the demographics of TikTok? Because everyone has this misconception that it’s only teenagers on the platform. For sure. And so, you know, I think when TikTok first started out, when it was musically,

04:36
and then changed the TikTok, it was something that was for the younger generation because like they weren’t, didn’t want to play on Facebook because grandma was there and or Instagram. And so for the majority, for the years, it has been young people on the platform. Now you will notice that there are way more people that are younger, like let’s just say 20s and under posting, but like everybody 30s, 40s, 50s and 60s are there mostly consuming content and not posting.

05:04
Yes, so I just want to say that I had that misconception as well. But all you have to do is when you first go on TikTok, you just start telling TikTok that you don’t want to see certain content, like teenage girls dancing or whatever. And then you start getting the content that you want. And the algorithm is really good. And it’s very addictive, more addictive than any other social media platform that I’ve ever used before. Yeah, absolutely. I know when I first got on, I was like, I was blown away by all the kids or whatever.

05:29
But I realized as I started learning the algorithm that if I interacted with this piece of content, then it was saying, hey, I want more of that. Like I can get caught down a rabbit hole about cats, cause I’m obsessed with cats. like, you know, my TikTok, see a lot of cat videos, soldiers coming home videos, proposals, because I’ve told TikTok what I want. So I noticed that you dance in a lot of your TikToks. Is that a prerequisite?

05:55
No, I am a big time dancer, like, I just found on Facebook or Instagram because it wasn’t part of it. And so, but I have a lot of my clients who never ever, ever dance and they are killing it. Well, cause they don’t know how to dance, right? They don’t want to, you know, so it’s not, you don’t have to. Okay. I just want to get all those misconceptions out of the way. So you don’t need to dance. You don’t need to act like a goofball either. Right? No, no.

06:21
So let’s say I’m a business and I wanna get my brand out there. And I know you do a lot of consulting for TikTok and you have some TikTok courses. How does one even get started? Like from scratch, if you can walk me through the process. For sure. So one of the first things of course, obviously is to download the app. And then you start telling TikTok what you want. I believe that now you get to select like your top three or six choices or something like that when you come onto the app.

06:47
If that’s not there when you download it, then your number one thing you want to do is start consuming content on the For You page, which is basically the content of people that you don’t know. Once you go there and you see something you don’t like, you hold your finger down and click on not interested. And you just keep scrolling. Once you start to do that, then you’re going to tell TikTok what you want. In addition to that, I recommend that a brand and business owner go to the Discover tab.

07:15
Now, what is that? That’s basically where you click on the magnifying glass at the bottom of the screen, and it’s going to take you to another page. At the top of the screen, you’re going to see the word search. And what I would tell someone, no matter what your business is, is to search your type of business. So if you have beauty products or real estate or a podcaster, search that term and then start consuming the content that comes up on that page. Because the average person who comes over to TikTok

07:44
wants to behave like they’re on Facebook or Instagram. But you have to learn that TikTok has a totally different culture than all of those other platforms. And so that’s why I want you to go to Discover Taps. You can see what people just like you with the same businesses that you have, what they’re doing and how well their videos are performing. And once you do that, then it’s important for you to learn how to create actual TikToks.

08:12
And I tell people that it will feel a little bit overwhelming with all the different buttons that are on the app. But eventually it gets, it’s like super, super, super easy once you get it. But it’s important for you to then start playing around with all the different buttons, because once you see how to create, how to use a timer feature, how to use these different things, then it’s going to be easy for you to create 10 videos in 30 minutes or in an hour.

08:38
for you to be able to use not only on the TikTok platform, but multiple different social medias. So if I already have like an Instagram presence and Facebook presence, what would you say is the primary difference between the types of content that work on one platform versus the other? For sure. So with TikTok, it’s like as a business, I say edutainment is what works on TikTok because TikTok is an entertainment platform.

09:01
And so if you’re going to come over there and you’re going to sell Chipotle, you have to, can’t do the same type of ad that you would on Facebook as you would on, on TikTok. So you’ve got to use maybe some of the trending sounds or some of the ways people advertise their whatever food on, on TikTok. And so I would say you have to allow your creativity to come out like.

09:25
I look at TikTok as like Superbowl Sunday. The same way Doritos acts on Superbowl Sunday is not how they act on a regular day. We all know that Doritos is pulling out all stops on Superbowl Sunday and we wait to see how many commercials that they deliver on. That is what you want to give on TikTok every day, but it doesn’t cost you millions of dollars. It just costs you 15 minutes.

09:51
If you were to just take the same content you’re posting on Facebook and Instagram and translate that over to TikTok, that’s just not gonna work, right? It depends on the actual content. Like if you’re just sitting in front of like a mic, like kind of like we are with podcasts, no, that’s not gonna work. TikTok wants, they want something different. I mean, you can do podcast content for sure, but it’s important for you to have your hottest clips, your hottest moments.

10:15
in a seven to 15 second clip that causes a person to go what and makes them want to go and listen to your podcast or go find your YouTube channel. Can you walk me through one of like your content creation process for your brand? mean, you have a very strong personal brand. Just walk us through what goes on in your head when you’re ready to hit that record button. For sure. So one of the first things that I’m always doing is asking myself, what is my goal of creating on TikTok this week or this month? Right. So I’m trying to sell like a coaching program for TikTok.

10:45
then I’m not just creating content that’s just funny. I’m not just dancing the dance. I’m asking myself, what is it that I can do that could catch someone’s attention in the first one, two, three seconds? What’s trending on TikTok right now? And how can I take this trend to match what’s going on in my business? And so, for example, there is a challenge that was out late last year called the Busted Challenge. And it was basically where a woman looked like she fresh out of bed.

11:14
And then the sound would play. And in the middle of that sound, it would change to a whole different sound. And when the different sound changed, she changed. She changed into an entirely different outfit as if she was like glammed up for a photo shoot. And then she kind of started twerking. Now, I don’t do that. That’s not what I do. But I was like, hmm, how can I flip this? And so I was fresh out of bed. I had on a Christmas onesie in my bathroom.

11:43
And when the sound changed, I was super cute, but then I changed again, like within a second. And I said on stream, instead of me twerking, how about I help you get to $10,000 per month? The video went viral because it was within the trend. People were looking to see what I was going to do and I used it for my business. And so I’m always going, how can I take this to actually get clients or get people on my email list? So you keep mentioning trends and for people who aren’t familiar with TikTok, how, what is a trend?

12:13
that you’re talking about and how important is it to follow one of these in your videos as opposed to just putting out something completely original? For sure. So a trend is basically where, okay, because TikTok culture is again different than everything else. So if you’re on Instagram and Facebook, you cannot copy what anyone’s doing. Like if you copy, people are tearing you apart. On TikTok, it’s copycat. So one person can do something in front of a computer and scream, right? And people go, oh, I like that sound. I’m gonna take that sound.

12:43
and I’m going to use it for this, or I’m going to take that sound and do it the exact same way the original person did it. And as you’re on the For You page, you start seeing that same thing happening over and over again with different people who don’t know each other. That’s a trend, right? And you find the trends on the For You page. Now, do you have to use trends to be successful on TikTok? No, you don’t. Because like my first guy started, I didn’t know how to even use the features, you know.

13:10
So you don’t necessarily have to follow the trends. However, if you see a trend that actually could be good for your business, then I encourage a person to do it because if that sound is trending and you do it in a good way, because you’re doing the trend with a trending sound that’s viral on TikTok, it really gives your video a boost. For example, Cardi B has that song, Up, right? I don’t know a lot of the lyrics.

13:37
but like that sound was trending like crazy. And so I added that sound to a video of mine that had nothing to do with her, but because the sound was trending, my video got a crazy boost and then it went viral. So you can do what’s actually happening on screen. You can use a sound and give your video a boost and you actually don’t even have to use the sounds or do the trends like you were asking. You can literally create your own direct to camera content of you teaching

14:07
you cooking or whatever, and it’s still performed really well because like, I mean, as long as it’s entertaining, it’s going to do great. So what you’re saying is you, you, you used to mention TikTok will give you a boost. So if you do use a trending sound, do you believe that TikTok takes that into account in terms of visibility of your post? I think so. I feel like that that sound is already like, it’s something’s happening with it with the algorithm anyway, right?

14:35
But outside of what TikTok is doing, if we all know that this sound means that this person is going to do something different at the end of this video, because that’s the trend. If you start out doing this and then at the end it’s something crazy, then because we know that sound because of the culture, we end up watching your video to see what are you going to do at the end of this. Like I just saw, I don’t know what brand it was. Oh, Dr. Pepper just did something today. They ran an ad.

15:04
And I’m watching this video like, did they just do the, no, no, no trend? I was in shock. I was like, go ahead, Dr. Pepper. They did what they do, but they use the sound for TikTok culture. Okay. Actually, you know what? We should take a step back because I know there’s a lot of skeptics listening to this going, what are the effects that TikTok could possibly have on my business? Can you just give a brief background of how TikTok has affected your business in particular? For sure. your clients? Yeah.

15:32
Yeah, so I would say on the non-positive side is that, you know, when I first got onto TikTok, people were like, it’s going to get banned and God isn’t on TikTok. And I’m like, what is wrong with y’all? And so people were looking at it as I was playing with my business and I was not like, I couldn’t be taken seriously or whatever, but I just kept going. And the positive side of it has been, you know, I have had 5,000 followers on Instagram for a few years.

16:01
Now, fast forward, now we’re at 17,000 because we’ve gained a lot of people from TikTok that wanted to learn more about business following us on Instagram. We’ve now had 450,000 followers on the platform. We’ve gotten paid and worked with some of the biggest brands that I ever thought that I would work with. And we’ve just generated well over $100,000 this year alone, all because of what we shifted with TikTok. So that’s directly attributed to TikTok.

16:30
Absolutely. So in terms of making money on TikTok, is it just because people will find you through TikTok or is it on the platform itself? Does it kind of work like Instagram in that way? So it’s a couple of different things. So one, like you can make money a lot of different ways on TikTok, like as business owners, obviously you can bring your business to TikTok, market it, and then you’ll reach people that you probably couldn’t have reached on Instagram, especially because of the for you page, the organic reach and things of that nature.

16:59
Um, but in addition to that, like you can make money through TikToks creator fund, uh, where as long as you’re 18 years old and you get like, I think it’s 10,000 followers and you’ve had at least a hundred thousand views in 30 days, you can apply to be a part of TikToks creator fund. And the creator fund is just like YouTube, um, AdSense where they pay you as people watch your content. So you’ll get paid cents, dollars, or whatever a day as people watch your videos through TikToks creator fund.

17:27
Another way you get paid on TikTok is through the TikTok marketplace. And that’s once you hit 100,000 followers, then you get into this portal where brands will start reaching out to you. They’ll find your information either through TikTok or they’ll come and search you on other social medias. And then they begin to send you messages like wanting to partner with you of like paying you to propose videos and things of that nature on TikTok.

17:52
I think that’s oh and then when you’re doing live streams on TikTok, people can actually give you money. They can like they can donate to you and you look you look up and now you’ve got $300 or whatever in your balance of people that have given you money while you were live streaming. is TikTok work well for you to drive traffic off of TikTok onto your own site to get their email? Absolutely. Like I have like a TikTok freebie inside of my TikTok bio and people go there every single day.

18:19
to learn how to use TikTok because you’ve got way more people that are going there, you know, in their 30s, 40s, 50s and 60s. And they’re like, well, somebody teach me how to do this. And so I created something that drives people there. But oftentimes I know that people are listening to me in these quick TikTok videos and or in my live streams and they’re like, I want more from her. So oftentimes every day I will either post it in my videos or I will say it in my video or I’ll say it on live stream.

18:47
come and follow me on Instagram for more and people come and follow me there every single day. So all these questions that I’ve been giving to Kenya are actually rhetorical. know the value of TikTok now. And in fact, I think Mike gave me a whole bunch of examples. There’s this dentist, his account is called the bentis and he’s like expanded his dental practice through TikTok of all things. I was gonna ask you about this Kenya, but Mike has told me like unlike Instagram,

19:14
TikTok is really good at exposure for you. Can you kind of talk about how that works? Like you grew to something thousand followers on TikTok very quickly. And you mentioned you were stuck on Instagram at like 5K for a long time. Yeah, for sure. mean, it’s like, again, it’s like something I’ve never experienced before in my life. Like I go viral at least five times a month or that’s downplaying it like 10 times a month.

19:41
I’ll go viral creating content on TikTok. Can you just get these thousands of people following you now that never could have seen you? Like I’ve posted hundreds of videos on Facebook and Instagram and none of them have gone viral. I love those other platforms, but this is just something like the algorithm, the organic reach is just beyond, it’s beyond me. I’ll tell you a couple of things happened like over the summer I turned whatever, I can remember I turned over the summer, last summer.

20:08
And a friend of mine was like, you should do a dating campaign. And I was like, cause I’m single. She was like, you should do a seven day dating campaign on TikTok and see what happens. And I was like, okay, sure. So I did seven days of videos just talking about being single and like some of my attributes and like qualities, what I’m looking for, what are my deal breakers, yada, yada, yada. And I didn’t meet anybody, but three weeks later, I got contacted by Netflix and they were like, Hey, we saw you on TikTok and we want to have you on our show. Yada, yada, yada.

20:34
And the only reason why I didn’t move forward with Netflix is because they wanted me to be a divorce, but also have a teenage child that with a child can go on the show with me and I don’t have any kids. But then BET reached out about a dating show. And it’s like all this exposure because I am just on this app doing what it is that I do. I also got contacted by a TV network in Europe and said, we were on your live stream and we want to have you on our network.

21:02
But outside of me, like one of the people I’ve loved watching blow up is the girl named Tabitha Brown. She’s an African American actress slash like vegan personality, and she teaches people how to eat, you know, good food vegan. And she was doing well with 300,000 followers on Instagram and Facebook. Her daughter starts taking her Instagrams and put them on TikTok.

21:25
Well, she gained 2 million followers in four months. Now she’s got 4 million. She’s got a deal with Ellen, a deal with Oprah. She’s now acting in Chicago. All this stuff has happened all because she brought her personality of what she was doing on those other pages to the TikTok platform. So it makes stars out of people. Wow. So you mentioned you go viral five times a month or even more than that. Do you see any patterns on what causes those particular videos to go viral?

21:54
For sure, well, I will say that tick tock definitely likes petty you know if you’re going to do something that’s like a hashtag petty then people like yeah you know. But also anytime you do something that causes a person to grab their attention immediately like soon as the video uploads you give them some type of hook in the middle and then an unexpected end and it causes them to rewatch that video over and over and over again that causes an effect.

22:22
with the TikTok algorithm. And so I’ve had like my business videos that have gone viral. Those are the ones that are like super short. And I’m talking about, I was broken after my divorce. And after I left him, I made $400,000 in 18 months. And people are always like, what? And they rewatch it. Or I said, I’m the lady that helps people get the $10,000 a month. And I just walked off screen. And so it’s just hooky. It’s like hooky type thing. They’re real, they’re not fake or.

22:51
or manipulate it, but they have to be hooky type things that make people watch it over and over again and make them share it with their friends. So what is the mix of those types of videos? I guess you can’t really just post those every time, right? Right, no, uh-uh. So I would say in a week, if I’m gonna do hooky type things like that, I may do it once a week. I will do lots of fun, funny things on TikTok.

23:18
But even if it’s a fun, funny thing, I will make my business be a part of it, right? So there’s this trend right now that’s like, there’s this guy, he’s like, okay, repeat after me. And the person’s like, okay, repeat after me. I can do this, I can do, or whatever. And I did the trend of it yesterday talking about when I’m teaching my clients how to use TikTok. And I’m like, repeat after me. And they’re like, okay, repeat after me. And they start repeating. And then at the end I say,

23:44
Even if this doesn’t go well, it’s fine. It’s a learning experience. But then the person goes, I’m trash. I’m trash. This is garbage. And I’m like, right. And it’s the real feeling that people get when I’m teaching them how to use TikTok for business. And I’ve taken that and it’s doing well on TikTok, but I’ve also taken it and put it on Instagram and it’s doing extremely well and getting leads into my inbox because people can relate to it. And they’re like, I want you to help me.

24:13
So when you did that dating segment, that kind of detracted from your business, right? So can you just go off on tangents like that with your TikTok account and still be okay? Absolutely. If I’m going to do something like the dating campaign, I will do one video for the dating campaign. Like, okay, for example, I will typically do three or four TikTok videos a day, seven seconds, maybe 15 seconds, right? Really, really short. And of the four videos a day, one of them will be something…

24:41
goofy, which is my personality to be goofy. The other ones won’t be as won’t be as like that. If I’m doing more videos a day, then there’s a lot more goofy or sometimes dancing or whatever. But I always have that mix. Now, I will say one of my biggest strategies is that I will find something to things. One, a video that I think will go viral with my own content. It sometimes is not business related, but I will do that piece of content.

25:10
But before I do it, I will do a business video first, then that potentially viral content. Once I post that video, I’ll then post another business video right after it. And the reason why I do that is because if that fun video goes viral, it’s going to bring hundreds and thousands of people to my page. And I want them to land on my page and go, hey, I came here for that funny video, but this lady teaches.

25:37
how to build a business, I wanna follow her and engage with her more for this stuff. Because I’m like, the business stuff isn’t going as, isn’t doing as well as the funny stuff. But I’m like, I’m not gonna be funny all day long, I’m gonna do this strategically. So it’s like a business sandwich, a business TikTok sandwich. So you get people in with the funnier videos, and then they wanna learn more about you, and then that’s when you talk about the business stuff. So the business stuff in itself, it sounds like is not as likely to go viral.

26:05
Right. It’s not as likely, but even like, you know, even if we don’t go viral, like you can 5,000 views on a video in the Facebook world. You’re killing it. Oh yeah. And on TikTok, I’m like, I can get 5,000 easy in a week off of a video, you know? So I’m like, even if I don’t go viral, I’m like, I’m still winning. It’s 5,000 views, you know?

26:29
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

26:58
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copywriting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

27:27
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show. I mean, if you’re listening to this, think about that. 5,000 views on a video. That’s a lot of people right there being exposed to your brand. Okay. So if you’re a total beginner, so you mentioned a couple of things now, which might be intimidating to people listening. You mentioned you post three to four times a day. Is that required?

27:56
It’s not required. However, however, when you’re first getting onto TikTok, you have to think about TikTok as you would other people. For example, if you were on Instagram and a person posts a video and you see it and they only have one video on their page, how likely are you to follow them? Not very likely because you don’t know what the content is going to be about. You want to be able to scroll and see if you want to follow this account.

28:23
And so I teach people that when you first come on to take that, it’s really important that you’re posting one to three times a day, especially to have content on your page so that when people land on you, they can see what you’re, what you’re about to determine if they want to constantly see more of your content. It’s not required, but we just have to think in the minds of how do we behave when we choose the following account. So would you recommend just posting like 10 times right off the bat, just so there’s 10 pieces of content in the beginning?

28:53
right off the bat? No, I wouldn’t do that. I would probably do I would be consistent for at least 10 days, posting two or three videos a day every single day consistently. What if it was a part of a series, let’s say you wanted to just kind of introduce yourself, you know, to your audience since you’re brand new. And let’s see have a whole bunch of things pre recorded, but they’re in like a series, would you still post those piecemeal? Yes, I still would because like,

29:21
you could post video one and it do three views, right? And then video two does 10,000, right? And people will then come back to find video one. Cause like, aren’t going to see your content the way in the order that you want them to see it in. see. I see. Okay. So you want to do, you want to do at least three pieces of content for a while until you’ve kind of built up this backlog, so to speak. For sure. When you’re creating that piece of content,

29:50
Can you just describe what’s involved in it? So let’s say I’ve already just recorded something on my phone. What are some of the edits that you do, hashtags, talk about the entire process. So when I’m looking at, for example, like let’s just say you’re teaching people how to grow a podcast. Then what I would do is I would take that first video and I would upload it to TikTok. Then I would add text on screen. That’s one of the features. I would add

30:19
Maybe even if you’re using that on Instagram where it’s like giving you the captions or whatever, like you might be able to do that first. Otherwise, you can just add text on screen and use the text duration feature. And that feature basically is where you have where like I’m saying, my name is Kenya Kelly, and then it disappears. And then I’m like, I’m a branding and marketing consultant, and then it disappears. using the features, because sometimes people

30:47
can watch your video, but they can’t listen to it based upon wherever they are. And if there’s some type of text on screen, that’s gonna help your video perform better, right? Actually, I was just gonna ask you about that. I know that whenever I’m on TikTok, my volume’s on, whereas when I’m on Instagram, my volume’s always off. Would you say that the majority of people on TikTok have their volume on? I wouldn’t say majority. I would say that like, it just depends on where, what’s going on with the person. Like for me, like I’m in my office by myself, so.

31:16
My volume’s always on, but if I’m in a random place, you know, that I’m like, I mean, I want people to know that I’m listening to this. You never know what the sound is going to be when you open up that video, you know? Right. Um, so it just, it just kind of depends on what’s going on with the person, but I would say the people that have a job that run a business, their volume is probably pretty down because they’re at work. So text on screen is an absolute must is what I’m hearing.

31:44
Yes, I think so. for sure. Okay. Okay. Yeah. So you’re adding annotations to your video. Is there anything else that you do? I usually will add some type of sound to it. So if I’m uploading a video, then I am, I will add a trending sound to it just because like, or if it will, if it’s kind of applicable to the video, I may add a sound to it. Now, if I’m literally trying to give that video a boost and I will always add a sound to it, but that’s not, that’s not a requirement.

32:11
What else would I do? I would, if I want to do some type of voiceover, then I may use like a voiceover feature on TikTok. But after the text on screen, if that’s all that you do, then the next really important thing is going to be your caption. Because like, to give your video the best chance, you want to do lots of different things. One, catch them within the first one to two seconds, whatever you’re doing on your screen. So don’t say, hi, my name is, nobody cares.

32:40
Right? Like, no, the first one or two seconds, whatever you’re saying there. The next thing I would say, of course, is the text on screen. And then third is your caption, because sometimes people are on the for you page, which is the page where TikTok is pushing out content to you. And they only see your caption first. Like they may see you, but then they read the caption to see what it’s about. And so I would say use some type of really short, catchy thing that will cause a person to go, what? So sometimes I’ll write, they didn’t want me to succeed. They said I couldn’t read or.

33:10
They said, I couldn’t bounce back from divorce or something like that. And it causes someone to go either they want to watch it or they don’t. From there, then it’s all about the hashtags. Now you don’t have to use hashtags to do well on TikTok whatsoever, right? But when you’re using hashtags, you’re able to drive your content towards a certain group of people. For example, when I’m teaching TikTok tips,

33:37
and I want to reach people that are in their 30s, 40s and 50s that want to learn TikTok, I will use the hashtag over 30, over 30 crowd, over 30 club, adult TikTok, over 40, moms on TikTok, TikTok moms, right? And what TikTok does is it says that it says, I am trying to take this piece of content and send it to moms, send it to people over 30, over 40, right? And so when you are…

34:05
Using hashtags is very important to use hashtags that make sense for what’s going on in your video and who you’re trying to drive it to. One of the biggest mistakes people make on TikTok is they see these popular hashtags like FYP. FYP stands for For You Page. And people think that using the hashtag For You Page helps you get seen by more people, but it doesn’t. It drives your content to anybody that has used the hashtag FYP.

34:33
But what it also does is anytime you use a specific hashtag, it drives all of that content to you. Right. So for example, if you use the hashtag FYP, then anybody using FYP, you’re going to start seeing them on your for you page. So you have told Tiktok, Hey, I want to see this type of content, yada, yada, yada. And you’re enjoying it. But now that you’re using FYP, you start getting 13 year olds, 14 year olds.

35:01
crazy fight videos like twerking and you’re like, where did all this come from? It’s because you used FYP and the people twerking are using that hashtag too. Interesting. So the hashtags you use for your own post determine which type of posts that you get personally? Uh-huh. It tells the algorithm you want more of that. Yes. I see. Okay. So do you always use hashtags in your videos then? No, I’ve used them a lot less lately, but

35:27
I will use them. Like if I’m specifically talking about a new TikTok feature, then I’ll do TikTok updates, TikTok one-on-one, things like that. Can you walk me through the decision-making process, to use more or less? So one for me is time. Okay. Because sometimes I just don’t have time to like search through them because like one of the strategies that I was learning over the summer is that you don’t want to use hashtags that have billions of views on them. You want to try to catch one.

35:55
that is at like a hundred thousand and up to two million or whatever. Because sometimes you’d use a hashtag like moms of TikTok that has 1.3 billion views on it, which means that you’re just going to get kind of lost in the midst of billions of views. But if I’m using moms over 30 and it only has 249,000 views on it, then when people actually start viewing that content and all of my content is in there, they’re going to see more of mine. Whereas if there were billions of people, then I’m lost in the mix with everybody.

36:25
So is there a disadvantage to not using any hashtags at all? Will your content just not be seen if you don’t use any hashtags? So it will still be seen because like TikTok is going to like one, if you have followers, TikTok is going to allow your followers to see it. But like the disadvantage of not using hashtags is not actually directing your video to a certain group of people. But you don’t have to like I like lately I’ve done hashtags maybe once a day, but you know, I haven’t seen any downside of it at.

36:55
at this point. Okay. And then I’m trying to think. the caption you mentioned was very important. I actually never read the caption because it’s in this tiny little font in the lower left corner of my screen. Do they use, is there any keyword stuff involved in that? Or is it really just to get people to watch the video? I’m not sure if it’s keywords at this point. I’m sure it will let, no, you know, the algorithm is very smart. I do think it has, there’s something in it with the algorithm. Otherwise they wouldn’t.

37:23
they, no, I think that there’s something there. So I always put a caption. I don’t think you have to, but I always put one just because I just want to give my video the biggest chance in case somebody is looking to see what the caption, you know, what the video is about. Okay. So if you were to talk about these things in the order of priority, obviously your video and your content is the most important. Yeah. Then it sounds like captions and then sound is a big factor. Do you include like music in all of your TikToks?

37:49
I don’t, I used to in all of my videos, I would add a trending sound and sometimes I would just turn it all the way down and just have it connected to my TikTok. But one of the things that I’m learning about the new TikTok algorithm and what TikTok wants is TikTok is wanting more like original content. They’re wanting more of you talking without any sound attached to it. So I’m starting to do a lot more stuff without a trending sound attached to it than, than what I was before.

38:15
Okay. It sounds like a lot of this stuff is kind of like on a case by case basis. one hand, if you use a sound that’s trending, TikTok might give you a boost. On the other hand, they want more original content. So it sounds like you just kind of experiment. Like you’re posting three times a day. So you do one video with a trending sound and then the other two you might not. that kind of accurate? Yeah, exactly. Do you need something else going to tell you is that at the end of your at the end of your when you finish with your hatch, there’s another

38:42
another thing that you can do, there’s a thing called a cover, right? Very similar to Instagram Reels. And so you, that screen where you see where you can add your caption and hashtags, you can look at your video in the right-hand side and you’ll see the little word cover. And if you click on that, then you can tell TikTok one, what’s your, you want your gif to be. So when someone is trying to look at your video, what’s the first screen? And then you also can add text on screen. So I often on all of my videos will always have some sort of cover.

39:12
And it’s like a little half a second text on screen about what the video is about. Okay. And then that’s when people look at your profile, right? To convince them to actually click on something. people have told me, they’ve come to my page for one video, but they see all the titles and it allows them to scroll through and determine which video they want to watch next because they can see what the video is going to be about. So do you recommend making the caption on the thumbnail mostly text?

39:41
Or do you still keep it in? Cause it’s a lot smaller, right? When you’re seeing a whole array of videos. Yeah. Yeah. The cover is a lot smaller. So I usually will make my caption and cover differently. Or if my caption is eight words, my cover will be four words because it’s like, I just don’t want to make them the exact same thing. I just want to make it really like. Catchy or something. And then do you use extra large font on those thumbnails?

40:05
So you can’t determine the font size. What I do do is I just make the cover bigger. I make it cover the entire space versus just a small middle part of it. Okay. Can we just get an idea of the amount of time it takes to create content? Cause I can see for someone listening to this and wanting to get into this. So one, three to four times a day, do you have like a video editing team or do you literally just do everything in the app? I do absolutely everything in the app, right? I usually, when I get to the office,

40:34
I’ve already had videos saved in my favorites. I’ve been scrolling TikTok and I’m like, oh, I want to do this one tomorrow. And I’ll come into the office and I’ll just pull up the ones that I’ve saved. And then I’ll record three or four of them and I won’t edit them all there. I may put like some type of text on screen to remind me what this video is supposed to be about. No, but then once I sit down, I will edit one and then I’ll post it. And then throughout the day I’ll post another one. But like when I first got started with TikTok, I’m not kidding. It took me forever.

41:04
because there’s so many buttons. And so I want to be completely transparent that it’s going to take you some time to learn it, but it’s worth the investment because now I can edit a video in a minute. Oh, really? Okay. When you’re posting multiple times a day, can you just give us an idea of what times a day that is? For sure. So usually what I would do is I usually have a lot of videos in my drafts.

41:27
and I will wake up and when I’m getting dressed, I will just hit post on one early in the morning, just so something that’s going out there for me in the TikTok world. Then I typically will post one around noon lunchtime because I’m no longer working at that time. Maybe right around 5 p.m. when I get off because I know people just got off work. And then I know that people are like late night people. So then I will post the video right before I go to bed if I’m thinking about it and not always thinking about it. But I try to play.

41:56
pay emphasis on when I know people are the highest times on social and it’s early in the morning and then at night time. Can you schedule these or actually have someone else handle this for you? So someone else can handle it if they have on if they’re on the inside of your tick tock account, right? scheduling, you cannot schedule from your mobile phone, but you can schedule from your computer. The downside we’re experiencing right now is that if it’s in my drafts on my phone, it’s not in my drafts on my computer.

42:26
Oh, yes. Yeah. So it’s like, I think they’ll figure that out at some point. Right. Okay. So right now everything is pretty manual. Like you’re manually hitting the post button. Yes. Three times a day. And in terms any helpful tips for getting people off of TikTok onto your site? Or do you actually want people to just stay on TikTok for the most part to boost your exposure there? I want everybody to get off. Okay. All right. Okay. So are there any tricks?

42:52
Yeah, for sure. So number one, in your bio on TikTok, you can have access to your Instagram handle and your YouTube handle. And so when they click on the handle, it’ll take them directly to whatever social media you want them to go to. Also in your bio, you have the link in bio feature where you can put a link to whatever product, service, or whatever you want them to go to. But it’s important to note that in order to have a clickable link, you have to get to 1,000 followers first. Right.

43:20
So before I had to click a feature, I had my Instagram connected and I wrote in my bio, I wrote like my free tool or something like that. And then I wrote the website, a simple website and people, some people will go to it. They couldn’t click it. They would have to like type it in their browser and things of that nature. Um, and so that was one thing. Another thing inside of my videos, oftentimes I am teaching business tips or Tik TOK tips. And I’ll say for more tips like this, come follow me on Instagram. And then I will have at.

43:47
King of Kelly in the actual video, like the words that are actually there. But also I do live streams all the time. And when I’m live, saying, hey, on TikTok, I can only teach you so much. cannot, you you can’t see the recordings of my live, but if you want to see all the content I’ve recorded that’s already available, you can come and follow me on Instagram. And I have hundreds of videos on my IGTV. And on a daily basis, people go from TikTok to my email list and to my Instagram.

44:16
Can you talk about these live streams? Do they actually get saved in your feed or they’re just live presentations that kind of disappear? Yes. So they are live presentations that disappear at this point. They are saved in your backend where you can download them and use them. for right now, they’re not on your feed. I do think that because TikTok just came out with a new feature called Playlist. Not everybody has that yet. I don’t have it. I think at some point in time that they’re going to allow your live streams to appear in your playlist.

44:46
Okay, so for the most part, what is the point of going live then? So it’s a way to really, really connect with your community because like on on TikTok, like they only have access to whatever that video was, you know, like, and you can only engage so much. when I’m live on TikTok, I get to they get to hear me talk directly to them. They get to ask me questions and I answer all their questions. I mean, one of they want to give me gifts they can, but I don’t put the focus there.

45:13
I put most of my focus on like teaching and answering questions. And I’ve gotten a lot of clients from teaching on TikTok live because people are able to actually interact with me live and not just in the comment section. Also, one of the things that I know is that with live is that people buy from people that they like, and trust. And so when you’re teaching live and you’re answering all these really hard questions that they never would have thought that you knew the answer to, you’re stopped.

45:39
goes through the roof because people are like, wow, I didn’t know you knew this and I didn’t know you knew that because if your videos are only about X, Y, and Z, then they don’t really know the magnitude of what you’ve got going on. But in addition to that, you can be doing like a training, you know, or doing a podcast interview and be streaming live on TikTok, letting them listen in on your conversations. And when you have videos that are hitting the For You page,

46:07
and you’re live, some type of explosion happens with the algorithm. And so what do I mean by that was I did a video this summer and I went live and I was being interviewed for two hours. And by the time I got off that live stream, I had 10,000 new followers and that video hit 3 million views in eight days. And I gained a total of 67,000 views and the 67,000 followers.

46:32
And I was like, what happened? I’m like, oh, I had that video. I went, I went live for two hours. I wasn’t talking to them. I was talking to the person that was interviewing me on my computer and the algorithm just went kaboom. And so that’s another one of the benefits. see. So you’re saying that when you go live, that might give more exposure to your other videos, which will then find and know that you’re going live and they’ll follow you. Yeah. And because like when you go live, your live video hits the for you page.

47:01
So everybody that follows you, there’s a button at the top of the screen that says watch Kenya live, but it also, will show to people that are not following you, hey, you should come and watch this live video. And I have found hundreds of people coming into my lives and then follow me from the live because TikTok posted it on the for you page. I see. How often do you go live? Usually every day for about every day. Okay. All right. So you’re pretty unique in that you’re on all these different channels.

47:28
How would you prioritize the channels in terms of value? YouTube, TikTok, Facebook, Instagram, just based on your experience? would say for me, Instagram has been the biggest moneymaker. Because that’s just kind of how I my business there. And so I spend most of my kind of time there. But I would say for anyone, it’s like wherever they are, their best self at. It’s not like TikTok is the best one for everybody.

47:57
But for me, the one that makes me the most money has been Instagram, because I’m able to do more with a person on Instagram and a DM and all that type of stuff. But I will say that YouTube is starting to increase for me even the more because I’m doing all these interviews with all these other people and they’re putting stuff out there. But from my direct attention, it is Instagram and Instagram, Facebook, and then TikTok.

48:25
All right. So if you were to start all over from scratch, which one would you start with? TikTok. TikTok. Yeah. By the way, can do DMs on TikTok as well. So couldn’t you in theory do everything that you do on Instagram on TikTok as well? Yes, you definitely can for sure. The reason why I like Instagram better is because TikTok DM, you’re going to get DM by people that are 30, 40, 50, and then those are 12.

48:55
Like when I’ve had videos go viral, I’ve had thousands of DMs from people 12, 13, and 14. It was like, wait, I love them, but business-wise, we can’t work together. So that’s one of the downsides of TikTok. I love them, but business-wise, it’s like, woo, what is going on? They could give you their lunch bunny, guess. Yeah, exactly. Do you use any special tools for TikTok, or is it literally just the app?

49:24
It’s just the app right now. I mean, I’ve started to learn how to use splice, but I’m like, oh, I need to hire somebody for that because I just don’t have the mental capacity to learn these tech tools. know one thing that I found is it’s really hard to hire someone to do videos for you or edit them on TikTok because the drafts only exist on your phone, right? Exactly. Yep. So, so a lot of people that those that want to hire, they’re creating content outside of the app.

49:49
and having them edit it and then uploading them to TikTok. And TikTok doesn’t mind that you’re having things edited and uploading at all. Is there any difference in exposure if you film using the TikTok app versus uploading your own video as far as you know? I haven’t seen the difference. I’ve watched people kill it with the app and kill it with like highly edited content. Like Jason Derulo and Will Smith, they kill it with these edited content. They’re also huge too. was just thinking about like the lay person. Yeah.

50:16
In terms of just last question here, in terms of selling physical products, do you know of any products that kind of work well or product tic tocs that you’ve seen well that are really well done? So one of my favorite accounts right now is definitely one called glow recipe, and they’re beauty products and they have learned how to use the tic toc trends, the the culture to sell to sell their products. Now, like, but everybody’s there now, like I was saying, I watched McDonald’s kill it.

50:46
I recently, today there’s an ad out from Dr. Pepper and they have chosen to use the culture for their ad. And like, I feel like all of these big brands now are now, they have now added TikTok to their strategy. So you can go to like Chipotle, they have one that’s incredible. Fashion Nova does a good job, but I would, there’s not a lot of brands that have come over there, over here yet. If I’m honest, some of them are there, but.

51:15
I don’t think they understand what is happening, but those that are using it are killing it. Yes. It’s the wild wild west right now. Yes. It reminds me of the early days even of Facebook, right? When you got tons of exposure, I think now’s the time to get started. Yeah, exactly. It’s like with us, we are in the process of learning all of this for brands because I’m like, okay, they’re going to come looking for somebody. I want them looking for me. Yes. And speaking of that, Kenya, where can people find you online?

51:44
For sure. So you guys can go to Kia Kelly.com. That’s my website. You want to spell that also? Yeah. So it’s K E E N Y A K E L L Y.com. It’s access to courses, consulting and all that. And then I do a lot of playing on Instagram at Kia Kelly. And then of course on Tik Tok. Yes. You guys should definitely go check out her Tik Tok channel. And I’m not, when I watch your videos, there isn’t anything like

52:11
It’s not like overproduced or anything. It’s literally just you being you and it works really well. Yes, tick tock, tick tock loves it. And the consumer loves it. They love to because we’re used to reality TV now. And now we’re like, I just want to see this person be themselves. They can teach me they can sell me but I want to get to know them and we get to do that on tick tock. Yeah. Well, Kenya, I really appreciate your time today. Thank you so much. So much for having me.

52:38
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now the only thing I have to say is that if you are not on TikTok, you need to be on TikTok. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 366. And once again, I want to thank Clibio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandon card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIIY.

53:06
Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com.

53:35
and sign up for my free 16 mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

365: 1 Second Page Load Speeds And 90+ Core Web Vitals With Steve Chou

365: 1 Second Page Load Speeds And 90+ Core Web Vitals With Steve Chou

In this episode, you’ll learn how to get a 90+ score on your Google Core Web Vitals (desktop and mobile) and achieve a sub 1 second load time for an eCommerce store even if you use a lot of plugins.

Google Core Web Vitals are a set of factors that Google incorporates into the search rankings to measure the quality of the user experience and it’s important for SEO. Enjoy!

What You’ll Learn

  • What Are Google Core Vitals?
  • How To Fix Your Large Contentful Paint (LCP) And First Input Delay (FID) Problems
  • How To Achieve 1 Second Page Load Speeds
  • How To Lazy Load Your Javascript And CSS Code

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I’m doing a solo episode to address a question that I’ve been getting a lot and it has to do with page load speed and Google Core Web Vitals. Now, if you listen to my episode with Kurt Elster a couple of weeks back, we basically told people not to worry about page speed too much. But just mentioning page speed and Google Core Web Vitals actually made people panic and I’m beginning a ton of questions as a result. So in this episode.

00:30
I’m going to reveal to you how I achieve sub one second page load speeds and a 90 plus rating on Google core web vitals. And for you Asians out there that consider 90 % of filling grade, this is the one exception. But before I begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Super excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I personally use for my e-commerce store. And it depends on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider.

00:56
Well, Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores. And Klaviyo can track every single customer who’s shopped in your store and exactly what they bought, which makes it extremely powerful. Let’s say I want to send an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week. Easy. Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and there’s full revenue tracking on every email sent. Now Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used. You can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife.

01:24
That’s KLAVIO.com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source for my e-commerce store. And I couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce and e-commerce is their primary focus.

01:54
Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S T R I P T dot I O slash Steve. And then finally, I wanted to mention a brand new podcast that I recently released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interview successful entrepreneurs and e-commerce,

02:23
the Profitable Audience Podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience Podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:45
Welcome to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast. Today I’m doing a solo episode. And in this episode, you’ll learn how to get a 90 plus score on your Google Core Web Vitals, both desktop and mobile, for an e-commerce store, even if you use a lot of Now when Google first released their Core Web Vitals assessment, many e-commerce store owners begin to panic. Now unlike a content site or a blog, your store is actually very image heavy and it requires many more functional elements to close a sale.

03:14
And every single thing that you add to your website actually slows down your site. So for example, if you have live chat on your store, it can take six to 10 seconds to load just by itself. Loading up basic email tracking with Klaviyo can take one to two seconds. Even adding the Facebook pixel can take 100 milliseconds to load. So it doesn’t matter whether your code uses deferred or asynchronous loading. I’m going to try not to get too technical in this episode. But basically every additional element on your site

03:40
is going to have a negative impact on your core web vitals. Now, right now, according to search metrics, 96 % of sites testing in the US fail Google’s core web vitals assessment for either desktop, mobile, or both. And the failure rate is actually even higher for e-commerce stores because of the required functionality to take transactions online. So once again, in this episode, I’m going to show you the exact steps that I took to achieve a 90 plus Google core web vitals rating

04:10
for my seven-figure e-commerce store website. Okay, so before we get off into the weeds, what are Google Core Web Vitals and why should you care? Well, Google Core Web Vitals are a set of factors that Google incorporates into the search rankings to measure the quality of the user experience. And it consists of three components. Largest Contentful Paint, this is essentially how fast your page loads, and Google requires 2.5 seconds or less. This is basically a measure of how long it takes to see the largest piece of content

04:40
displayed on your screen. The next factor is called first input delay. Google requires 100 milliseconds or less. This is a measurement of your page’s responsiveness and usability. And specifically, Google is measuring the delay between a visitor clicking on an interactive feature and how quickly the page responds to that click. And then finally, there’s cumulative layout shift. Google requires a score of or less. This is basically a measurement of how stable your page is as it loads.

05:08
Like, does your content move up and down as the page is rendered? This is actually the only Google Core Web Vinyl metric that has nothing to do with page speed. And it’s also the hardest one to debug if you don’t know what you’re doing. All right, so from here on out, I’m gonna detail exactly how I fixed these three metrics for my e-commerce store to achieve a 90 plus score on both desktop and mobile. And why should you care? It’s because it affects your Google search rankings.

05:33
Now most of you listening to this are either on Shopify, WooCommerce, BigCommerce, or Shift4Shop, and all these strategies apply no matter what platform that you’re on. Now my store’s over at bumblebeelens.com. Feel free to run the Google Page Speed test in my store as you’re listening to see my results firsthand. Now first off, my store uses many of the latest e-commerce bells and whistles because I teach a course over at profitableonlinestore.com. And I treat my store like a lab to test new features as they come out.

06:01
and report about them on the blog. So here’s just a short list of things that I’m running on my shop for this case study. Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform, Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform, Visery is my push notifications provider, ManyChat is my Facebook messenger marketing provider, Gorgias is my customer service software, Spindle and Popup, I had the Facebook pixel installed, Google Analytics, a notify slide up, a whole bunch of stuff that’s installed. And just for fun,

06:29
I ran my site without any optimizations and my site actually loaded in 18.7 seconds. But when I run with all the optimizations that I’m about to talk about in this episode, it loads in 1.2 seconds. All right, so how do you fix your largest Contentful Paint and First Input Delay problems? Now, usually it’s basically page speed, right? It’s basically cause when your site is slow. Now, if you can make your website faster,

06:58
then your Google Core Web Vitals, the LCP and the FID scores will just fix themselves. So for 99 % of the shops out there, your largest contentful paint problems are caused by loading JavaScript and CSS that blocks some rendering. And just by default, when you have your own site, without any optimization, JavaScript and CSS files are sequentially loaded, which can actually block the rendering of your page. So the best way to speed up your code is basically to lazy load your code

07:28
or to defer the rendering so it doesn’t block anything. Some shops load big photos and or videos and in general, the larger and the higher resolution your images are, the longer they’re gonna take to load. And in general, you should never load a larger image than what is being displayed on your site. Also, you should never load any image that is invisible on the screen either. And the final reason for a slow website is you might be on a slow server. Now in general, this isn’t gonna be a factor if you’re on Shopify, BigCommerce or Shift4Shop.

07:57
But if you happen to be on WooCommerce, then going with a faster host like a WP Engine could speed up your site dramatically. But in a nutshell, if you address these three issues, then you’re have lightning fast page speeds. All right, so here’s how you can achieve a sub one second page load speed. And here’s my complete list of speed optimizations. So what I’m gonna do now is I’m gonna tell you what all the speed optimizations are, and I’m gonna give it a rating of one to five, where five indicates that it will

08:25
it’s going to have the highest impact on speed. And in general, like in terms of priority, you should always focus on the fives and then implement the ones and twos only if you have time or if you’re super anal like myself. Okay, so the first factor is called enable browser caching. I give this a rating of one out of five. Basically browser caching tells the client browser to cache images and other elements of your website on their local machine to make browsing your website much faster after the initial page load.

08:54
Now, browser caching should always be turned on, but please note that browser caching will not affect your Google Core Web Vitals or your page speed. Google only cares about how your website is loaded from a completely cold state. The next way to speed up your site is to minimize CSS and JS files, and I give this a rating of one out of five, which means it’s trivial. Minimizing your CSS basically removes all the white space from your CSS and JavaScript files to save a couple of bytes here and there.

09:23
And in general, the minification of your CSS JS files is not going to dramatically improve your page speed. Basically perform this optimization if you’re trying to eke out every last millisecond of speed from your site. By the way, I just wanted to mention that I’m going from the least effective to the most effective in that order. The next thing you can do is combine HTML, CSS, and JavaScript files. I give this a rating of two out of five. Basically, you’re combining all the different files into fewer files because your server has to fetch less files.

09:53
But here’s the thing, with the latest web server technology like HTTP2, multiple files can actually be fetched at the same time in parallel, which mitigates this speed optimization dramatically. So I wouldn’t spend too much time on this. The next thing you can do is clean up your redirects. And I give this a rating of two out of five. If you’ve had your website for a long time, it’s basically constantly changing. And sometimes you might have redirects from certain images or pages to others. So for example, when I migrated all of my pages from

10:21
HTTP to HTTPS many years ago. What I did is I issued three or one redirects from certain pages and images to their secure counterparts as a quick fix. Every redirect on your page is going to slow down your site. So just make sure you use a tool like GTmetrics to detect any redirects on your page elements and remove them. You can also use a faster web host. I give this a rating of three out of five. If you’re on an open source platform like WooCommerce or Magento, your first instinct might be to just throw money.

10:50
at a brand new server, but most of the time I’m going to say a faster server isn’t going to solve your speed problems. But if you’re currently using a cheap shared host, a VPS or a dedicated server could make a significant difference. Use a CDN. CDN stands for Content Delivery Network, and what it basically does is it stores your copies of your website and your images on multiple servers all over the world so that your content is delivered by the nearest geographically located server.

11:19
If you have customers worldwide and your site is very image heavy, then using a CDN might have a significant impact on your page speed. But for smaller sites of mine that mainly serve the US, using a CDN only has a marginal impact on your page speed.

11:35
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

12:03
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

12:33
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. Now back to the show.

12:44
All right, we’re getting the good stuff now. Preload larger images and scripts. Now metrics like largest contentful paint measure the speed of the largest element on your page. And as a result, it makes sense to preload the largest elements on your page by providing hints in your HTML. Preload hints are instructions in your code that tell a browser which resources are the most important for the page. So for example, if you have a large splash image, it makes sense to start loading this image first to improve your LCP.

13:11
Now, while preloading important elements of your site might help your scores, it won’t have an impact on your overall page speed. All right, you can shrink your images. I give this a four out of five. Most new e-commerce store owners use image sizes that are much larger than required. So if your theme uses 1000 by 1000 pixel images, then you should never upload an image larger than 1000 by If your website uses the same image on multiple pages in different sizes,

13:40
you should create a separate and smaller image for each version. So for example, a product image on my store is displayed in full size, 50 % size, 33 % and 25 % depending on the page. So as a result, I have four different image files, one for each size on my site, and I only display the smallest image required without loss of quality. In addition, you should obviously compress all of your JPEG files down to a maximum of 50 quality in Photoshop or whatever image program that you use.

14:09
Next up, you need to compress and cache your pages. And I give this a rating of four out of five, which makes it very important. If you’re on a fully hosted platform like Shopify, BigCommerce or Shift4Shop, your pages are probably already compressed and cached before they’re served. But if you’re on an open source platform like WooCommerce, make sure you use a plugin like WP Rocket. WP Rocket will prerender all of your web pages so that your store will serve static pages that require little or no CPU usage. WP Rocket also compresses your webpage to about

14:39
90 % of its size. Okay, the next one, I give it a four out of five also, which is just to simply use less plugins that load external code. Remember what I said earlier, every plugin that you add to your site is going to slow it down. As a result, you should be extremely careful whenever you decide to install a new software tool. Seemingly innocuous features can sometimes dramatically slow down your site. So for example, adding a Facebook share button or a Pinterest pin it button can potentially cause a new piece of JavaScript code

15:09
to be downloaded from an external source. For buttons like Twitter, Facebook, or Pinterest, I always use non-code versions that don’t require externally loaded code. Now, if you want to add a Facebook share button to your site, there’s always a hyperlink version that requires no page speed delays. All right, finally, we’ve gotten to the most important part of page speed. Lazy load your images and your JavaScript code. This is the most important factor to page load speed.

15:38
So here’s what I mean by lazy loading. When it comes to improving your page load speed, you should only load elements of your site that are required or visible. So for example, if there’s an image buried five scrolls down in your page, you should not display that image until your customer makes it down far enough to see it. Similarly, for your code and your plugins, you should not load any functionality for your website until it actually needs to be loaded.

16:05
Lazy loading for images is already pretty straightforward, and a lot of themes already have image lazy loading built in. But what most people are not doing is lazy loading their JavaScript code. So how do you do that? Here’s the secret. For every page on my site, I load the visual elements of my site first. Then I only load the functional JavaScript code on my site once the user takes an action on the page.

16:33
So for example, if you were to go to Bumble Bee Lens right now, you’ll notice that my website loads super fast, sometimes under a second. But if you click on the page or move or scroll the mouse, only then does the live chat load along with the other shopping functionality in my shop. So in other words, I’m lazy loading the shopping cart functionality on my site only when the user starts taking an action or shopping in my store. And as a result, my page loads super fast.

17:00
because I’m only loading the graphical HTML and CSS elements of my site. From the user perspective, the shopping experience is perfect because every page loads lightning fast. Meanwhile, Google also sees a fast loading page as well. Okay, so how do you implement JavaScript lazy loading? You can just take this podcast episode and actually literally send it to your developer and just have them do what I say. But if you want to know how I did it, the first step required to lazy load your JavaScript

17:30
is to figure out what you can lazy load without breaking your site. Remember, you got to load all the essential code for your site so that your customer’s visual shopping experience is not affected. And as a result, you must load every piece of code that affects the rendering of the graphical elements of your site. Here’s how to figure out what’s essential. Go to gtmetrics.com and analyze your waterfall chart. Basically, your waterfall chart will tell you everything that’s loaded on your page and how long it takes to load.

18:00
Now, just as an example, Clavio’s code is actually taking almost a half second to load. And in addition, the CSS associated with Clavio is taking almost another half second. Now, if you guys don’t know who Clavio is, Clavio is my email marketing tool. And I know for a fact that Clavio does not affect the rendering of my site at all. So as a result, I can easily lazy load Clavio without affecting the visual elements of the page. And in fact,

18:27
removing the Clavio code will shave almost a full second off of my page speed. So what you should do is you should choose GT metrics, create a list of all the slow loading code that is not required to render the visual elements of your site, and then lazy load the code when any of the following events occur, mouse movement, page scroll, or a screen touch. Now, obviously, if you don’t know how to do this, just tell this to your developer and they’ll know exactly what to do. If you have problems, feel free to email me.

18:56
But once you implement this one step, you should be able to achieve sub one second page load speeds on both mobile and desktop. All right, let’s shift gears for a little bit and talk about cumulative layout shift. Now remember, that’s when your website shifts as it’s loading. Then 90 % of your CLS problems are going to be caused by one of two reasons. You are loading elements without dimensions.

19:21
Now, the image size parameters are what allow a web browser to know the size of the content as it loads. So for example, if you define the image dimensions in your HTML code, the browser will reserve space for your image so it loads so the page does not jump. However, if these size parameters are missing, no reservation takes place and the page will have to rearrange itself when the image finally loads. And the simple solution to this problem is just to specify dimensions of every element on your site.

19:48
Now, some Shopify plugins also use code to dynamically display features on your website. Sometimes this code loads late, which can push your page up and down. So for example, if you display ads on your site, your site might jump up and down as the ad loads. Now the best way to prevent this from happening is to just pre-allocate space on your page for the added content to be displayed. Now, doing this can be problematic for certain plugins, so if this happens to your site, just reach out to the plugin creator and tell them what’s going on.

20:18
All right, so that solves, I would say, 90 % of the problems. The remaining 10 % can be extremely difficult to figure out without using a specific set of tools. For my sites, it literally took me three weeks to fix my issues because the Google Page Speed Test is not reflective of the actual CLS scores measured in the field. So for example, my blog over at mywifequitterjob.com had perfect CLS scores on the test, but in the field, the test failed. I don’t want to get into it.

20:48
but Google makes things overly complicated for some reason. But basically what they’re doing is they have the browser installed on all these devices and they’re taking real user data, whereas the test that you run online is only local to your own machine. Now, when the two scores don’t match, basically the field versus your local test, it’s actually a pain to fix because Google doesn’t tell you what’s wrong. In fact, you can have a perfect score in the lab, but then completely fail in the field.

21:16
All right, so here’s what Google’s not telling you about cumulative layout shift. The page speed test only measures your CLS above the fold under ideal conditions. And in real life, a user is scrolling up and down on potentially a much slower internet connection. So in order to solve your CLS problems, you must emulate a slow connection and behave like a real human user. So this is how I do it. All right, I use the Chrome debugger. So if you guys don’t know how to bring up the…

21:46
Chrome debugger, you really just right click on anything and then select Inspect on the menu. And then on the Network tab, you want to throttle the page speed down to slow 3G. This basically slows the page down dramatically so you can detect little minute shifts in your website. Then, and this is really hard to explain on a podcast, but there’s this button that displays layout shifts. Once you have all that stuff turned on, refresh the page.

22:13
And then what will happen is your site’s going to flash in blue when there’s a layout shift. That’s it. All right, and then once you’re there, you can send that to your developer and they’ll fix it for you. Now, if you follow all the directions that I just outlined, you can actually get sub one second page load speeds and achieve a rating of 90 plus on your core web vitals for both mobile and desktop. And in general, this is my philosophy. You should always keep your website as simple as possible.

22:41
and avoid using plugins at all costs. Ask yourself if you absolutely need a certain feature before you decide to implement it. Then seek out solutions that do not require additional JavaScript code to your site. Now I’m super anal to an extreme. I actually examined the source code for every plugin I install in addition to the network calls that the plugin does. Once I blindly used a plugin that was literally sending my website information to several ad networks,

23:10
and selling my customer info without my knowledge. Now most PageSpeed issues are not caused by your theme, but by the plugins you install. So just be careful once again with what you choose to install and happy selling. Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now if you have any questions about PageSpeed or how to implement anything that I talked about today, feel free to reach out to me over at steve at mywifequitterjob.com. It’s not rocket science. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 365.

23:40
And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandon card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign.

24:08
Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifecoderjob.com slash KLAVIYO. Once again, that’s mywifecoderjob.com slash KLAVIYO. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifecoderjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

364: 6 Figures In 10 Months With No Money Selling Ebike Kits With Claire Carpenter

364: 6 Figures In 10 Months With No Money Selling Ebike Kits With Claire Carpenter

This episode is extra special because it’s about a student in my Create A Profitable Online Store course. Claire Carpenter runs a site called EasiFitEbikeKit.co.uk and she sells kits that turn regular old bikes into electric bikes.

What’s amazing about Claire’s story is that she didn’t have any money to start yet she still managed to create a 6 figure business within 10 months and she’s nearly at half a million bucks right now.

In fact, the main thing limiting her growth is raising enough capital for inventory. You’re going to love this episode because it’s about hustle, grit, and ingenuity.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to grow a 6 figure business within 10 months with no money
  • How Claire sourced her first products
  • How to start an e-commerce store with a low initial cash outlay

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today is an extra special episode. Now I know I’ve said this about a bunch of episodes in the past, but I think this one is truly special because it’s about a student in my Create a Profitable Online Store course that was in a bit of a financial pinch and really needed her business to work. Now this student’s name is Claire Conferter and she runs a site called easyfitebikekit.co.uk.

00:29
and she sells kits that turn regular old bikes into electric bikes. And I was actually so fascinated by her product that I bought one myself, installed it this past weekend and it’s incredible. In fact, I had a lot of problems getting my son off of this bike. Anyway, what’s amazing about Claire’s story is that she didn’t have any money, but she managed to create a six figure business within 10 months and she’s nearly at a half a million bucks right now. And the main thing that’s limiting her growth is the capital for inventory. You’re going to love this episode because it’s about hustle, grit and ingenuity.

00:59
Now before we begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people were not marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce and you can segment your audience just like email. It’s an inexpensive solution, converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve.

01:28
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo, who’s also a sponsor of the show. Now, are you working around the clock to build the business you’ve always imagined? And do you want to communicate with your fast growing list of customers in a personalized way, but any way that gives you time to work on the rest of your business? And do you ever wonder how the companies you admire, the ones that redefine their categories do it? Companies like Living Proof and Chubbies. Well, they do it by building relationships with their customers from the very beginning.

01:55
while also evolving in real time as their customers’ needs change. These companies connect quickly with their customers, collect their information, and start creating personalized experiences and offers that inspire rapid purchase, often within minutes of uploading their customer data. Now, Klaviyo empowers you to own the most important thing for any business, the relationship between you and your customers and the experiences you deliver from the first email to the last promotion. To learn more about how Klaviyo can help you with your own growth, visit klaviyo.com slash mywife.

02:24
That’s KLAVIO.com slash my wife. And then finally, I want to mention a brand new podcast that I released with my partner, Tony. Unlike this podcast where I interview successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the Profitable Audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:58
Welcome to the My Wife, Quote Her Job podcast. Today, I’m thrilled to have a student from my Creative Profitable Online Store course on the podcast, Claire Carpenter. And I remember Claire vividly because we hopped on a one-on-one consult immediately after she signed up and she barely had enough money to afford the course, let alone purchase her first product for sale. But we concocted a plan to start our e-commerce store with a low initial cash outlay. And today she runs a multi six figure business selling e-bike kits online.

03:27
And Claire is a perfect example of how you can succeed with a little ingenuity, persistence, and the drive to succeed. And with that, welcome to the show, Claire. How are you doing today? Hi. Good. Thanks, Steve. It’s good to be here. I’m so glad that everything has worked out. And I think it was, it’s been a bit since we talked, right? Yeah, it’s been about 10 months. We’ve been trading 10 months and you’ve been, you talked to us right at the beginning. And yeah, I’m so glad it’s worked out as well because

03:55
We were in a bit of a precarious position when we started. We really, really needed it to work out. So things are quite good at the moment. Nice. So Claire, walk me through your journey on what led you to sell these e-bike kits in the first place. First of all, what are they? And then what led you to sell them? So it’s a kit that you install on your push bike and it converts it to an electric bike. So there are essentially three parts to it. There’s a motorized wheel.

04:24
So you would take your wheel off and put our motorized wheel on. There’s a battery and then there is a little controller that you fit to your handlebars. there are various settings and things that you can control the bike from on the handlebars. And that’s it. It’s a fairly simple kit. It sounds like a pretty complicated product for someone to tackle on their first try though, right? There’s a lot of moving parts. It’s electronics, things can break, there’s support.

04:54
I know, and actually that’s one of the reasons why I really wanted to speak to you when we first started because one of your first videos, in that video, you explain various guidelines about your first product. So for example, you say, try and keep it under $200 so that it’s classed as an impulse buy. Try and keep it like a shoe box size. Try and avoid electronics because it’s complicated and it can fail and it gets out of date and so on.

05:23
And we pretty much violated every one of your guidelines. So we were really, really nervous about going to this product in the first place. And that’s why they’re just guidelines. mean, so this is what I usually tell new people because it makes things easier. There’s less things that can go wrong. But in your case, I mean, these products were cool. And I remember when we talked, do you remember how much money you had when you first started like to launch this?

05:48
Oh, God, I mean, it was hardly any. I mean, we didn’t have a fixed amount. We didn’t have any savings or anything like that that we could use. But what happened was so we went into lockdown round about March last year because of the pandemic, of course, and the income that we had at that time, I’m a speechwriter. So I had two sources of income. I’m employed part time.

06:16
as a speechwriter and that’s about two thirds of my income and then about a third is freelance. And when we went into lockdown, my freelance dried up overnight, that was just gone, that income. And then my job didn’t go initially, but I was really nervous about whether or not I was gonna be able to keep that job because my work depends on the live events industry and there was no live events industry.

06:42
Right. Yeah, so I didn’t know if I was going to have that income. And then my partner Clive, he’s a mortgage advisor. And when we went into lockdown, the housing market just ground to a halt. And so the way that he’s paid, it’s 100 % commission, but it’s paid in arrears. So he would get paid about three months after he’s done the work. So when we went into lockdown, we still had an income, but

07:10
I knew that in about two or three months down the line, Clive would have zero income. And so we were literally looking at, we were facing a cliff edge with our income in about two to three months time. So when you say how much money did we have to start, we didn’t have any savings to start, but we did have that income for a couple of months. But then we would have virtually nothing after that. That is scary. Did that come out when we talked one on one? I don’t remember that part of the story. That’s scary.

07:40
Okay. Yeah. I mean, I was really, really frightened. But actually what happened is that in the event, I didn’t lose my job. They kept me on. that was really great. And actually, I’m still doing that job part time. So that was fantastic. But the situation that we were in, it was really terrifying. And I was really scared as well, because, you know, normally, if you’re in a normal circumstance, and you have to leave your job for one reason or whatever, then you can just go and find another job.

08:07
But our economy was just shutting down. I thought, well, you know, if Clive’s income is disappearing, then what on earth are we going to do? So it, it was really, really scary. So I just sat there and I Googled how to make money online and all sorts of rubbish comes up as you can imagine. amongst that rubbish was your course. And that really, really appealed to me, really appealed a lot. And, know, one of the reasons why it appealed to me was because

08:36
You were talking about selling products. Now I was used to selling myself as a speechwriter. You have to put in a lot of hard work to sell yourself as a speechwriter, but once you’ve done the selling, once you’ve got a sale, then you have to write the speech. So what you were saying was just, yes, you have to put in a lot of effort to sell a product, but once you’ve sold the product, then you’re done. You don’t have to do anything after that. So that really, really appealed to me.

09:05
as well as, you know, the things like staying at home and… You also said actually that you didn’t need a huge amount of startup and obviously that appealed to me as well. So to sell what you had to sell would normally require more startup, but then I really like how you actually launched your product. Actually, before we can get into the guts of, you know, how you launched, were there any other ideas you were considering at the time?

09:30
Yeah, we had no clue what product to sell. At that point, when we first started, I didn’t even know that this product existed. So I bought your course, and that was an investment. I just thought, God, we’ve got sort two or three months worth of income before our income stops. Do I really want to spend some of that money on a course? What if it doesn’t work? Right. But anyway, we decided, oh, go ahead. We went with the course.

09:58
And I just followed your steps. you know, using jungle scouts and I think there are a couple of other tools. can’t remember now how to find a product. And we, we just talked nonstop about what product could we sell? Every time we sat down for a meal with the kids, you know, we would ask them what products should we sell? We’re driving them mad. Driving ourselves mad.

10:24
But we put a deadline. remember putting a deadline. think what I said to myself is I would pay for one month’s worth of jungle scouts. And by the end of that month, we have to have a product. And I was looking at things. I was looking at things that I’m kind of interested in because I thought it would be easier to sell if it’s a product that I’m interested in. So I was looking at, you know, maybe fitness products and nutrition and was looking at like cooking.

10:52
things, you know, all sorts of things. I was looking at all sorts of things. Anyway, one day I was sitting there just going through the process, like it says on your course. And I came across this product and it’s the second I saw it, I just thought, oh my God, this is it. It is a very cool product. Yeah. And it’s expensive to source. So how did you get the capital necessary to start selling these? What was the process like?

11:21
Yeah, so we didn’t have enough money to buy the products to begin with. So we thought, well, we’re just going to have to build the website and try and get some orders. we built the website. I’d already built a website for my speech writing business. So I knew a guy on one of these freelance websites based over in India. So he built a very simple website for us on WooCommerce. And I thought, OK, we wrote a couple of

11:50
Google Ads and we thought we’ll just see how it goes. I’ve got no idea whether or not it was going to work. Right. But we switched the ads on and in the first 20 minutes we had three or four phone calls. So I thought, oh my God, we’re just not ready. It’s quick to switch it off again. We’re not ready. I’m not sure we didn’t. Yeah, we had actually

12:16
We’d found the product that we wanted to buy, but we hadn’t bought it at this point, nevermind tested it or anything else. So then at this point, then we sort of gathered our senses together. We really, really got to know the factory, you know, the manufacturers. We spoke to them a lot, or my partner Clive really, really spoke to them a lot to just get to grips with the product, how it worked so that he could answer any questions.

12:45
And this is before you even saw the product though, right? But did you say before we saw or before you touched the product? We hadn’t seen the product. hadn’t seen the product. Listen, this is one of the things that I found really difficult to begin with is that we didn’t have the time to get a test product sent to us. So we had to go on faith. Interesting. And that was really, really scary. Really scary. How did you, I remember

13:15
I remember talking about this with you. How did you find that supplier in the first place? We just looked on Alibaba. On Alibaba, okay. All right, so you ran ads, you got phone calls, and this is something I also wanted to emphasize. You actually talked to your customers via voice, right? Yeah, we talked to them a lot. So it’s quite an expensive product. And what we found is that the customers just maybe needed a little bit of a nudge or a hand holding, just…

13:44
just to make that final decision to buy. And that was fine, we were willing to do it. This is one thing I should say actually, when we were deciding that this was the product that we wanted to sell, I did have a look at the competition in the UK. And like you said, there were a lot of people selling complicated kits. I mean, really complicated. were like, you know, it looked like about 20 different parts, wires sticking out all over the place and, you know, it was really, complicated.

14:12
There was one other company in particular that I thought would be our main competition and they had a streamlined, relatively simple kit, which is what ours was. It’s not the exact same kit, but it’s similar. But on their website, although they had done loads of things really good, they looked quite slick. They’d been featured on national media several times, all sorts of things. If you looked at the reviews, people said their customer service was appalling.

14:42
and it was really difficult to get hold of them. They never answered their phones, never answered emails. And we thought, that’s our angle, that’s where we can really show a difference. That was our USP, is that our customer service was going to be good. And it’s one of Clive’s real bugbears, is that whenever you buy anything online, you just can’t get hold of anybody. And it really, really frustrates me. He’s quite old school. And he said, I don’t want to be that company. want to be, we’re people.

15:10
let’s put our phone number all over the website. And we do, and we answer the phone as well. I was just going to say that’s probably the wisest thing that you did. Because for an expensive product, were like, people want to talk to somebody. And also, whenever you’re shopping online, you should always have your phone number on there, just for peace of mind and trust, if anything. Like even if people don’t end up calling you, it’s good to just have that number up there.

15:35
I think so because it just is transparency, isn’t it? It just shows that you’re there, just that you’re a person. And actually, one of the things that I really love and makes me feel really good is that if you look at our reviews, and we’ve probably got about 140 reviews up there now, loads of them talk about our customer service. And in fact, a lot of them mention us by name. And that just makes me feel really good. I’m really pleased about that.

16:00
So you run Google AdWords, you get some phone calls. Can you walk me through what some of these initial conversations were like? Did you tell them you didn’t have the product or how did you sell them on it? Or pre-sell them, I should say. Well, we had to tell them we didn’t have the product in stock because they were going to have to wait eight weeks. Right. So pretend I’m calling you right now and say, I want one of these e-bike kits right now. And I have a whole bunch of questions. Were you just answering their questions? We were just answering their questions. A lot of their questions were just about the product.

16:29
I don’t think I was ever asked directly, have you used the product? Because I would have found that very difficult if I had. wouldn’t have lied. But I don’t think I was asked directly. I think we could just confidently say that the product was good and was going to work for them. we just had every fingers and toes crossed. Oh, but one thing Clive did do actually.

16:58
One thing that our supplier did, which he probably shouldn’t have done, was he did give us the name and phone number of another person in the UK who had bought a few of these kits, not many, but he’d bought a few. So Clive phoned that chap and just asked him about the kits. Didn’t say that we were planning on selling it ourselves, but just said, you know, how have you found it? Right. And he was very promising about it. So that gave us that gave us reassurance. And he

17:26
I mean, he, Clive talked a lot to these manufacturers, you know, every day, just a constant stream of techs back and forth to these guys. And so we kind of built up trust. I do remember one thing that you said in our conversation, Steve, you said, don’t trust anybody. But in those early days, we had to trust, we had no choice. You know, we just had to trust everybody.

17:51
So yeah, I mean, but it was scary. I’ll tell you something good did happen to us though. that is so fair. So we did take some back orders, we did, but even then, you know, there was like, let’s say we took three orders on the first day. That comes to about say $2,000. I mean, it’s in pounds, but I’m just sort of converting in my head. It was about $2,000.

18:16
Well, we can’t go to this manufacturer and say we want to buy $2,000 worth of kits. It’s not enough. So we had to wait time before our sales built up, before we were in a position. But of course, every day that goes by is another day that the customer is waiting for their kit. that was really difficult. But one thing, one stroke of luck we had was that the UK government brought out

18:44
some help, some financial help for small businesses because of coronavirus. So it was called the bounce back loan. And it was a loan that you could get. It was backed by the government, which meant they didn’t do all the usual, know, the usual due diligence that a bank would give you before lending. know, if you, if you want to go for it, if you want to get a loan from, from your bank, you need to, from, for a business loan, you need to be operating for two or three years usually.

19:13
And you need to have accounts, published accounts, all those kinds of things. Well, we didn’t have that. But I was eligible for the bounce back loan because because my speech write my freelance speech writing was a limited company in the UK. It meant I was eligible for this bounce back loan. And it wasn’t big, but it was enough combined with some of our pre orders that we could put in an order quite fairly early on. What was the minimum order quantity? I’m just kind of curious.

19:40
I think we ordered 20 kits at the beginning. 20 kits. Okay, wow. Okay, so that’s a decent amount of money, given how expensive they are. Yeah, and it’s also quite a lot of money when you haven’t even seen a kit. Right. Okay, so you bought 20 without even seeing a kit. Wow. Okay. Yes, that’s definitely not something I would have recommended in the class. I would have but hey, it worked out. So great power to you. Not only not only have we not seen a kit, we didn’t

20:08
get them quality controlled and we didn’t have any insurance. Okay, so real quick, when you pre-sold those first orders, did you just tell them upfront that the kits wouldn’t arrive for like another eight weeks? Oh yeah, we did, yeah, definitely. That was a really big thing is that we just wanted to be completely upfront and honest with them so that they knew. And what we had to do actually with those initial people, we gave them quite a big discount because what we said to them was, look,

20:36
You know that we’re a new company because there’s no reviews, there’s nothing on our website and you’re going to have to wait eight weeks for your kit. So you’re taking a real big leap of faith. So we’re going to give you a big discount. So we did. So we set up Klaviyo on our website and if they signed up, then the first email that we gave them was a hundred pounds off the kit.

21:00
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

21:29
Now, first and foremost, protecting your IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copywriting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

21:58
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s EMERGECONSCL.com. Now back to the show. Nice, nice. And that’s great. And you talk to these people on the phone so they feel comfortable ordering with you, Yeah, yeah, exactly. Anyway, if you guys are listening, anyone who’s listening to this, that’s very important. Like if you can establish any sort of relationship with your customer, especially for a big ticket item, that’s very important.

22:25
Okay, so let’s talk about this first shipment of 20 when you first got them. And it was sight unseen, right? So did you have any problems with any of those first 20? Oh, my God. We did. Oh, God. Right. So the shipment was a right was due to arrive, but the date kept being delayed and delayed and delayed. And we, we haven’t been on holiday for several years. But we decide because we’ve been getting these sales in, we had a little bit money, we’ve gone through this really, really stressful period.

22:54
And we thought, look, we’re just going to take the kids and have four or five days in really lovely part of the UK called Cornwall. It’s about 300 miles from our home. And we timed it so that it would be after the kits had arrived, so that we would have been able to deal with them, send them out to the customers. We could tell that it would be in a quiet lull in the business that we could go on this holiday. Well, then the shipment was delayed and delayed. we could tell.

23:24
Finally, we got the final date that it was going to arrive and it was right bang in the middle of our holiday. So we thought, that’s easy enough. We’ll just change the address and get them delivered. Clive went and found this third party fulfillment fairly close to us. And we thought we would just change the address. Well, it was an absolute nightmare getting through to UPS because of the pandemic. I don’t know why they just couldn’t take phone calls, but.

23:51
Anyway, it was hellish getting through. eventually got through and they said, okay, don’t worry. We’ll change the address. But they actually didn’t do it correctly. They put the new address label on, but they kind of put it on some of the kits. They put it on half, it half covered the label. So a lot of the kits went to…

24:14
our home address, of course we weren’t there, so then it went back to UPS and it just kept bouncing back and forth from the UPS to our home. But a few of the kits did go to the warehouse and we, to our third party fulfillment, and we asked them, can you ship one of the kits down to where we are in Cornwall? And so they did that and we went and we couldn’t take our own bikes to where we were on holiday. So we went and hired a bike and we installed the kit.

24:44
And it was, it was just horrendous. was just awful. Did the kit work? No. Oh, it didn’t work. Oh my goodness. Okay. It kind of worked, but it didn’t work properly. Like it didn’t fit properly. It was rubbing. It didn’t go smoothly. And it made this really high pitched noise when you were cycling and it just didn’t, you know, the power wasn’t kicking in properly when it was supposed to. And it was just horrendous. So, so then Clive had to uninstall the kit. We had to get the bike back to

25:13
to the place where, you know, the bike hire place. that night, I just remember that night so clearly with just the two of us were just lying there in bed, you know, in the pitch dark with our eyes wide open and sweat trickling down. no. Oh, it was horrific, Steve. It’s just horrendous because, you know, we’d spent two months by that point taking a lot of money, you know, a lot of orders. Right. And the money that we’d got was not in our bank account. would use that to buy more stock.

25:44
more of these kits that we thought didn’t work. It was just, was so, I just can’t tell you how stressful it was. But then we went home after the holiday and we put the kit onto our own bike and it worked absolutely perfectly. So I don’t know what happened now. I don’t know whether it was this rickety old bike that we’d hired or what it was. I don’t know. But by the time we got home and it worked on our kit, then I thought, okay, that’s not too bad.

26:13
And then we started getting phone calls from the guys, our customers who had got the kit saying, oh, it’s fantastic. We love it. And then we started, you know, the reviews started trickling in and we just started to breathe again and it was okay. And actually the product is fantastic. We just, don’t know what that was, whether it, I don’t know what it was, but that first one, but anyway, all’s well now. you, so all 20 units were fine that you got? All 20 units were fine. Yeah. Wow.

26:42
That’s amazing. Okay. So how soon did you deliver? Actually, I’ll tell you what, no, something did happen. You know, I said half the kits turned up and half of them didn’t. You know, the ones that didn’t turn up, they never did turn up ever. We never got there. And we chased down UPS, we chased down the forwarder that sent them, we chased down everybody. They never did turn up. And in the end, the manufacturer ended up swallowing the cost of that.

27:11
because we paid the manufacturer for shipment as well. So they were responsible for that. that means some of your customers didn’t get their product? They didn’t get the product when they were supposed to, but by that time we’d already ordered another shipment. like two or three weeks later, the next shipment came. But I do remember at the time, you know, we’d been promising the customers that they would get it on a certain day. And of course they, and it was, they’d waited a long time already. mean, two months is a long time to wait for a product.

27:41
and they were going to have to wait, I don’t know how much, maybe three weeks more or something like that. But I remember phoning everybody around personally and just explaining what it was. most people were okay about it. They didn’t love it, but I think they appreciated the phone call. Oh, absolutely. I would probably be fine if the company actually phoned me, which is very rare today, if you think about it, right?

28:07
It is, it is. I think it is rare. Yeah, but we were in a position where we could, you know, we weren’t talking about huge numbers here. Right. We could so we did. So did some of your customers get their product within two months? Yes. Yes. Okay. All right. So the product worked well. And this is a complicated thing, right? I’m looking at it in the installation process. Did you have any headaches there helping people even get their units installed? Yeah, we have had some some headaches. I mean, the reason why we chose this particular product and there are there are there are different

28:37
types of kits out there, but we chose this one because it probably is one of the easiest on the market to install. But even so, yes, there are, some people do have issues. Occasionally it doesn’t fit somebody’s bike, in which case we just pick it up from them and give them a full refund, that’s fine. But sometimes it just needs a bit of an extra helping hand. So what we did after a while was we clived.

29:00
installed a kit and we recorded him doing it and he spoke as well while he was doing it. Basically we made a step-by-step installation video and we send that around to everybody now and they really like that video, it’s really good for them. So that solved most issues. Occasionally we still have an issue and of course because it’s an electronic product, you do occasionally get faulty parts but very luckily Clive’s got an engineering background.

29:29
Okay. Okay. If we didn’t have that between us, then I think we’d, you know, we wouldn’t be able to do this, I don’t think. So I am curious, though, on the if someone wants to make a return, these are these are heavy units, aren’t they? Yes. So are they shipping it back? Or I mean, would you lose money if someone returned it? Yes, we do lose money. But but not too much. We one of the reasons why we went to this third party fulfillment is because they get a really good deal.

29:58
on using a courier, you know, they get it much cheaper, they almost pay for themselves because of the discount that they get on the shipping. So I think it costs costs us 10 pounds. So what’s that maybe 1314 dollars or something to collect a kit from somebody. That’s actually really inexpensive. Yeah. How heavy are these units? I’m just kind of curious. It’s got to be like over 10 pounds, right?

30:28
Yes. Seven kilograms. Seven kilograms. Okay. So about 15 something, 15 to 20 pounds, right? Yeah. Okay. Can we talk about the 3PL? I know this is Clive’s department here. How did you find someone that you wanted to work with? Was that a long process in itself? No, it wasn’t a long process. If it had been me finding it, it would have been a long process. that

30:52
it was Clive. he did think if it involves picking up a phone and speaking to people, then Clive will do it in a flash. I was thinking, I think it’d be a good idea if we use a fulfillment place because we haven’t really got the space and I just thought it was going to be a lot easier. And so I said to Clive, right, I’m going to go and watch Steve’s video. He’s got advice on there about how to find the right one.

31:20
all the rest of it. So I went off and did a few things and I came back and he said, found it. And he just, he just Googled third party fulfillment and just phoned about a dozen of them. And the one that he found was about maybe half an hour’s drive away from us. So that was really good. They were cheap. And on top of that, just by chance, the guy that run it is a bike enthusiast. Yeah. And that was really, really helpful because actually we did need him to do some stuff to the kits.

31:50
He does modify the kit slightly. And so he could do he does that. Yeah. So what do you actually get most of your sales today? Do you still have those AdWords ads running? Yes, we do. So I would say, well, I gonna say 100%. But it come from Google Ads, but it’s not 100 % anymore, because we do get quite a lot of referrals. Right. And then you also have email marketing, right? Oh, yeah, we have email marketing as well. Yeah. I am curious. It’s actually

32:18
kind of rare that you just turn on Google ads and they just start converting at a profit right away. What was your experience with it? Yeah, it just worked really, really well. I think it’s to do with the product, actually. I mean, it’s quite a specific product. And if somebody is typing in e-bike converter kits, you don’t get millions of

32:47
you get the same names coming up again and again. and, and, you know, I think we, we’ve got a really good proposition because like I said, these other people, for some reason, they just are not good at customer service. And when you’re spending that much money, people do like good customer service. Are you still answering all the phones yourself or do you have people to help you now? No, we do it all ourselves. Okay. So does the phone, is that how you spend a lot of the time then?

33:15
doing pre-sales or sales? I wouldn’t say we do it a lot of the time. I mean, we maybe get, I don’t know, I don’t know, maybe a dozen or two calls a day and emails, quite a lot of people prefer to email than call. Okay. So yeah, I maybe an hour or two on emails a day. I mean, I think at this point, you’re pretty established on, you have all those reviews, people probably feel more comfortable just buying without even talking to you, I would imagine, right? Yeah, definitely, definitely.

33:45
So are there any other hiccups that you can think of just selling like an electronic part with so many moving parts? Do you do quality control now or do you depend on the manufacturer? Like have you had any, what percentage of your units have any sort of flaw to them? Yeah, about 5 % I think. Okay. And actually Clive has started doing repairs now. So there’s a year warranty that the manufacturer gives and they’re pretty good at honoring that. You we haven’t had any…

34:14
problem with them. what happens is the next time we place an order with them, they just put in extras for us, or maybe they just lower the price slightly so it accounts for the faults. But there are some faults, like within the motor, for example, that it’s quite, I was going to say it’s easy to fix. I mean, it wouldn’t be easy for me or anyone without an engineering background to fix, but it is something that Clive can do.

34:42
let’s say something goes wrong with the motor, then we’ll pick up the wheel from a customer. Clive will just put a new rotor in it or whatever it is he does with his spanner and screw driver and then send it back out to the customer. And it’s a lot easier and quicker than, you know, having to wait for the next shipment of goods to come in. Right. Nice. So are you at this point, are you still taking pre-orders or

35:10
Do people, oh, you still taking pre-orders? So there’s still a two month lead time? No, it’s not two months. We’re better than that now. And there are there have been times when we’ve got kits in stock. And as soon as we do have them in stock, you know, they just they just fly out the door. but we probably place a new order once every two to three weeks. OK, yeah. Nice. We found we found it easier. We got some more funding. We use ClearBank.

35:39
for funding, which are really good because ClearBank, what they do is they don’t look at you as an individual, they don’t look at how long you’ve been trading, they don’t look at anything like that. All they do is they connect to the back end of your store. So they see the sales and then they give you an offer of how much they can lend to you.

36:01
Yeah, they’re quite expensive. It’s an expensive way to borrow money, but they’ve been good for us. And I like the way that you repay the loan as well. And that is that you literally do it by how many sales you make that day. So if you don’t make any sales in one day, then you don’t pay any money back to ClearBank. Right. Yeah. Yeah, there’s actually several of those companies out now. Yeah. And these are short term loans anyways, right? We’re talking like a couple months or whatnot, right?

36:27
Yeah, exactly. exactly. And that’s that’s helped us. It’s helped us get to a certain level where people don’t have to wait two months anymore. They may have to wait, I don’t know, maybe three or four weeks. Something like that. One thing I have found is that because we’re still new to this and because we haven’t done a full year of trading yet, we have been caught out sometimes. Like I was I know this sounds crazy, but we were caught out for Christmas. You know, I suddenly thought in October, the middle of October. Oh, gosh.

36:58
shouldn’t we have lots of stock for Christmas? You know, scrabble together to do that and, you know, to get an order in time for Christmas. And so we’ve been caught out a little bit, but at least now it’s not, we’re not at the point where we have to wait for somebody to order before we can place an order with the manufacturer. You know, we’re ahead of schedule a little bit. We’re just not at the point where.

37:26
we can hold lots of stock ourselves. Right. Let me ask you this. I mean, you basically learned a lot as you did things. What would you do differently today if you were to just start all over again? Well, that’s interesting, because what I would love to say is have the funds to buy the stock. But if you don’t have it, then you don’t have it. Right. So, you know, I mean, that’s that’s a sort of, you know,

37:55
very wand type situation. I could have the perfect ideal situation, then that’s what I would say have the money to buy stock upfront. Regardless of that, what would I do differently? Cloud might disagree with me here because it did all work out in the end, but I’m not sure it was worth the stress of not having insurance and not having a quality check. So that was just a monetary thing, right? At the time? Yeah.

38:24
Right, because if you had the money, you would have done all these things. that? Well, we yeah, we would have done all these things. mean, yeah, we Clive and I have got a slightly different risk profile. I’m definitely a lot more cautious, whereas he’s sort of, know, just trust it will work out. We would we would have addressed the balance a little bit, I think, if we could, you know, if we could have done. Let me ask you this. What would you say is the hardest part about getting started? Was it the tech?

38:53
Was it the sourcing? Was it getting customers? What were your struggles? It wasn’t getting customers because Google AdWords did that for us. So that worked really well. The tech, I did find the tech quite frustrating actually. And it’s funny watching your videos, you know, when you talk about getting hooked up, getting linked up with Klaviyo, getting that installed or, you know, getting a review platform installed. I mean, these things should take somebody half an hour to do. They would take me three or four days.

39:22
And so I really, really struggled with the tech. That was tricky. we did, I I outsourced, but even with outsourcing, I found it difficult because there’s still some things that you have to do yourself. Right. Like write the email sequences and that sort of thing. Yeah, the writing I didn’t find too bad. I mean, I write for a living. That’s true. So I thought that was OK. One thing that I did find was good was that I used to put fake deadlines in place.

39:53
because if you don’t do that, things just can take forever. So I would just put these deadlines and say, like for example, writing the email chain, I think I said to myself, you’ve got half a day to write 10 emails, something like that. And if I didn’t put the deadline in, I’d spend forever trying to refine them or make them extra perfect or find the…

40:22
find a better picture for it or anything, I don’t think it’s worth it because you can spend so much more time just to maybe get it 5 % better. And we weren’t at that stage, we just had to get money in. Remember we had this cliff edge facing us, know, Clive’s salary disappearing. that wasn’t a fake deadline, that was a real deadline. Can we talk about your email sequences? Do you get a lot of repeat business or is it?

40:49
just the primary unit that you sell? Because I noticed there’s accessories and stuff now on your website. Yeah, we do get some repeat business because let’s say somebody buys a kit, then not repeat business for them, because most people just put it on one bike. Once in a blue moon, I think we’ve had somebody who’s maybe got two bikes, they put it on, but very often they’ll come back and maybe somebody in their family, know, their partner, their wife, they say, you know,

41:18
I got a kit for my wife two months ago and it’s fantastic. And now I can’t keep up with her. I need one for my bike. So they’ll do that. Or we get people who are maybe part of a cycling club. So they get a kit on their bike and then suddenly you’ll get two or three referrals from there. Other people see them and like it. So we get that quite a lot, which is good. And I know it’s only been 10 months so far, but what are your plans for this year in terms of

41:48
making changes to make the business better. Well, then we’ve got a couple of things. One of them is I would like to get a YouTube channel going. We’ve got a couple of videos up there, but not very much at the moment, but that’s the channel that I would like to use to try and get some organic traffic going. Nice. Yeah. So that’s one thing I’d like to do. I would like to maybe look at getting some more accessories because I think once people have got that trust in you,

42:13
then they’re willing to buy other things. And with cycling, there are some quite nice accessories that you can get. People like to sort of spend money on that type of thing. So that’s another thing. And one thing that we are thinking of, I’m not sure we’re quite ready with this yet, but it’s seasonal. we definitely have noticed that our sales dropped in winter and they’ve picked up again now in spring, is the weather’s getting better. And so we’ve been looking at other countries.

42:42
to try and even out that sales, you know, the sort of graph of sales. And I quite like the look of maybe South Africa or Australia, something like that. Those countries, their summer is when our winter is. it could even out. We did think about America, but like I said, our insurance company, we’ve now got insurance, product insurance, and they will insure us everywhere in the world apart from America and Canada, because it’s…

43:11
That’s interesting that you can’t get insurance for this in America. I don’t know if it’s because you’re more litigious over there. Oh yeah, yeah, definitely. I mean, that’s the understatement of the century. Yeah. So for anyone who’s listening to this, who can’t find a product to sell or is having problems finding a product to sell, how long did that process take you? And when you were thinking about value props, what was going on through your head? Like how many products did you go through? Like how long was the process for you to just even figure out what to sell?

43:41
Well, it probably took about three weeks, but remember, we really, really had this big deadline. We had the deadline looming over anyway, three months down the line, most of our household income was going to stop. And then I imposed another sort of interim deadline that we had to have a product by a certain date. I think I gave myself a month to do it.

44:10
But we just thought about it nonstop, nonstop. We talked about so many different things. I just went through the process on your video. I wouldn’t have known what to do otherwise. And that was really, really good. But I think it’s important as well to look at the competition. Look what else is out there and see what angle can you. So you don’t want to be selling the same stuff that other people are doing. You have to come in with a

44:39
with a unique angle, I think. definitely. And so for us, seeing where seeing that other people were falling down on the customer service, well, that’s just an easy thing that you can do. And it sounds like something you excel in, quite frankly. thank you. Do you have any other advice for just people who are kind of waiting on the sidelines, kind of debating whether to get into business or not?

45:04
Yeah, buy your course and just follow your videos. Yeah, think, think, really, I mean, this, this, this just, it sounds like such a simple thing to say. And I know from experience, isn’t, but you just absolutely have to take action. You have, and if you set these deadlines for yourself, don’t let those deadlines slip, just follow them. If you give yourself a month to find a product, for example, then stick to that.

45:32
And even if it’s not the right product, at least you’re getting going, at least you’re doing something. So if this product hadn’t worked out for us, the entire process of designing the website for it, of writing the emails, getting connected up to Klaviyo, that’s just huge learning experience that you just don’t get when you’re just watching the videos. So you have to take that action and go for it. And we were just really, really lucky that it did work with this one product.

46:02
But if it hadn’t, the amount that we would have learned going through that process in the early months would have been invaluable. And I’ve got absolutely no doubt that eventually we would have come across the product that did work for us. So that’s what have to do. If you’re standing on the sidelines, get off the sidelines, get on the pitch and start playing. And I will say this is, you know, we had a chance to speak one-on-one via Zoom and there was something about you I can just tell from talking to people within like the first five minutes, like that drive.

46:32
or it could have been desperation, who knows, but that drive was there. And I had a good feeling about you as soon as we got off our conversation. So, and I’m very glad it all worked out for you. Oh, wow. That’s really good to hear. Thank you. Thank you, The vibe isn’t bad either. He’s not bad. He’s not bad. I really have to say a massive thank you to you because honestly, if this hadn’t worked, then I don’t know what would happen to us.

46:58
So thank you because it’s work because of you and what you’ve taught us. So thank you. Yours is one of those products that I think has broad-based appeal. Do you ship to the US also? Oh no, you don’t right now, right? Yeah, I’m too nervous without insurance. But if anyone is in the UK right now, can you just tell us what the URL of your website is? Yeah, it’s easyfitebikekits.co.uk

47:28
It’s a bit of a mouthful. Actually, that’s probably one thing we I’m not 100 % convinced we did the right thing because the URL is a mouthful actually. Actually, do you want to spell that because I know easy isn’t spelled as what you would expect, right? Yeah, so it’s easy with an I so it’s E-A-S-I-F-I-T-E-B-I-K-E-K-I-T.co.uk. Easy fit e-bike kit. Yep. It is a very cool product.

47:57
And I’ve actually, so we have these bikes around where we live where you can rent them and bike around. And I think it would just be amazing to just have one of these kits. And it’s reasonably priced. was just looking on the website. I encourage everyone who’s listening, especially if you’re in the UK. Do you ship anywhere outside the UK? Yes, we can ship anywhere outside the UK except for America and Canada. We’ll have to get that rectified because I actually definitely want one of these. So, okay. Cool.

48:26
But thanks a lot for coming on the show and sharing your story. It’s going to be inspiring to a whole bunch of people who are on the sidelines debating right now whether to start their business. You’re welcome. Thank you. Thank you so much.

48:40
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now I know a lot of you out there love listening to stories about successful students in my course. So if you want to hear more, simply go to mywifequitterjob.com slash category slash podcast where I’ve organized every single episode for you. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 364. And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign.

49:09
basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifecoderjob.com slash KLAVIYO. Once again, that’s mywifecoderjob.com slash KLAVIYO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve.

49:36
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T.I-O slash div. Now when I talk about how I these tools on my blog, if you’re interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

363: How To Make Email Your #1 Revenue Source With Chase Dimond

363: How Email Can Generate 30% Of Your Sales With Chase Dimond

Today, I have my buddy Chase Dimond on the show. Chase is the co-founder of Boundless Labs which is a top email marketing agency with a focus on CBD companies.

Chase lives and breathes email, and he has helped his clients send hundreds of millions of emails resulting in over 50 million in email revenue. If your email marketing is not driving at least 20% – 30% of your total revenue for your eCommerce store, then you’re leaving money on the table.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to run email marketing campaigns that generate 30% of your sales
  • How Chase started Boundless Labs and helped his clients secure 40% – 70% open rates
  • How to increase your email marketing open rates and run email marketing the right way for an online store

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today I have my buddy Chase Diamond on the show and Chase is the co-founder of Boundless Labs and he is an expert on email marketing. Chase is also going to be a speaker at Seller Summit 2022. Now, if email isn’t driving at least 20 % of your sales, then you are leaving money on the table and Chase is going to teach us how to do it for an e-commerce store.

00:27
But before I begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Now I’m super excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I personally use for my e-commerce store and it depend on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who is shopped in your store in exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who purchased a red handkerchief in the last week, easy.

00:56
Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and there is full revenue tracking on every single email sent. Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used, and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list.

01:23
And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source from my e-commerce store. And I couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce and that is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows and abandon cart at the push of a button.

01:50
Not only that, but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S U I P T dot I O slash Steve. And then finally, I want to mention a brand new podcast that I recently released with my partner, Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience.

02:17
No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the Profitable Audience Podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:34
Welcome to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast. Today I have my buddy, Chase Diamond on the show. Now, Chase is someone who I met at Nick Shackelford’s Geek Out event, and he is the co-founder of Boundless Labs, which is a top email marketing agency with a special focus on CBD companies. Chase lives and breathes email, and he’s helped his clients send hundreds of millions of emails, resulting in over 50 million in attributable email revenue. Now, if email marketing is not driving at least 20 to 30 % of your total revenue for your e-commerce store,

03:03
then you are probably leaving some money on the table. And what’s also amazing is that Chase has secured crazy results for his clients, like sending emails with a 40 to 70 % open rate. And today, Chase is going to teach us how to run email marketing campaigns specifically for an e-commerce store. What up, Chase? Steve, my man, how are you? I’m doing well, man. I’m glad we got a chance to catch up before we actually hit the record button. But before we start, give me the quick background.

03:31
how you got started with Boundless Labs and how did you get into email of all things? Yeah, absolutely. Thank you for having me. So really long-winded, I got actually started in marketing by accident when I was 14 years old. At the age of 13, I was diagnosed with Crohn’s disease and I was essentially sick for an entire year through lack of awareness and basically lack of a diagnosis for this disease. So as a 14 year old, I took it upon myself to do guerrilla marketing. At the time I didn’t know I was doing guerrilla marketing.

03:58
but I basically was taking out ads in the newspapers. I was calling my friends. I was doing walks and restaurant fundraisers, so on and so forth. So from 14 to 16, I dedicated my lives to raising awareness and fundraising for the Crohn’s and Cladis Foundation. And at 16, I actually became the youngest board member of CCFA and spent a six-year board term working with them. And in college, I had to help pay for my tuition. So I had to work.

04:26
random jobs and internships at one point in time. think I probably had two or three jobs and internships at a time while also playing college soccer, while also doing business clubs and fraternities. So through college, I really got into marketing. I did a bunch of different marketing from SEO to email, to pay acquisition, this, that, and the other. And email really was the thing that stuck with me as the thing that was really intimate and personal, but scalable. And what I really mean by that.

04:53
So within an email, right, if I can get you to open the email, it’s just me and you. And I have your attention for two seconds, 30 seconds a minute, dependent upon how great my content is. Whereas with something like social, you know, if you’re running an ad on, let’s say Facebook or Instagram, not that it’s not effective. Obviously it’s super effective, but you’ll see, you know, an ad and you also see a post from a friend, a family member, you know, boyfriend or girlfriend. So there are other descriptions on your screen. So for me, I really liked the fact that I could send an email to a thousand people.

05:22
100,000 people, a million people, but in a way that felt really personal for each person. So from there, I was basically building after college products that served college students documents. And I was building travel series and email was really the core at what I did. And I did it in the beginning of my career kind of on the cold email side. So I was building massive audiences with cold email, essentially aggregating data from Instagram, from SoundCloud, from forums and driving traffic to

05:51
know, newsletters and communities. So long-winded, did cold email for a couple of years. Nick and I have been close friends for about 15 years and he hit me up and he’s like, dude, the stuff that you’re doing on cold email is so cool. However, you know, I foresee a day in the future, we’re going to probably be on the wrong side of the law. This was before like GDPR and California privacy and all these things. Why don’t you come join me in e-commerce? So I’ve now been doing e-commerce for about three, three and a half years. Thanks to Nick. So long-winded, that’s kind of my story of how it got to

06:21
you know, boundless labs and in our structure. Right? Yeah, you guys merged, right? Yes. So about a year ago, we merged. So we were doing exclusively ecommerce, email marketing, Nick’s company was doing exclusively paid social, we’ve kind of come together. So all in, about 45 to 50 employees, and we offer email paid and content. This is random. But did you guys meet through soccer? Because I remember Nick was almost pro, right? Yes. So we actually met through our brothers playing soccer. So

06:49
I played soccer my whole life, Nick played soccer his whole life, our little brothers played soccer together, so that’s how I met Nick initially. And Nick did play, he had a stint with the LA Galaxy, so he played in college and then he went pro for think a year or two. Yeah, I thought there was some connection there. So hey, so Chase, what are some of the companies that we might have heard of, e-commerce companies that you’ve helped in the past, and what are some of your biggest wins in terms of sales when helping these companies?

07:14
Yeah, so one that was really cool for me growing up, I was a big fan of the Chive, like the men’s millennial kind of newsletter site. And they have an e-commerce brand called the Chivory, which is an eight figure e-commerce brand. So I had the opportunity to consult for them on their email program for about a year and a half to two years. I actually only had stopped because I had my daughter and I kind of was cutting back a little bit on the consulting, but I worked with them for a while and I think we increased their revenue year over year by like 50%. So that was pretty significant for a brand that was doing

07:43
you know, a couple million dollars already from email. So that was a cool one. We currently actually work with a brand called Poopery, which is the spray for the bathroom. Yeah, I’ve seen the commercials. look really good. Maybe I saw them from Nick’s feed actually. Yeah, Poopery is awesome. I mean, that’s like a household name that’s in a bunch of stores. Never thought we’d land them. Happened to get them as a client. So that was really cool. And then like one or two others. We previously worked with a protein company called Orgain.

08:13
They’re sold in a lot of you know, grocery stores, Amazon, so on and so forth. So we work with, you know, a couple really big household names like that, but a lot of our brands typically do between about one to about $20 million in annual revenue. Um, so they’re kind of smaller, fast growing, you know, seven to eight figure brands that not as many people know, but they’re doing a really great job. Those are brands kind of like nugs, which is like the chicken nugget alternative, you know, a brand called hydrant, which is like a, you know,

08:42
kind of like a electrolyte replenishment for your drink, your water, and so on and so forth. Sweet, which actually is the actual target demographic with this podcast, so it’s perfect. So let’s start from the beginning, because you can’t really do a lot of the techniques unless you actually have an email list. So what are your recommendations on building your email list as quickly as possible? So what we do, so we kind of are middle to bottom of the funnel. So we are completely dependent on top of the funnel traffic.

09:12
that brands drive. So typically that is Facebook and Instagram. Outside that is the other platforms like Google, Snap, Pinterest, et cetera. There may be some SEO, maybe some affiliate, maybe some influencers. So once traffic hits the page, that’s kind where we come in. And we basically leverage forms to collect emails. So whether that’s a pop-up, a fly out, an embedded subscription, we leverage forms and we kind of optimize these forms to collect as much traffic as possible. I

09:41
my own kind of research and also through some of the research that I have from privy, basically having like some kind of call to action of just sign up, there’s no discount, there’s no incentive, you can expect that to convert between one to 2 % of the traffic. So for every 100 people that visit your website, if you just have sign up for our newsletter to get our content, you can expect about one to two people to give you their email. If you have an incentive, whether it’s 5%, 10%, 15 % off, you can expect about five to 10 % of those people to give you their emails, right? So

10:10
every 100 visits, if you have some kind of discount or incentive, you can expect five to 10 people to give you their email. And what’s kind of interesting is the whole giveaway type thing. So enter your email to have a chance to be entered into our weekly giveaway or monthly giveaway, whatever it might be, some kind of like enter to win. We’re actually seeing that converting in the low teens in terms of people giving us their email. So 10 out of every 100, 12 out of every 100, so on.

10:36
That’s how we’re typically collecting emails is through the traffic that’s coming onto the website. All right. That’s one. Two. Um, there’s not a lot of control that we necessarily have on this one, but other ways that we collect email is when someone starts checkout and whether they purchased or not, as long as they’ve entered their email, their phone number, their address and click next, we will collect their email. And then outside of that, we’re leveraging, you know, giveaways, um, and ambassador programs and referral programs to try to grow the list. So what is the top converting?

11:06
email form that you guys have seen with the clients? Is it the giveaways? Yeah, so it’s, it’s interesting, right? So the giveaways gets you the most number of emails. It’s a little bit longer tail in terms of actually seeing like what that conversion looks like just because, you know, if you’re doing a weekly or monthly giveaway, someone signs up and then you have to wait a week and then you have to announce whether they want or not. And then, you know, some people convert other people don’t. So giveaway helps you collect the most email, the conversion on it’s pretty decent, but the

11:34
The interesting thing is like the incentive or the offer, that’s actually like the most immediate in terms of conversion, in terms of actually someone purchasing, even though it’s only five to 10 % and it’s less people giving their email than the other, you see the ROI there the quickest just because when someone enters their email to get a discount code, they’re typically gonna buy as soon as that discount code either shows them on the pop-up itself after they submitted the form or directly within the email. So that’s kind of like the interesting thing. So it kind of depends.

12:02
And we’re still trying to track an attribute, someone coming in through a giveaway and then converting and how they converted just since attribution is a whole thing in and of itself. Yeah. The reason why I’m asking you this question is because traditionally when I’ve done some giveaways in the past, the email quality isn’t as good, but the way I’ve been running them is like, I hate having to remember to like give out the prize after a week. So I use, I started using messenger to just give out a prize every single day automatically through the bot. And then that way I’m collecting emails, but the quality of those emails aren’t nearly as good as my

12:32
standard coupon pop-up form. So I was just curious, since you work with a lot more companies. Yeah, that makes sense. And that’s really cool and interesting about the daily messenger thing. OK, so you get your emails. How many emails should you be sending per week? Like, how do you figure out the frequency? And what is the right frequency? Yeah, so there’s two different types of emails that we’re focused on. And there’s actually three types of emails in general. So I’ll talk about the three types in general, and then I’ll talk about what each one are and kind of the cadence. So there’s campaigns.

13:02
There’s flows, flows is synonymous with email automation, and then there’s transactional emails. So a campaign is a one-time send to a group of contacts. Think about like a Black Friday sale, a new product launch, a holiday offer. Right? Those are all campaigns. And I’ll talk about kind of the cadence in one sec. The flows is an email automation. These are emails that are triggered off of an event or behavior. So someone enters their email into a pop-up that then triggers the welcome series for non-buyers, so long as they have not converted already. And then the transactional emails, I don’t talk about as much about those.

13:32
Those are very important, but the reason I don’t talk about it as much is they’re typically set up by default within your Shopify or, you know, WooCommerce, so on and so forth. are things like shipping confirmation, order confirmation. So it is definitely important to kind of edit and make those look on brand and do what you can just because those inherently have a really high open rate. Um, but I mainly talk about the campaigns and flow. So on the campaign side, the way that I think about sending, you know, numbers of emails per week or per month is you start with one per week, right? Send one per week.

14:01
Look at that open rates, look at the click through rates. Those are like the positive engagements, right? Look at the conversion and then look at the negative things, right? The unsubscribe, the market spam, the bounces. If all of those are solid, right? So if the open rate is North or at around 20%, you know, if the click through, obviously it’s going to vary depending on the kind of content you’re sending. Is it plain text? it designed? Is it an offer? Is it content? You know, the click through will obviously vary also varies by industry, but as long as those metrics look healthy and solid based off what you’re at and what your industry is at, cool.

14:31
And if the unsubscribes and mark a spam, the balances are all low. Great. Can you provide a guideline? Like what number is considered low? Yeah. So it depends. like, for example, like mark a spam, that one’s really important to keep extremely low. So I believe it’s one out of 1000 people can mark as spam. think anything over that is considered a little bit high. Right. On the unsubscribed side, typically about like half percent or lower is what you want to be. You know, if you’re at like 1 % or 2 % or 3 % unsubscribes, it’s

15:01
a little bit higher depending on the ESP, the email service provider that you’re using. For example, I Klaviyo recently rolled out benchmarks that you can kind of see based off other stores using Klaviyo in your industry, like what they’re pacing out. So I think that part is really solid just to be able to see great, we’re average at the open rates, we’re below average on click through, you know, so on and so forth. So you look at all these metrics, right? And then if they all look good, send a second email per week, right?

15:28
Second email, right, there’s not an increase in customer support tickets saying, oh my God, you send me two emails per week, what are you doing? Right, send a third email per week. And at that third email per week, if you notice like after you send one more in the fourth email, there’s friction. You know that there’s the optimal number of emails you probably want to send is two to three emails per week, right? So again, like you’re trying to straddle on between maximizing the number of times you got to send because that’s, you know, going to maximize the opportunity to hopefully drive revenue. But you also want to minimize the churn, right? You want to minimize people.

15:58
unsubscribing by sending them too many emails. And the way that you can send more emails per week, which I’ll happen to annoy one person four times or five times or six times is by leveraging segmentation, right? So with some of our brands, we actually will send four or five, six times a week, but one person might only receive two or three of those emails. Sure. that making sense? Yeah, it does. I’m just wondering though, let’s say you are sending these people three emails a week. Would you be concerned if each one of those sends resulted in a 0.5 % unsubscribe rate?

16:27
which were within your guidelines, but at the same time, you’re still shedding a bunch of people. Yeah. Yeah. I think it depends on like how much revenue we’re driving, right? Like if we’re selling these and we’re driving a lot of revenue, um, and then we can go acquire new customers for, you know, profitable, right? So I think it really depends on like the, the unit economics of like how a brand and what their LTV is, whatnot. think, know, about half a percent, I’m doing that, I’m making a lot of money. I’m probably okay with it. Um,

16:55
Again, a lot of the list size that we work with are fairly large, right? So not that half a percent isn’t a big deal. Obviously, the larger the list, the more people that is. But we’re focused like really on trying to drive A, the conversion and B, like the repeat purchase and that relationship. So I’m not super concerned if it’s a few emails per week at like half a percent. If it goes to like 1%, 2%, I would be more concerned. Okay. And then you mentioned segmentation. How do you manage that?

17:24
We were just talking about acquisition forms initially where you give out a coupon or something. How do you know which buckets to put your people in? Yeah, so for us, there’s a couple of main ways that we segment people and everything revolves typically around, you know, an engaged segment. So either an engaged segment by itself. So, you know, 30, 60, 90, 120. So people have opened or clicked over the past 30, 60 days, past 90 days, 120 days, whatever it might be. The way that we pick these segments is we want to be able to get that 20 % open rate on a campaign.

17:53
So if you’re getting like a 30 or 40 % open rate and you’re only hitting a 30 day engage, you’re probably being a little bit too strict. You probably can open that up to like a 45, a 60, a 75. And the reason that we want to get a 20 % open rate on campaigns is that allows us to have good deliverability, right? That means, you know, people are open to emails. Hopefully it’s in the inbox, potentially it’s in the promo. When you’re hitting like a 5 % or 10 % open rate consistently, that’s really bad for your domain reputation. That’s really bad for your deliverability.

18:22
So everything that I’ve done, everything that I’ve heard from any ESP, 20 % of that benchmark. So we picked the segment that allows us to hit that. And then other segments that we’ll hit is an engaged plus gender based, right? So within Klaviyo, they have predictive analytics where they can tell you someone’s likely male or likely female, right? So for males, we might show the content for men first and then for females second. And for females, we’ll show maybe the content for females first and male second, right? And just by having like the switch in that cadence.

18:51
does increase engagement from what we’ve seen because it’s more relevant right when they open the email. So that’s one thing we might do for gender. Another segment that we might hit is geography, right? So two examples there. I live in California on the West Coast, right? And it’s like 75 degrees out right now. Someone can send me an email, say an apparel company sends me an email with flip flops and shorts. I would probably buy that right now. Whereas on the East Coast, right? Maybe in New York right now, you would have to send like a

19:20
a beanie, a sweatshirt, and sweatpants because no one else is going to buy flip-flop thread if they’re not in great weather right now. That’s one way we think about geography. Another way we think about geo, a lot of our brands have both domestic and international customers. Say, for example, in the US, we have free shipping. We might segment the US people and send them a free shipping offer while internationally, wouldn’t. That geography is another.

19:49
previous buyers, someone’s purchased product A that’s complementary with product B. So they’ve bought item A, they haven’t purchased B, right? That might be another segment. So those are kind of some of the segments that we focus on most often. And then we could kind of get more granular from their VIPs and so on. So can we talk about the open rate of 20 % as your benchmark? So let’s say your 120 list, meaning it’s opened within the last 120 days, doesn’t hit that threshold. What do you do with those people?

20:18
Do you continue to send to them or like, let’s say you’re reaching like a 10 % open rate on a particular time-based segment. What do you do? Yeah. So there, there’s a couple of things that we do. So one thing that we’ll do is we’ll have a special segment set up for people that typically shop during Black Friday, Cyber Monday, right? And we’ll kind of protect these people. We won’t necessarily send to them too frequently. We’ll send to them maybe let’s say once a quarter and then during Black Friday and Cyber Monday.

20:47
be pretty aggressive because what we’ve noticed is there are just people that are on our list that have shopped last one or two years of a Black Friday, seven Monday around the holidays, but they don’t do anything around the rest of the year. we’ll kind of protect these people and keep them in a segment that will exclude from ongoing campaigns. we also want to keep them protected where we don’t suppress or delete them. that’s kind of one thing that we’ll do. But the main thing that we’ll really do outside that small sliver of people is we’ll find, so for example, depending on how many times you send per week and whatnot,

21:17
So I’ll give a couple of examples. So say you send once a week, you want to give people probably at least 10, 15 chances to open. So once a week, that’s four month. So at about, let’s say, three to four month mark, we’ll want to have those people that have not opened all those emails automatically go into a sunset unengaged. So that’s basically a fancy way of saying a breakup series. So we want to find that window of time where we’ve given people enough chances and they haven’t opened, where they’re likely never to open.

21:47
So we’ll drop them through kind of like a last chance, you here’s an offer, you know, do you want to hear from us? If you do great, if you don’t, you know, we’re going to get rid of you. So we’ll send them through a sunset unengaged, they’ll automatically have a property that says unengaged equals true, if you’re using Klaviyo. And then we’ll go through on like a monthly basis and suppress those people. So that way we’re not paying more money for them. That way we’re not accidentally sending to them and causing potential issues.

22:13
Yeah, I’m just wondering what you do for the borderline folks though. Do you just reduce the frequency for those? So for example, let’s say you have them segmented by month, right? Open the last month, open the last two months, three months, four months. Let’s say within your four to five month people, or sorry, like three to four month people, they’re at a percentage that is low, but it’s lower than 20%. Do you continue sending to that segment? So we would, yeah, we would, to your point, we would drop the frequency and we would

22:41
lump that in with like the overall sense. So what I see some people do, right, is they’ll send to like they’re engaged and that’ll get like a 30 % of rain. And then they’ll send their unengaged, which gets like a 2%, right? Like that looks really, really bad. I don’t hear many people talking about this, but like, I believe in a process of blending the data. So that way, you know, ESPs don’t actually know what’s happening. And that sounds kind of like sneaky, but like, it’s just a way to go about it where I’d rather have, let’s say, you know, a 15 % open rate, um, sending to.

23:08
So that looped in group or even the 10 % open rate that you mentioned versus having a 30 % on one and like a 2 % on the other, right? It looks really, really bad. But yeah, I would probably send to them if you’re three times a week, four times a week, maybe once a week, once every other week. And then from there, as those people kind of expand and they don’t open, then they’ll hopefully fall into that unengaged segment, which will then trigger the breakup series. Okay. That’s actually instantly what I do. I was just kind of curious what you do, mainly because Klavia actually sends you a nasty email.

23:39
if your open rate drops below a certain amount. Exactly. And, you know, this might be going too much back into my gray hat days with like the cold email stuff. But what I learned back then and no ESP would ever admit this or agree with this, which is fine. But we basically used to send tons of high quality outbound cold email. Like we were sending millions and millions of emails. And what we actually noticed is like these ESPs and people

24:06
They don’t actually care whether someone’s opted in or not, right? They say that they do, and they said that they don’t tolerate purchase lists. And I’m not telling anyone to go do this, right? This is something that worked a long time ago and you have to be very careful. But what we notice is say we had a hundred thousand people opt in into our newsletter. We could merge, let’s say 5,000 of these people that were completely cold in with this hundred thousand person list. And the ESPs would never know that those people were added and uploaded because the good people would mirror the metrics of the bad people. So I’ve known for a long time,

24:34
blending and the mirroring of the data is something that was really kind of interesting. But anyways, that’s kind of like something I figured out before. And that’s kind of why I still do that practice today. But all the people today are opted in all white hat, you know, none of this gross stuff. If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens.

25:02
Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself. Now, first and foremost, protecting your IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copywriting their designs,

25:32
policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to emergcouncil.com and get a free consult. And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. Now back to the show.

25:57
I’ve also heard of ESPs putting you on a worse IP or a lower quality IP as well. Like if you send too many emails with a lower open rate, just kind of behind the scenes. Yeah, so you have either like a shared IP or a shared pool or kind of like a dedicated IP or a dedicated pool, right? So they typically group people together based off of size of a list and also engagement and behavior, right? So the great thing about a shared thing is if you’re starting out, you get a

26:27
leverage to some degree, like the shared pool and the benefits that being said at the end of the day, like, you know, one rotten egg really spoils the bunch. So if you’re on a pool where someone is really, you know, doing things that are, you know, I don’t want to say illegal, but doing things that are not best practices, right? It really can hurt you. Right. So a good practice and recommended practice for people is to move to like a dedicated thing. So that way you control your own destiny. But again, it’s, it’s, it’s a little bit more to it than that, but to your point, like,

26:54
Yeah, that’s definitely something that can happen. So you do have to be careful and mindful. If you’re following best practices and you’re getting in trouble, it could be worth looking into, you know, asking who else is on the shared pool. What does that look like? Is there ability to move to a different or better pool? And sometimes too, depending on how much you’re paying the ESP, right? You might be on a preferred pool. you recommend going dedicated IP as soon as you can then? So

27:20
I want to say yes. I, all my own personal stuff, like my personal newsletter and everything that I do, I do do a dedicated one. That being said, like a lot of people that are going to hear this and listen to this probably aren’t following all the best practices, aren’t probably being religious about cleaning the last and doing these things. So I would hate to say yes and get people in trouble. Like if you’re not sure what you’re doing or you’re kind of doing email, even if you’re doing it well, but you don’t know all the things that you don’t know, I think a shared is probably safer. Okay.

27:49
Well, we’ve been talking about open rates for a while. What are some of these things that you do to get these crazy open rates that I’ve seen you get? Yeah, so it’s a couple of things, right? Well, on the automation side, right? Like the open rates there inherently are going to be higher. So on a welcome series for non-buyers, email one, you should be seeing 40, 60, 70%, right? Like the open rates on these automation emails should be really, really high. So you have to take advantage of it. The abandoned cards to customer thank yous.

28:18
So on the automation side, just because someone has taken an action that will then trigger an email, that relevance is what I think allows some of those emails to be super high and engaging. But on the campaign side, again, it’s picking the right segment, leveraging the right content. So basically, talking about the open rates, just going back to that really quickly, there’s four main factors that determine whether someone’s going to open your email. One that you have some control over, but not really, is where your email lands.

28:46
the inbox, is it in the promotion, is it in the spams? You have every power in your hand to stay out of the spam by following best practices. Whether you’re in the inbox or the promotions, it’s really kind of a coin toss. It really just depends. The more things that you do that are personalized, having live text and plain text involved with your emails, the better. Again, that’s not a guarantee. There’s no silver bullet. So where your email lands will have an impact on your open rate. Next is from left to right in your email, you have the from name.

29:16
the subject line in the preview text, right? The from name. So if it’s my newsletter, it’s Chase Diamond, right? If it’s your newsletter, it’s Steve or whatever it might be. My wife quit my job. Right. Do the people, are they familiar with it? Do they recognize it? Are they interested in the content that you sent previously? If yes, great. Then the open rate. think the open rate is the most important thing that you can control is the, or sorry, sorry. The subject line is the most important thing that you can control for the open rate. Is the subject line something that’s interesting, intriguing? it personalized? Is it witty?

29:45
but also has to be related to the content. And then the preview text is that text that you see to the right of the subject line. That’s almost like a second subject line. So you have to use the two hand in hand to make people really have enough info, but also leaves them wanting a little bit more that they do open. So those are kind of like the four levers that you can kind of pull. You have to be running A-B tests on the subject line. After you’ve tested subject lines, you have to be running A-B tests on the preview text, things like that. So those are the things that impact kind of the open rate. Does that make sense?

30:15
Yeah. So how do you run your AB test? Do you just send to a very small segment your, your test? then once you find out the winner, then you send the rest out. Yeah. And it depends on the list size, right? Like we want to make sure that there’s enough significance on the test that is worthy of being, you know, statistically significant. So depending on your list size, right? Like some of the lists that we work with are a million people big, right? So we could send to 10 % of that list, right? Version A and version B, and we have ample amount of data.

30:45
However, if your list is really small, you might need to send to a larger percentage on the testing just to have significance. So if you have a 10,000 person list that you’re sending to, you might need to hit 20 or 30 % of the list in a test. So that way you have at least thousand or 1500 people receiving each variation. But typically, right, a fair split for most clients we work with is a 20, 80. So 20 % of people receive the test and then the 80 % of the people will receive the winning variation.

31:14
And there’s two ways that we run tests. You can only one one away at a time. If we’re running something that tries to get people to open it, say a subject line, we’ll run a test on the open rate. So depending on which open rate has the highest percentage, we’ll then select that subject line. Or if we’re running a content test, we’re only going to have one subject line. The subject lines will be the same, but instead we’re going to be testing the content. So we’ll want to have that test run off the click through, right? So whichever click through has the highest percentage, we’ll send that version. Do you run an A-B test on every single send?

31:44
for the companies you work with? Nine out 10 times we do. The one out of 10 times that we go is when something is so last minute and so urgent that needs to go out that we forgot about, or there’s an emergency, right? So, say there was like a weather or something that affected fulfillment, right? And we needed to send an email out to everyone that’s purchased over the last week or something. And we would just send that out ASAP with our best guess and our best judgment because that’s really time sensitive. So when we have a little bit more time, you know,

32:12
And typically we’ll run an A-B test for anywhere on like two to four hours if we can, right? So two is typically the shortest amount of time that we’ll recommend and then four is probably the longest. Anything past that you’re maybe kind of missing out on kind of optimal send times. So nine out 10 times A-B test, you know, we do. What is, can you give me an example subject line that just kind of killed it for an e-commerce store that had a really high open rate? Just to get, people an idea of what like a good subject line is.

32:41
Yeah. So for, let’s say like a welcome series for non buyers, right? You know, we honestly keep that pretty simple. Um, let’s something like, you know, welcome to whatever, or, know, here’s your 15 % offer or congrats your end, you know, welcome to the family. So, so like, we kind of keep it somewhat simple, like on the welcome series, know, but other emails, you know, we might leverage, let’s say like something in brackets, right? Like let’s say for example, like new in kind of brackets, and then we might have like,

33:11
new, you you don’t want to miss this or something like, so we’re kind of leveraging things like more based on FOMO, like you don’t want to miss this or last chance or going fast or something around time. we’re leveraging like countdown timers within emails. In my weekly newsletter, actually every single Monday that I send, I actually break down the subject line of the week that we send. And I also break down like what the open rate and the click through was. And, you know, even saying that I can’t even remember what the last one was that I sent two days ago, right? Sure. Yeah.

33:41
Yeah. What is your view on single versus double opt-in? Because I know all the ESPs want you to use double, but realistically, I don’t know any e-commerce store that uses double. And so I’m just kind of curious what your opinion is. Yeah, I’d say again, nine out 10 times we’re using single opt-in. The ESP is right. They say that’s best practice. They always push you to do that. Within Klaviyo by default, they actually have double opt-in set up and you actually have to ping their customer service saying, hey, can you please

34:08
unlock the ability for me to go to a single opt-in, they’ll unlock it. Then you have to go in for each list and click that you don’t want it. Right. So not that they make the process impossible, but they do add some barrier and then you add some friction because they want you to leverage it. say for example, like you have a hundred people that enter their email into your pop-up and you have a double opt-in, you you might only get 50 to 70 % of those people actually go into the email and clicking confirm, right? Maybe even less. So you’re missing out on a lot of people that.

34:36
might’ve just missed that first email that could be engaged. So yeah, nine out of 10 times we use single opt-in. The one out of 10 time that we’ve known is if someone has a lot of bounced emails, I don’t know if they got hit with something that’s spam or maybe they have like a spin to win, right? One of those wheel of things and people just keep entering random emails cause they want the best code. Maybe if you’re running Facebook lead ads, right? And you’re not having people, you know, manually enter their email and it’s defaulting their email from when they’re in college, right? That they don’t have access to.

35:03
So in rare cases where like the bounce rate is really high on like a first email, then we’ll switch to a double opt-in for a period of time just to see if that kind of changes it. But yeah, I’m a big believer in single opt-in just because I follow the best practices and I’d rather have more people on my list. And then I’d rather filter them out later by myself versus Clay deal not allowing me to send emails that don’t confirm. Yeah, I I found cases where the double opt-in email doesn’t even get delivered. So you actually have no chance of getting them on your list in some cases.

35:33
Right, that would suck. And I could definitely see that happening, Email is definitely not like a perfect thing. Sometimes emails that are supposed to go to the inbox go to the promotion spam and vice versa. So we talked about some of the default segments that apply to most stores like demographics and opens. What are some of the specialized ones that you create for customers? So one kind of cool thing that we do within Claviy in particular, I’m not sure if you can do this in other ESPs or not. Hopefully you can.

36:02
But within Quavio, you have the ability to create custom tracking links. So I’ll give you kind of two examples. So most companies have like a product navigation, a product header, right? We’ll say something like, men’s, women’s, children’s, sale, right? All these different buttons that you can click. We’ll actually tag each of those buttons. That way when someone clicks on one of them, we’ll automatically add a property to their profile saying, Steve clicked on the males category, right? And Chase clicked on the males category.

36:29
and our wives clicked on the females or the kids category. So we’ll tag the product navigation within these emails. So that way we know not only if people have purchased what they’re interested in, but also basically just off of intent and browse and viewing something, what people are interested in. So that’s one thing that we’ll do. So we’ll have a specific flow or specific segment for someone that’s clicked on the category of men’s. And then we’ll run that against Klaviyo’s predictive analytics of whether they think they’re likely male. We now have two points that say,

36:57
their gender and they’re interested in this, right? So I never talked about gender before, but that’s one thing that we do on that. The other thing that we do is, for example, with the child, the child breed, they sell tons of apparel, they have tons of different categories. It’s almost impossible to know what interests people have unless they’ve viewed or added something to cart. So what we’ll basically do in their welcome series is we’ll pick the top nine categories. We’ll show them in the email, like, hey, here are our top nine categories. Here are funny t-shirts, drinking t-shirts, sports t-shirts, et cetera.

37:27
And we’ll have each of those links and those buttons tagged for when someone clicks on it. So, you know, I like sports. So if I click on the welcome to your email of the sports category, that will automatically update my profile saying, is interested in sports. Then we’ll start sending campaigns to you about sports t-shirts and whatnot. Right. So we’re using like these links to track these different types of things. You also could do a survey within an email, right? Of like, you know, Hey, what are your thoughts on, you know, this versus that? Do you like buying things one time or subscriptions?

37:56
So if we’re working with a brand, Hydrate, that has a one-time purchase or a subscription purchase and someone clicks, hey, I like to buy things one time, all the discounts and campaigns we’re going to run, it’s going be promoting one-off products. However, if someone clicks that they’re interested in subscriptions because they want to bundle and save and not have to remember every month to order, we’ll start sending people offers about subscriptions. So those are some other things that we do that I think are a little bit more advanced that people aren’t really talking about.

38:24
So someone might only get an email two or three times a week, but you have all these segments in there, which really means that you’re doing a lot more sends, right? So you’re doing a lot more sends to different segments. how do you, how do you work out like the amount of work involved in sending to so many segments with, you know, the amount of sales and the segmentation that you can do? Does that make sense? Yeah, 100%. And again, I think we’re at a little different like revenue stage and list size. We’re like,

38:53
some of these slivers of segments are still pretty big, right? We’re working with hundreds of thousands or millions of people list. So for us, like we basically plan all campaigns a month out and we basically build like three, four or five different kind of master templates that we’re going to use for the month. So a lot of this is more like modular, right? So in the case of sending a campaign to men and a campaign to women, it’s more or less the same thing, just the order of swapped, right? So it’s just a matter of putting, you know, women’s first for women.

39:23
and men second, then for men’s, know, men’s first, women’s second, right? So in theory, it sounds like a lot of work, but in something like that, where we’re going to send two different campaigns in a week to gender, it’s pretty easy. In some of these other cases, right? We have a lot of building blocks from other clients, from the same clients that we’ll send three months ago, right? So if we’re to send a UGC email, right? User-generated content email this week, of harping on social proof and kind of just showing people different.

39:52
styles and diversity. We can pull elements that we did from the UGC campaign from last quarter. So we’re really focused on efficiency. And a lot of times because these lists are so big and because they’re so segmented, the ROI and the engagements there, and also too, we’re an agency. So we are getting paid based on the number of emails that we send. Obviously the emails have to be profitable for our clients. it’s kind of like the synergy for us at least. But I think for a smaller store that’s doing it in-house, that has limited resources,

40:22
I think just sending two or three emails a week to an engaged segment, that is better than not sending any emails at all. Sometimes good enough gets the job done. I’m sure people that are listening to this are going to be $100,000 a month, they’re going to be a million dollars a month, they’re going to be $50 million a month. You do have to make sure that the juice is worth the squeeze. I think a lot of people get caught up with not sending enough emails per week. That’s how I would err on anyone listening that is thinking this is so overwhelming is create templates.

40:51
Start trying to plan out a couple of weeks or a month in advance. Leverage as much of the same assets as you can. Just swap in new graphics, maybe new call to actions, but leverage the templates you have. Don’t custom code every single email if you don’t have to. In that example that you gave where you were tagging people based on which links they clicked, what do you do with the people that open but don’t click at all? Are you just dealing with those people who clicked in a separate segment and you’re still sending emails to the people who didn’t click anything separately?

41:20
Yeah, exactly. So the people that open, if they don’t click anything, they’ll just be getting a little bit more like, you know, generic emails since we’re not specific to like what their interests are. They’ll kind of be like in the, the engaged bucket, right. Or like the gender bucket or the geo bucket versus like, you know, the engaged male that like sports, right. So obviously we prefer to be super targeted in laser focus because obviously that’s going to increase open rates, cook through rates, conversion rates. But, but truthfully, a lot of people don’t do those types of things. Right. So.

41:50
I don’t have an exact percentage, right? But for every person that’s opening the email out of every 10, we’re probably only getting like one or two people, potentially three people to give us these kind of interests or these questions or these behaviors. And again, they don’t know that they’re doing this, right? There’s no incentive for them to do it. This is the thing that we’re collecting on the backend. So from what I understand, if you can have a tighter segment, you’ll send specific emails to that segment. Otherwise, they go to this general pool that you’re already sending to people who are engaged with your list overall.

42:19
That’s correct. And also too, think one thing that I should have mentioned before is it really depends on like what you’re selling, right? For example, with the brand Hydrant, they sell basically two different main products and they have different flavors of each. So one product is just like a hydration kind of supplement packet by itself. The other one is hydration plus, was basically just electrolytes plus caffeine, right? They have two different products and then they have different flavors of each. So with them, we can only do so much, right? We can try to learn about someone’s

42:47
behavior in terms of, again, the subscription versus one-time purchase, um, flavor preferences through like a quiz, et cetera. But we can’t do like the gender. We could do geo to some extent, right? Like if it’s really a hot day, we might come up with a last minute sentence saying, Hey, you know, you’re in, you’re in California and make sure that you’re hydrated today. It’s going to be 90 degrees. Um, so it really also just depends on like the number of skews in the category that you’re in things like, you know, apparel and home goods and some of these other categories.

43:15
really lend themselves to doing a lot more of these things where other companies that are a single product store or just a few product stores, you have to be a little bit more crafty and there’s less things that you can do. Right. What is your best advice on escaping the promotions tab? Yeah, the best, again, there’s definitely no silver bullets. I don’t want this to come across like that, but the best thing that you could do is leverage personalization in the subject line and then also in the content. And then basically leveraging as much

43:44
live text as possible. And basically what I mean, right, is there’s plain text, right? A lot of times companies just have plain text that looks like text, but it’s actually an image. Actually having text that you type out within the email provider itself, that’s not behind an image. Having live text is, I think, really important. So I think those are kind of good things.

44:06
The earlier on that you can get people to click an email, the earlier on you can get people to reply to your email, the earlier on that you can get people to hopefully drag your email into the inbox. Those are all other things that you could do, but again, those don’t guarantee hitting the primary. Since you just touched on this, text or HTML based emails? Man, I know there’s such an ongoing debate about the two. And again, I don’t mean to be that guy, but I’m really somewhere in the middle. I think it depends on the brand, it depends on the email.

44:35
A lot of the brands we work with are really obsessed with brand and that’s everything to them. So they come in wanting to err on the side of being more designed and more branded because that’s them. And we’ll slowly start pushing them away from like 100 % design to like 75 % not design, 25 % kind of plain text. So a couple of use cases of plain text that I think you have to test. The first email after someone purchased, customer, thank you email.

45:00
typically coming from like the founder or the community manager, whoever it kind of is, the evangelist of the brand, you know, just sending a thank you and their gratitude, I plain text, maybe even having a signature at the bottom. I think that feels like a good one. Say you’re sending three abandoned cart emails, having that third abandoned cart email basically be like, hey, I my team sent you two emails this week, wanted to check in to see if you had any questions, let us know if there’s anything we could do with you. think that’s a great candidate for a plain text email. I even think sometimes, you know,

45:29
certain campaigns, like whether it’s like, you hey, quick heads up, we’re dropping something new tomorrow, stay tuned. Even a simple plain text email like that, I think is great. So I think it depends on like your audience. think it depends on, but we do send a lot of branded kind of HTML emails for our clients just because we happen to work with a lot of brands that are focused on how they are perceived. sounds like anytime you want to come across as more personal, you might want to go plain text based on your examples that you just gave. Yes. Right. Okay.

45:59
All right, last question. What are some of the coolest things that you were doing in email marketing today right now that most people are not doing yet? Yeah, I think a couple of things. I think one goes back to like the custom tracking, right? The link and learning more about behavior. think that’s one. Two, this is actually something I’ve never talked about, I think on a podcast, but basically what we’re doing. So because we have clients that have such a list and again, because churn is inevitable, people are going to unsubscribe. No one’s really taking advantage of that unsubscribe window, right? So

46:27
happens is you click on subscribe, you say, want to unsubscribe, then you basically get an unsubscribe confirmation on the page. We’re taking advantage of that real estate that says, hey, Steve, you’ve been unsubscribed, but by the way, in the next 24 hours, if you do want to make a purchase, here’s a custom discount code. So we’re actually showing someone a discount code when they unsubscribe on that window because we’ve lost them anyways. We might as well take a last chance to get them to convert. And I wouldn’t say the conversion is high as a percentage, but in terms of the number of people opting out,

46:56
it since that’s so big number of people that are actually converting is pretty large. I wish I could remember the exact numbers, but one of our brands, a bigger brand, I don’t know, they highly had, let’s say 50,000 people unsubscribe over the course of, I don’t know, eight months or 10 months or a year, I don’t remember the exact number. We ended up converting of like the 50,000 people. think we have like 500 or 700 people actually convert. That’s really good actually. Which isn’t huge, right? As a percentage.

47:23
But like that was pretty significant in terms of like 500 sales that were like free money. So again, because it’s so much volume, we’re getting a lot other stores, right? Maybe, maybe it’s lower, but any sale you get, even if you get one sale, 10 sales, 20 sales on people that aren’t subscribing, that’s free money to you. So that’s one thing that we’re doing that I’ve never really seen anyone else do that I’ve never really ever talked about out loud. that’s another.

47:49
One thing that we’re testing, I can’t really talk about it a whole lot yet since I don’t have a lot of ample data, but we’re testing AMP, which is basically accelerated mobile pages, which makes emails behave a lot more like landing pages. So it’ll make emails a little bit more interactive around being able to do like a product carousel. So just like you’re on a website, you can click between product images. You can do that same type of thing within an email. They have this thing called the accordion where you could click on a category and it can expand it out.

48:16
So basically what we’re trying to build is like an FAQ within an email at the very bottom. Now, what’s your return policy? How long is shipping going to take? And it’s kind of all stacked together unless people click it. So those are kind of the things that we’re testing. There are certain barriers, like you have to get approved by the ESP, you have to get approved by Google, you have to be highly technical. So it has proved to be a little bit challenging to kind of roll out for clients, but I’m kind of starting to test this a little bit just on like on my own.

48:45
personal newsletter. So hopefully we’ll be able to send something like that out over the coming months. What about the use of GIFs or animated images in the emails? Do you guys do a lot of that? We do a lot of GIFs. So right now, at least within Klaviyo, they don’t support the ability to show videos the way that you have to be able to, if you want to link out to a video, you either have to do a screenshot of like, you know, the video with a play button, or you can kind of do a, you know, a GIF or whatnot to try to get people to do it.

49:12
So that’s kind of one thing that we do to get people to go to a video if we’re going to do it. We also use GIFs a lot to kind of get around the whole AMP thing, right? If we want to do like a product carousel or kind of like a UGC where we’re shutting off people, we kind of leverage GIFs. I think, you know, we’re probably sending for clients, we work with 50 clients on the email side right now. You know, we’re probably sending, I don’t know, hundreds of emails a week, conservatively. I’d say probably like at least a quarter of those have a GIF. Nice. So Jayce, we’ve been chatting for a while.

49:41
Time has kind of flown. I wanted to give everyone out there the opportunity to find you in case they need your services or they have any questions for you just about email in general. Yeah. So for me, the two places that I’m posting a lot of content in, and they’re both free, is on Twitter. So my handle is Ecom Chase Diamond. There’s no way in diamond. So it’s Ecom Chase, and then last name is D-I-M-O-N-D. So Ecom Chase Diamond, tons of free e-commerce email marketing tips.

50:09
And then on there, you’ll be able to find my free weekly newsletter. Every single Monday, I send a interview, a guide, a tip of things that are working for our clients. So those are my two free resources that I think people will get a lot of value from. And if they need your consulting, I don’t know what the minimum company size that you work with us, but if you wouldn’t mind just mentioning it in case people are looking for those email marketing services. Yeah, on the email side, we’re typically working with brands that are on Klaviyo.

50:37
They have a list size of at least 10 to 15,000 people at minimum, and they’re doing north of a million dollars in terms of annual e-com revenue. Okay. And then also the, I guess the sister side, I shouldn’t call Nick a sister, I guess, but he does the like Facebook ads and paid social essentially, right? Yeah. Client size is pretty typical. They’re around the million dollars or more in terms of annual revenue. So basically we’re focused on paid social, primarily Facebook and Instagram, and then

51:07
We also do have a content studio where we’re a videography and photography for social and also email. Cool. Hey, well, Chase, I appreciate you coming on, man. I’m sure the audience learned a ton about email and we talk about a lot of things that a lot of people aren’t doing. So that’s great. Thanks a lot. Yeah, thanks so much, man. Appreciate it.

51:29
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now if you aren’t sending out emails on a regular basis and segmenting your audience properly, then you are leaving a lot of money on the table. For more information about this episode, go to mywifecoderjob.com slash episode 363. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve.

51:58
That’s P-O-S-T-S-U-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash D-U. I also want to thank Clavio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for eCommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandon card sequence, a post purchase flow or win back campaign. Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-O-Y-O. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-O-Y-O. Now I talk about how I these tools on my blog. And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store,

52:28
head on over to mywifecoderjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

362: How To Grow A 7 Figure Dropshipping Business With Pat Haggerty

362: How To Grow A 7 Figure Dropshipping Business With Pat Haggerty

Today I’m thrilled to have Pat Haggerty on the show. Many years ago, Andrew Youderian sold his dropshipping business, Right Channel Radios to Pat. And since the sale, Pat has grown Right Channel Radios significantly.

In this episode, Pat teaches us what he did to grow his sales and how he’s improved the business dramatically since Andrew owned it.

What You’ll Learn

  • Why Pat purchased Right Channel Radios
  • How Pat turned Right Channel Radios into a 7 figure dropshipping business
  • Pat’s primary strategy for growth

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quote, or Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. And today I have my friend Pat Haggerty on the show. Now most of you know who Andrew Udarian is of e-commerce fuel. Where several years ago, Andrew sold his drop shipping business, Right Channel Radios, to his friend Pat Haggerty. And since the sale, Pat has grown the site tremendously. And in this episode, Pat is gonna teach us exactly how he’s grown the store.

00:28
And Andrew, if you’re listening to this episode, let me know what you think. Now, before we begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce, and it’s crushing it for me. I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce, and you can segment your audience just like email.

00:55
It’s an inexpensive solution converts like crazy and you can try it for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Clavio who is also a sponsor of the show. Now, are you working around the clock to build the business you’ve always imagined? Do you want to communicate with your fast growing list of customers in a personalized way, but in a way that gives you time to work on the rest of your business? And do ever wonder how the companies you admire are the ones that redefine their categories do it? Companies like Living Proof and Chubbies.

01:24
Well, they do it by building relationships with their customers from the very beginning, while also evolving in real time as their customers needs change. These companies connect quickly with their customers, collect their information and start creating personalized experiences and offers that inspire rapid purchase, often within minutes of uploading their customer data. Now, Klaviyo empowers you to own the most important thing for any business, the relationship between you and your customers and the experiences you deliver from the first email to the last promotion. And to learn more about how Klaviyo helps you own your

01:54
growth, visit claviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K L A V I Y O dot com slash my wife. And then finally, I want to mention a brand new podcast that I recently released with my partner Tony. And unlike this podcast where I interviewed successful entrepreneurs in e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience. No topic is off the table and we tell it like how it is in a raw and entertaining way. So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:35
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Pat Haggerty on the show. Now I’ve been looking forward to this interview for a very long time and we’re all gonna have a good time together today. Now I’m not sure if you remember the very first interview I ever conducted with Andrew Udarian from Ecommerce Fuel when he sold his business, Right Channel Radios. Well, Andrew sold his drop shipping business to Pat towards the middle of 2016 and since the sale, Pat has grown Right Channel Radios significantly.

03:05
And his business selling CB radios continues to thrive today, especially during COVID. So today, we’re gonna have Pat teach us what he did over the years to grow his sales and make Andrew totally regret selling his business. And with that, welcome to show. Pat, how are you doing today? My wife quit her job podcast. What’s up, Steve? Oh, it’s good to catch up with you, man. I had a really good time when I went out to Montana that one time. I really want to go back actually, whenever I can travel again. Yeah, yeah, you got to get out here.

03:35
You gotta get out here with it’s a better place with you here, Steve. That’s for sure. You know what’s funny? A lot of my buddies are moving out there right now. They’re probably driving at the cost of property out there as we speak. Yeah, they’re the worst. We don’t. don’t like your buddies. One that you can come, but the rest of those jerks keep them out of here. It’s thing. I mean, I just talked to actually one of the guys who works dual plane, dual planes, drop shipping software. Yeah. But one of the like my main rep over there.

04:06
He’s coming out here and he’s like, hey, we just sold our place and we’re looking for a place in Bozeman, but it’s really hard to find a home. And I’m like, yeah, it’s your fault. And all the other folks just like you. No, it’s true though. It’s tough to find a home here. Property values have skyrocketed. So I guess my home’s worth a lot more, so that’s fun. But we’re also trying to buy another place and it’s really hard to do that. Yeah, I wouldn’t be surprised if it becomes the next Bay Area over there.

04:33
Oh, don’t say that. anyway. Catch us up. Okay, so let’s go back to 2016. When did you acquire Right Channel and what was the multiple? Do you remember? So yep, closed on the sale of Right Channel radio’s May 31st, 2016. And the multiple is just over three. I think it was like 3.1 something. Which basically means that within three years, provided you didn’t even go at all, you would have gotten your money back, right? Yep.

05:03
And are you still the sole owner of the business? You know, I’m not the sole owner. I do have a couple very minority partners. When it came time to get financing for the business, one of my partners is my parents, which I’m actually thrilled to have them a part of it. But essentially, when I went finance the business, I needed a couple co-signers on the loan that had more assets than I did.

05:30
And then I think back in the day, it was just you and maybe one VA. Is that right? That’s correct. Okay. And then now do you have more employees? Oh, man, it’s been a wild ride. Yes, I do have more employees. And since I’m on the business, I started off with the same model me myself one VA, I’ve moved to I’ve moved to using some contractors in the business. And now I have two stateside employees. these full time employees? Not not full time, not full time to

05:57
part-time employees doing phones and customer service responsibilities. And then I have a contractor who does a bunch of project management along with myself. And so it is the four of us who are kind of deeply ingrained in the business at this point. Yep. Nice. And what is the business model of the store? Has it changed? Is it still pure drop shipping for the most part? We are drop shippers, drop shipping for the win, my friend. Nice. Yeah, the model’s been great. yeah, we…

06:27
Yeah, so nothing’s really changed. We inventory a very, very small amount of product, but not enough to call us anything other than a dropshipper, that’s for sure. Have there been any plans to like private label anything under your own brand or is it, are you planning on still sticking with the dropship model? We will primarily stick with the dropship model until it doesn’t make sense to do so any longer. Yes, I’m going to, the plan is now to just take some very vehicle specific mounts and try to.

06:56
when new vehicles come on the market. Because one of the things we sell for the folks who don’t know, so we sell radio equipment, you need to have put an antenna on your vehicle for a lot of the equipment we sell. And so you need a mount that’s specific to whatever make model of vehicle you have. Sometimes the manufacturing companies for these mounts sort of lag behind with new vehicle, like new vehicle body styles and things like that come out. So we just want to be on the, I guess more on the forefront of building those mounts and labeling those. And so that’s the plan and that’s

07:25
That’s what we’re gonna be moving towards on the latter part of this year. You know what I really like about this interview here is I get a lot of questions just on drop shipping in general, which I’m hoping you could answer as part of running a successful drop ship store. So first of all, a lot of people are worried about the margins. Would you mind commenting on like what your average margins are? Yeah, so I try to keep our margins at 30%. Okay. 30 % or higher. Yeah, it can be tough. There’s definitely times.

07:53
It’s a dip below that. fact, in December, I was closer to that 25 % and we’ve had to bump it up. Shipping has become a real issue. I think that’s been the toughest thing because both because of the amount of volume we’ve done, especially this year, not not we, but I’m talking about us as a whole, like, let’s say America, the amount of packages America’s ordered has caused both UPS and USPS and other shipping companies to increase their rates and do increase their rates, reduce their promises.

08:23
and generally do a worse job of delivering packages. Yeah, that’s for sure. Yeah, no kidding. That was this last year, especially towards the latter part of the year, the thing that has been squeezing our margins the most. yeah, mean, it’s a very, if you’re drop shipping, for anybody who wants to get into it, you want to find a product that you can really add some value to, right? What we don’t do is we don’t just throw a bunch of products up on a page and expect that.

08:50
somebody’s gonna buy them. You have to be able to provide some sort of tangible value to your customer, whether you’re a dropshipping business or any other business, whether that’s with your product, whether that’s with your service. I mean, at the end of the day, you just have to bring value to the customer and that’s why they’re gonna choose to buy Actually, what is your primary value add? More technical knowledge, product technical knowledge, installation advice, the products that we carry.

09:18
aren’t as straightforward, like a lot of them aren’t plug and play per se. So it requires some specific knowledge to know, what parts do I need for this complete radio system for my Jeep? Let’s say they just brought a brand new 2020 Gladiator and they want to, you know, outfit it with a CB system or GMRS radio system. And they’re wondering, okay, what mounts do I need? What kind of cable do I need to go from the mount, you know, to the radio? What antenna is right? And then once this stuff is installed, you know, for CB, you actually have to like,

09:47
you have to tune the antenna. It’s hard in a day where everything is plug and play, right, to imagine that there’s some equipment out there that you actually still have to install and then tune for it to work properly. And so because there’s a lot of complexities around our product, we’re able to answer the questions around those in a way that drives sales and gives customers great experiences. So in terms of pricing then, presumably there’s other people that sell this exact same products that you carry, right? absolutely.

10:16
Would you say you’re on the higher end of pricing or in the middle or low? I try to be on the higher end. However, it’s interesting competing with marketplaces because I was just alerted yesterday by a customer that one of our top selling antennas they said oh man, you’re you’re cheaper than Amazon and I thought to myself I need to raise the price of that You know, I’m like I’m definitely selling it for two less. Yeah, we we try to be on the higher end right because we we bring value

10:45
in ways that a third party marketplace can’t. Or a marketplace can’t. So yeah, we try to be on the higher end. So let me ask you this then, what if I call you up and I get all this advice and then I go and buy it from somewhere cheap? Is there some service contracts that you provide that make me want to buy from you or is it just goodwill? Oh yeah, just goodwill. Presumably you’d want to be a humane person.

11:12
and you wouldn’t do that to somebody. No, I’m just giving you a hard time. I was like, of myself, oh, would I do that to you, Would I do that to you? No, I mean, it happens from time to time. But the truth is, most folks care to buy from somebody who knows the product. the thing is, Steve, it’s not like we’re that much more expensive. talking maybe we’re $10 more, right?

11:40
For a lot of people, it’s worth $10 to do it. Now, if we were $50 more, that would probably start to create some real problems. But I’m talking like, yeah, we’re like maybe $10 over what somebody might be able to piece something together for on their own, but then maybe they miss a part, right? And they have to order it again. That costs time and delays. then if they order from us, if they have issues or if they have questions, they can actually call and talk to a person about it who knows something about it. I mean, you can’t call, you couldn’t call Amazon about.

12:10
You know, Yeah, definitely. mean, what kind of I mean or or anything else by that, you know, so there you go. So that implies then that everyone on your support staff is very knowledgeable about the products that sounds really hard to find, actually. You know, it the products that we have are complex in some ways, but, know, I’m actually just currently training, training a new hire. And this was his third week, and I’d say he’s very close.

12:40
I mean, he’s already had customers comment and say, hey, his name’s Paul. they said, hey, Paul is super helpful. Really appreciated his product knowledge and expertise and just patience to talk me through the process. That happened just a couple of days ago. So, wow, yes, it’s technical in nature. And there are some things that I will always know that maybe my support staff isn’t going to be able to communicate. They’ll be able to communicate 95 % of it, no problem and help.

13:09
99 % of problems. So it works. Do you get a lot of sales over the phone then?

13:17
Good question about. I’m trying to think of what our percentages were last year. It was less than 10 % phone sales. I want to say it was closer to seven, which is pretty actually, which is pretty weak for us. The year before we did more last year, we did just a ton more volume though. We did did also some a fair amount of work on on CR on some conversion rate optimization tactics, creating our.

13:46
making our website a little bit more mobile friendly to bolster our conversion rate a little bit. So I think that that’s also pushed that percentage down a little bit. However, I do feel like we have a handful of touch points with customers when they call us or email us and then they go self-serve purchase online. Okay. And the last time I interviewed you, Darian, about his business, it was obviously before you’d acquired it. I remember him telling me that it was pretty manual.

14:11
I think he said like at the end of the day, he had spreadsheets that he sent off to distributors to have things shipped. Is it more automated now? Much more automated. You know, since that time, you know, there’s there’s been soft drop shipping software developed. And truthfully, one of the things I’m working, spending a lot of time on now is just really getting getting our drop shipping software set up to so so everything is is very automated. It’s very intelligent. I mean, we used to have to back in the day, you know,

14:39
we would have to manually, we were manually inputting tracking numbers. That was one of our VA’s primary jobs. You we would get an invoice, the tracking number, they would go on the website and literally copy and paste it in there. But now obviously all that information is automatically uploaded into Shopify from the drop shipping software we use called Duoplane, which is great. They have a great team over there. Is that Sanaki’s friends company? Yeah, yeah, Sanaki’s former partner, CINNA. I can’t remember CINNA’s last name, but yeah.

15:08
Can you just describe briefly what the software does so that it does it apply to most dropship vendors or do they have to have a tie into it as well? So they they can tie it in. So a couple of my vendors are very low tech and so they have some. Some kind of pretty old data feeds and inventory systems. All that to say what the system does is you know orders come in through us. You know.

15:36
through my website, through Shopify, those upload into Dualplane. Dualplane looks at the orders and looks at the, you know, take a look at the SKUs on the orders. And then the way that we have it set up is it will then route that order, send that order to the distributor that is closest to, that has the product in stock and is closest to the customer to reduce shipping costs and all that good stuff. And then it will ship out. If there’s an issue, then our customers or our vendors would say, hey, you know, we don’t have this part.

16:05
maybe let’s say if there’s something wrong with the inventory feed and, and it shows they had the part and they didn’t, they would communicate that back to us and we would just route it to another supplier. You can split ship, you can create, you know, some different, different rules within, within dual plane, how you want your orders shipped. And you could just choose the lowest cost supplier and have it go that way all the time too. Like I said, we, we choose to go closest to the customer for the quickest, you know, quickest shipment and, uh, you know, quickest delivery time.

16:36
by low tech, let’s say your distributors really low tech, like how would you expect them to connect to Duo Plane? is it like, how do you set, like to your lowest tech distributor, how do you send the order? Or how does Duo Plane do it, I guess? Yeah, so, so Duo Plane sends the order in an email format to them and then they either upload it, if they have an inventory system, then they would upload it via CSV into their inventory system and they would send a file and Duo Plane would.

17:03
grab the information on the CSV, or I even have one distributor where it legitimately pulls the tracking number out of the text of an email. So, an email. they send us the- I mean, it’s, yeah, there’s some real challenges, but if you have some higher tech distributors, it makes it lot easier. So. I see. Okay. So dual planes like glue, essentially. Like however your distributor wants the data or the order, that’s what dual plane does essentially. Yep. And they have a team over there that works to see that.

17:32
you get the information you need. We have had some cases where, you know, they’ve said, we can’t, you know, pull data out of this, this kind of report. But, you just try to work around that and problem solve. Yep. How does the inventory work then for the low tech guys? Do they give you a real time feed of how much stuff’s left? They all have feeds. So they at least have that much, right? So if you have any kind of inventory system, you should have some kind of FTP where you actually

18:02
show what you have. I mean, they’re not only paper. They’re not that low tech where they’re writing everything on paper all the time, but it is still pretty low tech. Yeah. it real time though? Like, you check it before? Like, is it updated in real time on your site or does it sometimes happen where you actually sell something that’s accidentally out of stock? No, I accidentally sell some things that are out of stock. I actually don’t have it set up where it necessarily manipulates the number.

18:30
on Shopify on our inventory numbers. The parts that we carry, Steve, I generally don’t carry things that, well, first off, I have distributors that have very overlapping inventory. So it’s very rare for them to be out of some products. When they are out of those products, we’ll manually list them out of stock because it’s something that we’ll know about. it’s, you know, and also we’re not talking like, I don’t have tens of thousands of SKUs either. You know, I run on around like 500-ish SKUs.

19:00
So it’s not an over. Yeah, yeah, but it’s not an overwhelming amount where you where you lose track of the product that you sell. If I had 20,000 SKUs, you know, it would be different. It’d be different game, right? So sure. Okay. And then if someone orders from different distributors, they might still get different packages or their order broken up into multiple packages, right? Once in a while we do that. We try to avoid doing that. But I’m just trying to get it happens.

19:28
of like when you’re charging someone for shipping, that’s based on weight or dollar amount or? We do free shipping on orders over $75 and then I have essentially like three different shipping tiers for different weights of products. Okay. And then it’s up to Duoplane to route it to the cheapest place or all to one distributor preferably, right? Yeah, what it does is it just tries to first route it all to one distributor and then the distributor

19:58
closest. So whoever has the product and whoever is closest to the customer is how the logic works. ahead. I was going say, you have overlapping distributors for almost all of your products so that there is a way for, so Dualplane actually does some routing. Okay. Exactly. Nice. Okay. Let’s talk about your day to day. I remember before you were working four hours a day on this, this is way back in the day. What are your

20:26
duties now running the store on a day-to-day basis? Oh, good question. Well, I am still way more involved in the business as far as like daily operations than I would like to be. Over the years, you know, we because of the products we sell and what I was sharing before, the kind of nature of our business where we are, you know, are a little bit higher touch. I’ve just, you know, really taken.

20:53
taking pride in making sure that we provide really, really great customer service. Now it’s looked different over the years. When we first started, it was me and a VA and I was doing probably way more than I should. And I contracted some folks out to help specifically with phone calls and some email quotes and things like that. That worked for a little while, but now I’ve just decided I think the best way to do it is to have state-side employees who understand the product, who are happy to talk on the phone and you know.

21:22
answer customer questions and emails. Right now we have two customer service reps, and then I can fill in for like really kind of the higher level questions. And yeah, that’s that’s what it looks like now. I’m currently working on getting another VA hopefully, hopefully I’ll hear back tomorrow about new a new prospect for a VA so we can have whoever that person is, you know, help a little bit with customer service, but also some data and reports and things like that, that we’re trying to generate daily as well.

21:52
Here’s what I got a little bit. I feel like I got a little bit lost in the question. Now would you go ahead? What I was trying to get at is it sounds like a lot of it is automated now, whereas it wasn’t before. So outside of customer support, what work left is there?

22:08
Not a ton. The only other thing is we do have situations like right now we’re dealing with some shortages in raw materials. So we have some popular products that have now become out of stock because, for instance, one of our main products is a fiberglass antenna. Well, the company that makes this antenna ran out of fiberglass. And so we’re really starting to feel some of the

22:35
some of the effects of sort of like the interruption in the supply chain system due to COVID now. And so we’ve had to be a little bit more creative about solving like, you know, when we have like a primary product that’s in a lot of our packages come out of stock, you know, solving, you know, what are we going to, what are we going to substitute in here? How are we going to communicate it to the customer? How are we going to, you know, work with different distributors and how are we going to find some more of these antennas?

23:04
things like that. I’ve been doing more of that. beyond that, mean, that’s about what it is other than, you know, just, I guess, planning, creating more content. you know, but by and large, that’s kind of the precipice I’m sort of on right now, Steve, is I finally have the hands to start taking care of the customer service where I was just really involved with that more. And so I’m really just kind of extracting out of my, I’m in the process of really extracting myself from that world.

23:36
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

24:04
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

24:34
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show. So it sounds like you’re kind of looking for new products. That’s like one of your primary duties. Let me ask you a question then. What is stopping you from just carrying a whole bunch of stuff since you don’t have to carry inventory?

24:59
You mentioned you only have 500 SKUs, right? Why not carry a thousand? Good question. I think you just really want to be focused on what makes sense for your niche. If there are products that make sense for us to carry, and we are expanding out into some, I hope to have maybe a thousand SKUs maybe a few years down the line, but they will all be around high quality radio equipment, coax cables, things like that. We’ve branched out in the past and sold

25:27
You know, some like LED headlights, like high-end LED headlights and other products like that. And they just haven’t done well because that’s not what folks are coming to our website for. know, all of our traffic for the most part is organic. You know, we do really do well with, you know, long tail search, things like that. And so when folks are landing on our page, they’re not necessarily looking for LED headlights, you know, they’re looking for radio specific equipment. So I suppose we could, and I could, you know, litter the site with a bunch of coax, you know, connectors and

25:56
all this other stuff and maybe to be profitable but also sometimes carrying those more obscure products creates a lot more questions than it does profit. And then you spend time trying to work with hobbyists to figure out some random system than you do just kind of focusing on the bread and butter and what really makes money. Yeah, that makes sense. If the support costs exceed the potential profit, then it makes sense not to carry.

26:23
Yeah, but there isn’t a lot of stuff we’re saying no to. A lot of the products we sell, I mean, we sell very much, you know, we sell, we sell CB radios, you know, and so it’s a very mature product. There’s not a whole lot of new ones coming onto the market, you know? And so on some level, it doesn’t make sense to add a bunch more, but we, but recently we have expanded into, you know, other frequency radios. I’d mentioned GMRS.

26:48
mobile radios that that’s something that’s become really popular. So we’ve expanded probably 30 skews into that and we’ll be creating some more and we’re building content around that this spring as well. So, okay. mean, we’ll grow in that direction and in some hand equipment as well. But yeah, that’s what it looks like. Also, I think that you want to know your products well. So just littering the catalog with too many things, I think can be a little bit of a

27:17
Right, dilutes your expertise in a way too. I see. It could. It really can. Okay. Let’s switch gears a little bit and talk about what changes you made with Right Channel now that you didn’t have you, Darien, weighing you down. I mean, that guy probably weighed you down like a ton of bricks, right? Oh man, the burden was lifted. You know, I think once I bought the business, it became the only thing we were doing, right?

27:46
I was working half a day on Right Channel Radios before I bought it. And then I just went into, we just made ourselves a lot more available to our customers in virtually every way, more available on the phone, via email. When you turn the switch, and I love Andrew and I loved working for him when I did, but when you flip the switch and you start seeing that money go from

28:15
or we start seeing the money from your sales come directly into your bank account, that definitely in my mind at least flipped a switch and man, I was doing anything I could to get anybody who called or emailed us, I was working as hard as I could to get, convert any of those sales. That’s funny how that happens. It’s the truth, know, it’s the ultimate, it’s just the ultimate ownership, you know, when you start seeing that come when you do pay also.

28:42
I also took out a huge loan and so that’s motivating. So I want to make sure my kids get to eat. So there you go. give us some numbers, Pat. Like how much has it grown? And let’s talk about your most recent years growth also. So how much has it grown since you bought it? uh, yep. Just did the calculation here. So it’s 47 % up. So we’ve grown 47 % since I purchased this, purchased it, uh, 2016 almost five years at this point, just under five years. Yep.

29:10
You made your money back after three and these past couple years plus the growth has all been gravy. So sounds like it’s a win win all across the board for you. Yeah, that and I mean, we’re doing because we’re doing significantly more revenue as well. I mean, I think that if we ever did want to sell down the line that both bolsters the multiple quite a bit. And so it’s been it’s been quite nice. It’s obviously had some some challenges, but yeah, 40 percent, seven percent up. And then we just closed the

29:39
The books on our biggest month ever in January, were, yeah, we did. I don’t know, Eudarian Mike. Do we want to make Eudarian jealous? You don’t have to say if you don’t want to. I think we just got to say, so we did, we just did our first month over 200K in January. Oh baby, I can’t, I couldn’t believe it. Congratulations, man. Yeah, thank you. And I am just thrilled and it’s been a wild ride. It’s been great to you.

30:08
I know you, Darren, have never seen that kind of money before. No, sorry, sorry, friend. mean, you know, that’s why I had to move from Bozeman to Tucson. So there you go. So let’s talk about what you did after the acquisition that grew the sales actually.

30:24
After the acquisition, like I think the main thing Steve was really just focusing on that customer experience and bringing a lot more value to the customer that that came in that did a that did a handful of things. I saw our return customer rate go up pretty, pretty significantly. You know, did to boost that. I think I think honestly, it was just as simple as being more available to the customer, being very responsive to.

30:54
You know chats. Well, we we added chat. I don’t think we we I think we might have done it there for a little bit But anyway added did everything from adding live chat to the website Which is funny to talk about or even think that we didn’t have that at one time But I guess five years somewhat on some level. It’s kind of a long time ago I don’t remember you expanding your phone hours, too Yeah, Yeah, because we only we only did you know, we’re only available half the day, which is kind of weird, you know when it

31:23
business is only available on the phone for four to five hours a day as opposed to eight to nine. So yeah, we absolutely expanded all that. And then we’re just more responsive the email. And I think I mean, that that was about as simple as it was was just being more available to the customer. There was no secret sauce or anything like that or anything that that we did that was super strategic. So how do you most of your sales today? Is it still the same as it was?

31:51
No, well, I mean, we drive a lot of organic traffic. However, we’re significantly more active with our email marketing. We send emails every single week. We’ve, we’ve developed a lot more, um, a lot more customer flows for different customer segments, you know, between like, you know, win back campaigns, retention campaigns. And I think that our content overall is just better, but we send very, very regular emails to our customers. So we’re communicating with them a lot more. You guys using PlayView? Yeah.

32:21
Oh yeah, sweet. I it’s, yeah, it’s the thing to use. Was Andrew using Klaviyo back then? I’m trying to think. That was a long time ago. Was he? Oh yeah. Yeah, man. You know what? I used to have, this is when Klaviyo first launched. We used to use Skype or not Skype. No, we used to use Skype. Yeah. We used to use Skype to talk with each other. And I had Ed, what is it? Ed Halen? Oh yeah. Yeah. Yeah. Ed Halen and Ed Edward.

32:48
Had them on Skype and I would call them up if I was having an issue way back in the day No jokes, and we were like really early adapters to clay vo I still have the same account still using it. So nice. Yeah, we never use we never use anything else at this point can’t understand Yeah, why why we would ever ever go but so it’s been great I remember clay view at the very beginning and when they’re you know templates weren’t really that great, but now they’re awesome And and I don’t make any of the emails myself. So it’s even better

33:17
So there you go. So you mentioned a lot of your traffic is still organic. that imply that you’re constantly, cause you’re getting new products in all the time, right? So does that imply you’re constantly churning out more content or updating the existing one? Yeah. So we are creating more content in the way of technical resources and blogs and things like that. But it’s, it’s far less than you would think. I think that we’ve just done a good job creating content in the past. You know, most of our project pages.

33:47
product pages have very in-depth descriptions. We have video content. We have our own photo content, things that just really set us apart from the competition who’s selling the same products that we have. But recently, man, we published this blog about just CB frequencies. I talked about what frequencies CB radio uses and what those frequencies are typically used or what those channels are typically used for. it’s, man, that thing’s been

34:17
You know, that thing is blown up. It’s it’s it. think last month had more hits than our SWR tuning article, which was our, you know, or our intended tuning article, which was our, highest performing articles. And now, you know, we just launched this new piece of content and yeah. Also recently the, the, uh, recent Google algorithm updates, the one in, I think it was December 3rd and the other on January 7th and eight have both been very kind to us. And so I think that.

34:47
As we’ve created content over the years, we’ve created content for humans primarily while obviously putting, using some keyword, you know, targeted keywords in our product, just made a descriptions and tags and things like that. Anyway, I’d like to say it’s been, it’s really paid off. remember that was Euderian strategy. That was one thing that you guys did really well back when he owned it. And it’s nice to see that.

35:15
I mean, a lot of this stuff takes time, right? So it’s great that, you know, finally it’s just decide to explode, like Google decided to explode the traffic. So you did a good job laying the foundation. Yeah. know what? He, you know what he did. Way to go, Andrew. Yeah. Let’s give him some credit for that. Hey, there you go. Give him a pat on the back. Yeah, he did. And I think, you know, from the beginning, uh, I think he even explained it in a way to me about how, how he went about creating content that

35:45
really sunk in. Yeah, we’ve never tried to game the search engine by any way, shape or form, you know, by keyword stuffing or anything like that. And so we’ve just always written for humans and it’s working out now. That’s for sure. Cool. And then are you doing anything paid at all? Or is it the reason why I asked that is because I know the margins are lower for dropshipping. mentioned you try to maintain 25 to 30, which is kind of borderline, I think, for advertising. So yeah, just kind of curious.

36:15
Yeah, so I do very, very little paid traffic and I probably should do more. Right now I have an AdWords budget that is embarrassingly low at around like $500 a month, it yielded, I should probably, I’ll just say that it yielded enough in sales. I should probably look at scaling that up a little bit. Yes, it costs to bring that traffic in, but when you’re spending as little as I am on that paid stuff, I should probably start.

36:45
Hey, there’s, I mean, you only have certain amount of things to focus on, right? Sounds like content’s working for you guys and you’re just putting the pedal down on content. So. Well, that’s, that’s, that’s every entrepreneur’s thing, right? Is there are a hundred other things that I could be, you know, focusing on or, man, this should really require some attention. It’s like, yes, at the end of the day, it’s about like, what’s your capacity to do that? You can’t do everything, you know? So, and you can’t also manage.

37:12
a thousand contractors doing everything for you either then you just end up in the hole. So there you go. Can we talk a little bit about your lifestyle and what this running this business is like? That’s kind of why I was getting that earlier on what your day to day was like. Is your lifestyle pretty free? It it has ebbed and flowed. So yes. In the in early days, I would say, you know, it’s very focused. And then I got these contractors and they were

37:40
you know, doing a great job on the phone. And then my lifestyle became very free. And I really wasn’t, I wasn’t really needed at the office a lot. And the thing is though, I, so I had these contractors and they were, were doing a pretty good job on the phone. And then I had this VA and she had been with us for a really long time at the beginning. She was awesome, but things started to not go quite as well. And details started getting missed and, it was about December of 2019. And I just,

38:08
I was just really getting this sinking feeling that, you know, I had a very free lifestyle, but it just felt like I wasn’t present enough in the business. And it seemed like, what’s the word that I’m trying to say? Disconnected? I no, I just maybe disconnected the word. just felt like we were doing about 80 % as good of a job as we could have been doing. Like we’re doing a good job. not doing a great job, you know?

38:36
And the thing is in our niche, we exist to just provide like the best recommendations, the best experience. And so I made a change. I let the contractors go, the phone contractors, let them move on. I let my VA move on somewhere else. so this, this was, this was a, well, you know, it was what it was, but for a while there, I was just kind of like setting the groundwork for what the business was going to look like next, getting ready to bring some more people on.

39:05
man and then COVID hit and then our business exploded and it was just me for, no joke Steve, like six months. And so yeah, from about March of last year until August, had, mean, what was my life? My lifestyle was not great. I still got out and I biked and I speeded with the kids and stuff like that. But man, I worked more in 2020 than I have in quite a few years. So I’ll just say it.

39:34
I feel like the lifestyle thing ebbs and flows. Generally speaking, I’ve kept like a pretty good lifestyle and a very nice lifestyle of the business. I’m out biking quite a bit, know, multiple days a week in the winter. You know, like I was telling you, you know, before we started this, I’m taking these kids up to Bridger bowl. We’ll get up there about three days a week. And so it’s, it’s been good. I’m not very, very rich lifestyle, but there was a solid six months there where I didn’t really have much of a life at all. I was in the worst shape. I’d been in, a long time.

40:03
and I was just working like a dog every day. I mean, when the sales are exploding like that due to COVID, man, that’s, I mean, that’s, it’s a good thing. So, well, yeah, it’s a good thing. I mean, you were packing boxes at one time. remember. Oh yeah, I do that. I mean, it was bad for us because we couldn’t hire anyone because we didn’t want to interview anyone. Yeah. Right. So I was in there packing every day during the holidays. Yeah. I remember that. I remember seeing, I remember seeing that. Yup. Got to do what you got to do. it’s your business at the end of the day, man.

40:31
If you, you know, at some point, if you don’t go into it, it’s not going to get done. So there you go. was going to ask you, what do you do about returns? Do they get sent straight back to the manufacturer? Do they come back to you? I try to have them know I have them all sent back to the distributor. Okay. And so yeah, I, I, our return policy could use some love, but the way that I have it now is if anybody receives a defective product, we just immediately replace it, send them a return label and get the other one back.

41:01
Very hassle free the thing is that they want to return a like brand new product. You know we have an ra system in place It’s on them to ship it back to us I am working on a system where they can get they can essentially pay for a label to toss it on there That would be a lot more customer friendly so working on that now But that’s what it looks like and then it goes we we we get an ra on one of my distributors I can generate my own ra the other one we need to get an authorization, but it normally only takes a couple hours and

41:29
We try turn those around pretty quick. Okay. So you don’t actually handle the return product for them. I don’t. Okay. No, I just remember back in the day, I think you guys had a lot of product returned directly to you. I think that’s changed, right? Yeah, that’s changed. That’s changed quite a bit. Yeah. We’ve cut down on that. I’ve one of the ways that you cut down on a product just showing up at your house is you just try to make sure that your address isn’t anywhere that your actual address. So I’ll have like Bozeman, Montana.

41:58
listed but I will not have the street address listed. I must say really, really dig for it. But all that to say, I mean, I have a solid, probably like $2,500 to $3,000 worth of CB gear in my garage if anybody wants to come buy some. There you go, come on over. So are you worried about Amazon at all? Just kind of, because in theory, a lot of this stuff can be found on Amazon for cheaper. You mentioned a couple cases where it wasn’t, but.

42:26
Are you worried at all about Amazon kind of undercutting you on price? You know, that that’s always that’s always a concern. Yeah, it’s definitely something to be cognizant of. The edge we have over Amazon is that when somebody wants to order the products that we sell, they don’t need just one thing. Typically, they need a variety of things, and it can be confusing and hard to find them all and know that they’re all going to be compatible with each other.

42:55
And so when you look at ordering via Amazon, which I’m sure they’re, I’m sure they’re selling more revenue and TV equipment than we are. mean, that’s to go, it goes without, goes without saying, but am I worried about Amazon? I mean, at some level, after all the nightmare stories that I’ve heard, you know, from our other customers or from other resellers being on Amazon, it makes me really happy that, that we don’t depend on any marketplace. I hope.

43:23
Well, I don’t know. I think it would be really hard for Amazon to get to a point where they can really compete with us in the realm of service. But, you know, don’t underestimate those guys for the time being. think we definitely edge them out in a lot of ways. Maybe somebody can find something a little bit cheaper over there. And if they want to do that, fine, that’s not a customer though. So I think after talking to you now, I think in a lot of ways your product is

43:50
pretty ideal for drop chipping. It’s kind of complicated. There’s a lot of moving parts that might be incompatible with each other. So I’d feel much more comfortable. I would just go up to you and say, hey, this is what I want to do. Just tell me what to buy, right? Exactly, exactly. And that’s what we have customers do all day every day is they just, call up and they say, hey, I’m a newbie at this. We just need some help. Show us what to buy. And the truth is most of the time when they say that we already have a pre-existing kit for what they need, they just.

44:19
Maybe they weren’t able to find it on the website. But the truth is a lot of times people just want to call and they just want that reassurance that this is the actual right thing that they need. know, right. So the million dollar question, I guess then is, would you recommend dropshipping as a model to other people? I think if you’re going to drop ship, you have to have just like, just like any business, you need to understand how you’re going to bring value to your customer, throwing up a website and putting products on it.

44:49
You know, and just, that’s not gonna work. Or at least I think it would be very hard to make that work. You have to have some specific value that you can bring your customer. And as long as you are bringing value to your customer, then I think you’re gonna do fine, whether you’re dropshipping, whether you’re selling a branded product. At the end of the day, I don’t think that matters quite as much. Now, obviously, if you have your own product and brand, you can enjoy some margins, but.

45:19
Yeah, I mean, what I recommend drop shipping. If you were in my shoes, if you are in my shoes, the same shoes I was in when I bought the business from Andrew when I was working for him, where, you he wants to sell this business and we have all these super happy customers. I’m getting emails every single day where folks are saying, wow, we love you guys so much. You were so helpful to us. Absolutely. I would not discourage you from buying a business just because it’s a drop shipper.

45:47
because that’s already evidence that you’re bringing value. If you’re just starting up from scratch, I think it’s gonna be significantly harder, but I do think it can be done if you can bring value to the end customer, no doubt about it. I’m just wondering if like the traffic from your content just all of sudden dried up. What is like the backup plan? Good question. I mean, you your email lists obviously, right?

46:12
Yeah, yeah, no, we have our we have our email list. We have paid traffic. We get a lot of direct traffic to Steve. So even if let’s say, let’s say we stopped getting organic traffic tomorrow, about I want to say like 20 to 25 % of our traffic right now has been for last month was direct. And so that’s just people typing in for those that don’t know that just people typing in right channel reviews.com and coming coming direct to our business past customers. We would you know, we leverage up our email really high.

46:42
Come to think of it, you said 25%. 20, maybe it’s closer to 20 Steve. No, mean, it’s still really high. That’s pretty good. Yeah. Yeah. That’s not bad. It’s because on some level we have built a brand for ourselves over the last handful of years. you know, we’ve been, this is our 13th year in business. Andrew started the business in 2008. So, you know, we’ve been around for a minute. I would really do something that I probably should be doing right now.

47:11
is I would really start reaching out and doing sales calls to people who I could see being larger corporate clients like, you know, mines and construction companies and other commercial companies that use our equipment. And then I would start writing a lot more content. That’s the other thing. I would just turn on the content creation, or turn the content creation switch. I’d probably recreate content that we created in the past, create more video content.

47:41
do some more, you know, product photography, the things that I believe really turn, you know, or really move the needle. And, you know, it would take a while to recover. There’s no doubt about that. But at the end of the day, you know, the nice thing about dropshipping is I don’t have like, this, you know, exorbitant amount of inventory that I’m sitting on, or I have, you know, most of my fixed costs are all in, you know, SaaS products, things like that.

48:08
So it’s not as crippling. And if it all dried up, that’s one thing about a business like this, right? It typically doesn’t just go to zero. If things get slower, I mean, that can definitely happen. Margins are getting squeezed, but it would be very unlikely for us to go from where we’re at now to just go to zero. That would be quite unlikely. I mean, I think it only has to go up at this point, actually, given the interest in that particular area.

48:35
Maybe next time when you hit eight figures, we’ll have you back and make you dare and feel really bad. Man, I just feel good. I feel good to be on such a distinguished podcast. I’ve been on e-commerce fuel a couple of times, but it’s not, you know, my wife quit her job is just, yeah, I know it’s not the same. Yeah. You know, I mean, I’ll be daring the other day. Give him a hard time. I mean,

48:58
last two podcasts have just been him monologuing. He’s having a hard time getting people to come on the thing. you know? you have any thought on this or what? He’s having problems getting guests these days, you know? So he’s forced to do those long drawn out monologues now. Just a long drawn out monologue. was like, man, what’s going on over there, buddy? Just joking, Andrew. We love you, bud. Yeah. So Pat, just in case, know CB radios are really popular now, especially post COVID.

49:25
Where can people find you, your store, and if they have any questions about that area at all, where can they find you? Yeah, so you can find us, of course, on our website, rightchannelradios.com. We have a Facebook page for Right Channel, of course. We have an Instagram, Right Channel Radios. You can find us there. And then we have a pretty cool Facebook group that we started called Overland Coms. And we’re just about to hit the thousand member mark over there. That’s been kind of a cool thing that we did start up in the midst of.

49:53
all the craziness of COVID, they started that Facebook group for people who are into this and have assigned a couple just interested members as moderators and they’ve just been doing a great job. yeah, Overland comms Facebook group. And then of course our website, rightchannelradios.com, all our contact information is there if they want to check that out. And then we have the same for Instagram and Facebook. They want to look us up on either of those channels. Nice. know those social channels are new since you, Darren also, I don’t remember him having any social channels back in the day.

50:22
We had a Facebook page, but we put not very much into it to save lives. Cool man, hey Pat, appreciate you coming on. I had a great time. I’ve been looking forward to this interview for quite some time. Thanks Steve. It’s great to talk to you and I just appreciate you having me on. Thank you very I can’t wait to head out to Bozeman again. Maybe during the summer, right? That’s the best time to go I think.

50:50
Freezing negative eight today. I’m in the office I had to come to office because trying to do a podcast in my house when I have five kids running around Isn’t the quietest environment so I’m at the office and man. It’s nighttime and the temperatures are just dropping I’m feeling every every degree go down. Oh man, you know We might who knows we might try to get a property out there and drive your property prices further higher

51:16
Please do. Yeah. I’ll start sending you some of the listings I’m looking at. If you guys could start bidding on them, really appreciate that. I’m like, Pat, isn’t this your address? Yeah, isn’t this your address? you should send some returns this way too, all right? Cool, Pat. I appreciate you coming on. And take care, man.

51:37
Hope you enjoy that episode. And if you ever see Andrew, ask him about this episode with Pat. More information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 362. And once again, I want to thank Clavio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO.

52:05
Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash div. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash div. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store,

52:33
Head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free 16 mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

361: How To Find What Makes You Happy (Hint: It’s Not Financial Freedom) With Steve Chou

How To Find What Makes You Happy (Hint: It's Not Financial Freedom)

It’s been a solid 5 years since I resigned from my day job so I wanted to take a moment to reflect on my experiences with unemployment and how to find out what makes you happy.

In this episode, we’re going to talk about happiness in the context of your career, your business, and your life and what it takes to feel fulfilled.

What You’ll Learn

  • The patterns I’ve discovered with successful entrepreneurs
  • Why great success comes at a sacrifice
  • How to achieve work life balance

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today I’m going solo to talk about business, family, wealth, fulfillment, and the delicate balance between them all. You’ll learn about my philosophies on happiness and specifically the factors that contribute to happiness and my reflections on life after quitting my job many years ago. But before we begin, I want to thank Cleovia for sponsoring this episode.

00:28
Always excited to talk about Klaviyo because they’re the email marketing platform that I personally use for my e-commerce store and they depend on them for over 30 % of my revenue. Now you’re probably wondering why Klaviyo and not another provider. Well Klaviyo is the only email platform out there that is specifically built for e-commerce stores and here’s why it’s so powerful. Klaviyo can track every single customer who’s shopped in your store and exactly what they bought. So let’s say I want to send out an email to everyone who’s purchased a red handkerchief in the last week, easy.

00:55
Let’s say I want to set up a special autoresponder sequence to my customers depending on what they bought, piece of cake, and there’s full revenue tracking on every single email sent. Now, Klaviyo is the most powerful email platform that I’ve ever used, and you can try them for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list.

01:22
And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source from my e-commerce store. And I couldn’t have done it without Postscript, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button.

01:50
Not only that, but it’s price well too and SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot I O slash Steve. And finally, I want to mention a brand new podcast that I recently released with my partner, Tony. Unlike this podcast where I interview successful entrepreneurs and e-commerce, the profitable audience podcast covers all things related to content creation and building an audience.

02:17
No topic is off the table and we tell it how it is in a raw, entertaining way. So be sure to check out the profitable audience podcast on your favorite podcast app. Now onto the show.

02:34
Welcome to the My Wife Clutter Job podcast. In this episode, we’re gonna talk about happiness and fulfillment in the context of your career, your business, and your life. Now it’s actually been a solid five years now since I resigned from my day job, so I wanted to take a moment to reflect on my experiences with unemployment and how to find out what makes you happy. And here’s the thing, most people have this rosy vision of quitting their job and being their own boss, but personally, my transition when I first quit was not entirely smooth.

03:05
And for those of you who think financial freedom is the answer to all of your problems, you might want to think again. And in fact, at one point, I considered taking on another day job at a startup because I had this void in my life. But one major positive about quitting is that it has had a profound effect on my business success. Because I have a lot more time to spend on work, I’ve been able to make numerous improvements to both my e-commerce store and my blog. So for example, in the last five years, my businesses have grown dramatically.

03:34
I’ve tweaked my tablet and mobile sites to drastically improve my conversion rates. I redesigned my e-commerce store. I rewrote four months worth of email autoresponder sequences to convert customers on autopilot. I started doing SMS marketing. I started creating Facebook messenger bots. I created a YouTube channel. I have an Instagram profile. I’m tweeting three times a day and hell, I’m even on TikTok right now. Now for my blog, I’ve been putting out longer, more comprehensive posts, which have done exceptionally well. And the same goes with YouTube.

04:04
but even though I’ve been cranking on the business front, I’ve also been struggling with a couple of things that I’m gonna talk about in this episode. So first off, here’s my take on happiness, success, and stress. Now, whenever I speak at conferences, and it’s been a while now due to COVID-19, a lot of people are always amazed at how lean I run my businesses. Now, I don’t have a staff, nor do I have any desire to build a large team. Now, for mywifequitterjob.com, I basically have one assistant

04:34
who helps me edit podcasts and my videos, but that’s pretty much it. I handle my online store course all by myself. I answer all my own emails and I basically help all the students on a personal level. I write all of my own posts from my blog and I produce all the content from my podcasts and my videos and my TikToks as well. Now, a while back, I actually spoke at FinCon with my buddy Noah Kagan and after my speech on how to make 60K in 90 minutes with an online webinar,

05:02
Noah Kagan asked me, he said, Steve, why don’t you up your game? Why aren’t you scaling your businesses to maximize your profit? Why don’t you hire more people to handle all of your stuff? And my simple answer to him was, I just don’t want the added stress. Both of my businesses each exceed seven figures. And if you look at my lifestyle, I barely spend any money at all and I have tons of free time. And outside of the kids, I have very few expenses. So in short, my businesses generate

05:31
way more money than I need to live. So with scaling my businesses generate me a lot more money, hell yeah. But would it make me any happier? I’m not so sure. And here’s something that I’ve come to discover. I’ve come to discover that great success comes at a huge sacrifice. Now ever since I started my podcast, I’ve actually met and hung out with many successful entrepreneurs, but I consistently get this feeling that the more successful you are, the lonelier

06:01
and the unhappier that you actually get. In fact, most of my uber successful friends have been forced to sacrifice their social and their family lives to grow their businesses. And believe me, I’ve thought a lot about pressing down hard on the gas pedal in the past. As an undergrad at Stanford, I was a member of a special group called the Mayfield Fellows. Now only 12 students are selected per year and you are provided with special resources and access to venture capitalist mentors to start your own company. And over the years,

06:30
many of my Mayfield fellows have had eight, nine, and even 10-figure exits. For example, Kevin Systrom of Instagram is perhaps the most successful Mayfield alumni. And another Mayfield fellow friend of mine, Steph Hannon, was the CTO for Hillary Clinton’s presidential campaign. Now, when you put a bunch of driven people together, the pressure to succeed is intense. Anyway, whenever we have our annual retreats, I often feel inferior

06:58
Because while I’m out there selling hankies and digital courses, everyone else is creating life and world-changing companies. Now, I know it’s probably not the right way to think about it, but my ego wants to start and scale to a much larger company. And I often have to remind myself of the costs. Is the prestige worth it? Are the sacrifices justified? Will creating a large company actually make me happy? Which always leads me to think about achieving balance.

07:27
Now for me, I know that there’s four aspects of my life that I must maintain in order to feel fulfilled and happy. So number one, my basic needs must be met. Can I afford to buy whatever I need to buy and can I support my family? Do I have enough money to kick back and do what I want? Two, my mind also needs to be stimulated. Do I find what I’m working on interesting and fulfilling? And am I using my brain to its fullest capacity and potential? I also have to feel close to my family.

07:55
Am I spending enough time with my wife and kids? And am I involved enough to be an integral part of my kids’ lives? I also require social stimulation. Am I interacting with interesting people who share my goals and ideals? And do I have peers that are constantly challenging me to do better? Now, over the years, I’ve actually discovered that once a minimum threshold has been met for a given category, the categories that I just mentioned, further gains have diminishing returns.

08:23
So for example, if I go out with my friends two or three times a week, that’s generally good enough to satisfy my social needs. Going out any more often than that isn’t going to improve my social satisfaction, and the same goes for all the other categories that I just mentioned. Now, the secret to happiness in my mind lies in achieving the appropriate balance that matches your specific personality. But how do you figure out your need thresholds for each category? Well, here’s what my current situation looks like, and you can figure this out

08:52
for yourself. And just a quick note, my life is not entirely balanced yet, but I’m actively working on

09:00
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

09:29
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

09:58
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show.

10:09
So here’s aspect number one, which I call wealth, and I give myself a 4.5 out of five. Now first off, I don’t actually consider myself rich, but I do have more than enough money to do whatever I want. If I feel like going out to eat at nice restaurant, I don’t blink an eye. If I want to take an extended vacation on a cruise ship in a two-story suite, not a problem. If I want to attend a couple of NBA finals games, no sweat. As long as I don’t do anything stupid or spend my money recklessly,

10:39
I can easily generate enough income to cover my basic expenses and anything that I want to do. So back when Noah asked me why I haven’t tried to blow up my businesses, two immediate thoughts popped up in my head. One, scaling any business requires hiring a team. And managing team members always makes things more complicated. Now at Bumblebee Linens, we have three employees. And while they’ve generally been pretty good, dealing with different personalities and keeping everyone motivated

11:07
has caused a good amount of stress. And then two, life is always much simpler when your business is small. And right now I can actually take care of almost everything by myself. And in the worst case, I could keep everything running on my own and not have to worry about juggling a bunch of different moving parts. And finally, there are diminishing returns in the money department. Would I welcome more money in my life? Of course, but would money make me happier? Probably not. So right now I think I’m pretty good in the wealth department.

11:37
and I will continue to grow my businesses at a steady pace. Aspect number two, mental stimulation. I give myself a four out of five in this department. And I’ve mentioned this many times in the past, but my mind requires constant stimulation. And one of the main reasons I worked as a hardware engineering director for so long is because designing microprocessors requires a decent amount of brain power. And at my day job, I had the pleasure of working with brilliant people from MIT, Stanford, and Cal.

12:06
Actually Cal sucks, I don’t count Cal as one of those colleges. But anyway, there was one point early on in the company where 80 % of the employees had advanced degrees from the top five colleges in the nation and it made me appreciate working with people so much smarter than myself. And unfortunately for me, selling hankies, blogging, podcasting, YouTubing, teaching my class isn’t really enough to satisfy my intellectual needs. So when I quit my job, I actually tried to fill the void

12:36
with a couple of software projects that I silently worked on in the background. And that’s how I covered myself in this department. And today I write all my own plugins and that sort of thing. And that’s done a pretty good job of keeping me satisfied and mentally stimulated. Okay, aspect number three, family. I give this a five out of five and family is the main reason why I decided to quit my job. My kids are at an age right now where they still adore me and they actually want to hang out.

13:04
So instead of sitting behind a computer in an office all day working for the man, I made the decision to sacrifice a little mental stimulation for an active role in their lives. And here’s the thing about my kids, while I love them to death, I’m not the type of dad that can spend every minute with them because they drive me nuts. So instead my goal has been to simply be present in their lives. So for example, I make sure I’m around to help them with their homework. I make sure I’m around to play with them if they want to play.

13:32
and then make sure I’m around to attend their soccer, volleyball, basketball games, whatever they want to do. And I might not be hanging out with them every single minute of the day, but I’m there if they need me. Aspect number four, social stimulation. I give myself a three out of five, and this is actually one aspect of my life that I’m currently struggling with, and it might have something to do with COVID, but right now in my life, there is a lack of social stimulation. Whereas when I was working on my day job,

14:01
I was in constant contact with brilliant people every single day. And these people would challenge me to do better because I knew that they were smarter than me. But once I quit, this interaction abruptly stopped. And after quitting my job, I found myself sitting in front of my computer alone. In fact, the lack of interaction with smart and driven people is one of the main reasons why I considered joining another startup company shortly after quitting. But I knew deep down going back to work wasn’t the right choice. And today,

14:29
I have to make an active effort to meet up with other like-minded entrepreneurs in my area. I also try to attend as many relevant conferences as I can. Heck, I even started my own conference over at Solo Summit to help fill this void. But overall, I think that I’m in a pretty good place, and meeting three out of four of my happiness attributes isn’t bad at all. And currently, I would have to say that my biggest struggle is keeping my ego in check.

14:56
I know deep down that I could achieve much greater things in life and business if I were to just put the pedal down to the metal. And part of me always wants to be wildly successful and to be known for accomplishing amazing and impactful things, kind of like my mom who has discovered a cure for a rare disease. But at this point, I’ve got a decent handle on what makes me happy. And it’s just a matter of executing on that plan. But I am curious for anyone who is listening to this episode.

15:25
What are your minimum requirements for happiness? I would love to hear your thoughts and how you rate your four happiness parameters right now. Hope you enjoyed that episode and I was serious about wanting to know your thoughts on this episode and how you rank these factors in your life. So please leave a comment below this episode or just email me over at steve at mywifequitterjob.com. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 361. And once again, I want to thank Postscript.

15:53
which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash div. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash div. I also want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign.

16:20
Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifecouterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. Once again, that’s mywifecouterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog. And if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to mywifecouterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!